Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; U.S. Navy's Atlantic Fleet Active Sonar Training (AFAST), 60754-60833 [E8-23617]
Download as PDF
60754
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe
PDF file formats only.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jolie
Harrison, Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, (301) 713–2289, ext. 166.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 216
[Docket No. 0080724897–8900–01]
RIN 0648–AW90
Taking and Importing Marine
Mammals; U.S. Navy’s Atlantic Fleet
Active Sonar Training (AFAST)
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
comments.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request
from the U.S. Navy (Navy) for
authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to training activities
conducted off the U.S. Atlantic Coast
and in the Gulf of Mexico for the period
of January 2009 through January 2014.
Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
proposing regulations to govern that
take and requesting information,
suggestions, and comments on these
proposed regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than November 13,
2008.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by 0648–AW90, by any one of
the following methods:
• Electronic Submissions: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal eRulemaking Portal https://
www.regulations.gov.
• Hand delivery or mailing of paper,
disk, or CD–ROM comments should be
addressed to Michael Payne, Chief,
Permits, Conservation and Education
Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315
East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910–3225.
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to https://
www.regulations.gov without change.
All Personal Identifying Information (for
example, name, address, etc.)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit Confidential Business
Information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
NMFS will accept anonymous
comments Enter N/A in the required
fields, if you wish to remain
anonymous). Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
Availability
A copy of the Navy’s application may
be obtained by writing to the address
specified above (See ADDRESSES),
telephoning the contact listed above (see
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or
visiting the Internet at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. The Navy’s Draft
Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS)
for AFAST was published on February
15, 2008, and may be viewed at
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. NMFS is participating
in the development of the Navy’s EIS as
a cooperating agency under NEPA.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary)
to allow, upon request, the incidental,
but not intentional taking of marine
mammals by U.S. citizens, who engage
in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) during periods of
not more than five consecutive years
each if certain findings are made and
regulations are issued or, if the taking is
limited to harassment, notice of a
proposed authorization is provided to
the public for review.
Authorization shall be granted if
NMFS finds that the taking will have a
negligible impact on the species or
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of the
species or stock(s) for subsistence uses,
and if the permissible methods of taking
and requirements pertaining to the
mitigation, monitoring and reporting of
such taking are set forth. NMFS has
defined ‘‘negligible impact’’ in 50 CFR
216.103 as:
‘‘an impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably expected
to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.’’
The National Defense Authorization
Act of 2004 (NDAA) (Pub. L. 108–136)
removed the ‘‘small numbers’’ and
‘‘specified geographical region’’
limitations and amended the definition
of ‘‘harassment’’ as it applies to a
‘‘military readiness activity’’ to read as
follows (Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA):
(i) any act that injures or has the significant
potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A
Harassment]; or
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(ii) any act that disturbs or is likely to
disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of
natural behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing,
breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point
where such behavioral patterns are
abandoned or significantly altered [Level B
Harassment].
Summary of Request
On February 4, 2008, NMFS received
an application from the Navy requesting
authorization for the take of individuals
of 40 species of marine mammals
incidental to upcoming Navy training
activities, maintenance, and research,
development, testing, and evaluation
(RDT&E) activities to be conducted
within the AFAST Study Area, which
extends east from the Atlantic Coast of
the U.S. to 45° W. long. and south from
the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Coasts
to approximately 23° N. lat., but not
encompassing the Bahamas (see Figure
1–1 in the Navy’s Application), over the
course of 5 years. These training
activities are classified as military
readiness activities. The Navy states,
and NMFS concurs, that these training
activities may incidentally take marine
mammals present within the AFAST
Study Area by exposing them to sound
from mid-frequency or high frequency
active sonar (MFAS/HFAS) or to
employment of the improved extended
echo ranging (IEER) system. The IEER
consists of an explosive source
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) and an air
deployable active receiver (ADAR)
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–101). The Navy
requests authorization to take
individuals of 40 species of marine
mammals by Level B Harassment.
Further, though they do not anticipate it
to occur, the Navy requests
authorization to take, by injury or
mortality, up to 10 beaked whales over
the course of the 5-yr regulations.
Background of Navy Request
The purpose of the Navy’s proposed
action is to provide mid- and highfrequency active sonar and IEER system
training for U.S. Navy Atlantic Fleet
ship, submarine, and aircraft crews, as
well as to conduct RDT&E activities to
support the requirements of the Fleet
Readiness Training Plan (FRTP) and
stay proficient in anti-submarine
warfare (ASW) and mine warfare (MIW)
skills. The FRTP is the Navy’s training
cycle that requires naval forces to build
up in preparation for operational
deployment and to maintain a high level
of proficiency and readiness while
deployed. All phases of the FRTP
training cycle are needed to meet Title
10 requirements.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
The Navy’s need for training and
RDT&E is found in Title 10 of the
United States Code (U.S.C.), Section
5062 (10 U.S.C. 5062). Title 10 U.S.C.
5062 requires the Navy to be
‘‘organized, trained, and equipped
primarily for prompt and sustained
combat incident to operations at sea.’’
The current and emerging training and
RDT&E activities addressed in the
AFAST Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS)/Overseas
Environmental Impact Statement (OEIS)
are conducted in fulfillment of this legal
requirement.
The RDT&E activities addressed in the
AFAST EIS/OEIS are those RDT&E
activities that are substantially similar
to training, involving existing systems
or systems with similar operating
parameters.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Description of Specified Activities
Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW)
Training
The Navy explains that potential
adversary nations are investing heavily
in submarine technology, including
designs for nuclear attack submarines,
strategic ballistic missile submarines,
and modern diesel electric submarines.
In addition, the modern diesel electric
submarine is the most cost-effective
platform for the delivery of several types
of weapons, including torpedoes, longrange antiship cruise missiles, land
attack missiles, and a variety of antiship
mines. Since submarines are inherently
covert and can operate independently of
escort vessels, submarines can be used
to conduct intrusive operations in
sensitive areas and can be inserted early
in the mission without being detected.
The inability to detect a hostile
submarine before it can launch a missile
or a torpedo is a critical vulnerability
that puts U.S. forces and merchant
mariners at risk and, ultimately,
threatens U.S. national security.
Because Navy personnel ultimately
fight as trained, a training environment
that matches the conditions of actual
combat is necessary. Sailors must also
train using the combat tools (e.g., active
sonar) that would be used during a
conflict. A complicating factor facing
the Navy today is the nature of the
littoral waters where submarines can
operate. These littoral regions are
frequently confined, congested water
and air space, which makes
identification of allies, adversaries, and
neutral parties more challenging than in
deeper waters. Since an adversary
equipped with modern, quiet
submarines has the potential to deny all
Department of Defense (DoD) forces
access to strategic areas of the world, the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
value of active sonar training has broad
effects for all DoD forces.
Mine Warfare (MIW) Training
The use of naval mines is one of the
simplest ways for enemies to damage
ships and disrupt shipping lanes. Over
the past 60 years, at least 14 U.S. ships,
including two in the last decade alone,
have been damaged or sunk by mines as
a result of relatively small-scale mine
laying operations. Furthermore, since
more than 90 percent of military
equipment used in international
operations travels by sea, mines have
the potential to either delay land and
sea military operations by denying
access to shallow-water areas, or
prevent the delivery of military
equipment altogether.
Today, the Navy can expect to
encounter a wide spectrum of naval
mines, from traditional, low technology
mines, to technologically advanced
systems. For instance, mines can have
irregular shapes, sound-absorbent
coatings, and nonmagnetic material
composition, which increase their
resistance to countermeasures and
reduce their maintenance requirements.
This means that mines can stay active
in the water longer, are harder to find
and are more difficult to neutralize
(disarm with the use of
countermeasures). More advanced
mines are designed with remote
controls, improved sensors, and counter
countermeasures that further complicate
efforts to identify, classify, and
neutralize them. In addition to
improved mine technology, the
underwater acoustic conditions often
present in shallow waters require the
use of specialized technology to
successfully detect, avoid, and
neutralize mines (DON, 2006a).
Training on MIW sonar is crucial
because mines are a proven and costeffective technology that is continually
improving to make them more lethal,
reliable, and difficult to detect. Because
mines do not emit sound, active sonar
technology, rather than passive,
provides the warfighter with the
capability to quickly and accurately
detect, classify, and neutralize mines in
small, crowded, shallow-water
environments. These MIW capabilities
are essential to ensuring the U.S.’s
maritime dominance and protecting the
Navy’s ability to operate on both land
and sea, including delivery of military
equipment.
As indicated above, the Navy has
requested MMPA authorization to take
marine mammals incidental to training
activities in the AFAST Study Area that
would generate sound in the water at or
above levels that NMFS has determined
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60755
will likely result in take (see Acoustic
Take Criteria Section), either through
the use of MFAS/HFAS or the
employment of the IEER system, which
includes explosive sonobuoys. Below
we discuss the types of sound sources
the Navy would utilize and the specific
exercise types they would use them in.
Acoustic Sources Used for ASW and
MIW Exercises in AFAST
There are two types of sonars, passive
and active:
• Passive sonars only listen to
incoming sounds and, since they do not
emit sound energy in the water, lack the
potential to acoustically affect the
environment.
• Active sonars generate and emit
acoustic energy specifically for the
purpose of obtaining information
concerning a distant object from the
received and processed reflected sound
energy.
Modern sonar technology includes a
multitude of sonar sensor and
processing systems. In concept, the
simplest active sonars emit omnidirectional pulses (‘‘pings’’) and time
the arrival of the reflected echoes from
the target object to determine range.
More sophisticated active sonar can
emit an omni-directional ping and then
rapidly scan a steered receiving beam to
provide directional, as well as range,
information. Even more advanced
sonars transmit multiple preformed
beams and listen to echoes from several
directions simultaneously to provide
efficient detection of both direction and
range.
The tactical sonars to be deployed
during testing and training in the
AFAST Study Area are designed to
detect submarines and mines in tactical
training scenarios. These tasks require
the use of the sonar mid-frequency
range (1 kilohertz [kHz] to 10 kHz)
predominantly, as well as a few sources
in the high frequency range (above 10
kHz). For this document we will refer to
the collective high and mid-frequency
sonar sources as MFAS/HFAS. A
narrative description of the types of
acoustic sources used in ASW and MIW
training exercises is included below.
Table 1 (below) summarizes the
nominal characteristics of the acoustic
sources used in the modeling to predict
take of marine mammals as well as the
estimated annual operation time.
Acoustic systems that typically operate
at frequencies above 200kHz were not
analyzed because they are outside the
upper hearing limits of almost all
marine mammals and attenuate rapidly
due to their extremely high frequencies.
In addition, systems that were found
to have similar acoustic output
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60756
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
footprint was modeled as representative
of those similar systems that have a
smaller acoustic footprint. An example
of this representative modeling is the
AN/AQS–22 for the AN/AQS–13.
Surface Ship Sonars—A variety of
surface ships operate the AN/SQS–53
and AN/SQS–56 hull-mounted MFAS
during ASW sonar training exercises,
currently including 10 guided missile
cruisers (CG) (AN/SQS–53), 26 guided
missile destroyers (DDG) (AN/SQS–53),
and 18 fast frigates (FFG) (AN/SQS 56)
on the east coast.
About half of the U.S. Navy ships do
not have any onboard tactical sonar
systems. Within the AFAST Study Area,
these two types of hull-mounted sonar
sources account for the majority of the
estimated impacts to marine mammals.
The AN/SQS–53 hull-mounted sonar,
which has a nominal source level of 235
decibels (dB) re 1 µPa and transmits at
a center frequency 3.5 kHz, is the Navy’s
most powerful sonar source used in
ASW exercises in the AFAST Study
Area.
Hull-mounted sonars occasionally
operate in a mode called ‘‘Kingfisher’’,
which is designed to better detect
smaller objects. The Kingfisher mode
uses the same source level and
frequency as normal search modes,
however, it uses a different waveform
(designed for small objects), a shorter
pulse length (< 1 sec), a higher pulse
repetition rate (due to the short ranges),
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.000
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
parameters (i.e., frequency, power,
deflection angles) were compared. The
system with the largest acoustic
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
and the ping is not omnidirectional, but
directed forward.
Submarine Sonars—Tactical
submarines (i.e., 29 nuclear powered
attack submarines (SSN) on the east
coast) equipped with BQQ–5 or BQQ–10
hull-mounted MFA sonars, are used to
detect and target enemy submarines and
surface ships. A submarine’s mission
revolves around its stealth; therefore,
MFAS are used very infrequently since
the pinging of the MFAS also identifies
the location of the submarine. Note that
the BQQ–10 is the more predominant
system, and that the system is identified
throughout the remainder of this
document with the understanding that
the BQQ–5 and BQQ–10 are similar in
those operational parameters with a
potential to affect marine mammals. In
addition, Seawolf Class attack
submarines, Virginia Class attack
submarines, Los Angeles Class attack
submarines, and Ohio Class nuclear
guided missile submarines also have the
AN/BQS–15, a sonar that uses both midand high-frequency for under-ice
navigation and mine-hunting.
Aircraft Sonar Systems—Aircraft
sonar systems that would operate in the
AFAST Study Area include sonobuoys
(AN/SSQ–62 and AN/SSQ–110A) and
dipping sonar (AN/AQS–13 or AN/
AQS–22).
• Sonobuoys, deployed by both
helicopter and fixed-wing Maritime
Patrol aircraft (MPA), are expendable
devices that are either tonal (active),
impulsive (explosive), or listening
(passive). The Navy uses a tonal
sonobuoy called a Directional
Command-Activated sonobuoy System
(DICASS AN/SQQ–62) and a sonobuoy
system called an IEER system, which
consists of an explosive source
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) and a
passive receiver sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–
101). The Navy also uses a passive
sonobuoy called a Directional
Frequency Analysis and Recording
(DIFAR). Passive listening sonobuoys
such as DIFAR (AN/SSQ–53) are
deployed from helicopters or maritime
patrol aircraft and do not emit active
sonar. These systems are used for the
detection and tracking of submarine
threats.
• Dipping active/passive sonars,
present on helicopters, are recoverable
devices that are lowered via a cable to
detect or maintain contact with
underwater targets. The Navy uses the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
AN/AQS–13 and AN/AQS–22 dipping
sonars. Helicopters can be based ashore
or aboard a ship.
Torpedoes—Torpedoes are the
primary ASW weapons used by surface
ships, aircraft, and submarines. The
guidance systems of these weapons can
be autonomous or electronically
controlled from the launching platform
through an attached wire. The
autonomous guidance systems are
acoustically based. They operate either
passively by listening for sound
generated by the target, or actively by
pinging the target and using the echoes
for guidance. All torpedoes to be used
during ASW activities are recoverable
and nonexplosive. The majority of
torpedo firings occurring during AFAST
activities are air slugs (dry fire) or
shapes (i.e., solid masses resembling the
weight and shape of a torpedo).
Acoustic Device Countermeasures
(ADC)—Several types of
countermeasure devices could be
deployed during Fleet training
exercises, including the Acoustic Device
Countermeasure MK–1, MK–2, MK–3,
MK–4, and the AN/SLQ–25A (NIXIE).
Countermeasure devices act as decoys to
avert localization and torpedo attacks.
Countermeasures may be towed or free
floating sources.
Training Targets—ASW training
targets are used to simulate target
submarines. They are equipped with
one or more of the following devices: (1)
Acoustic projectors emanating sounds to
simulate submarine acoustic signatures,
(2) echo repeaters to simulate the
characteristics of the echo of a particular
sonar signal reflected from a specific
type of submarine, and (3) magnetic
sources to trigger magnetic detectors.
The Navy uses the Expendable Mobile
Acoustic Training Target (EMATT) and
the MK–30 acoustic training targets
(recovered) during ASW sonar training
exercises.
Types of ASW and MIW Exercises in the
AFAST Study Area
ASW and MIW training is conducted
to meet deployment certification
requirements as directed in the FRTP.
The U.S. Navy Atlantic Fleet meets
these requirements by conducting
training activities prior to deployment
of forces. The FRTP requires Basic Unit
Level Training (ULT), Intermediate, and
Sustainment Training. The Navy meets
these requirements during Independent
ULT, Coordinated ULT, and Strike
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60757
Group Training. At the beginning of the
cycle, basic combat skills are learned
and practiced during basic Independent
ULT activities, which include training
and sonar maintenance activities that
each individual unit is required to
accomplish in order to become certified
prior to deploying or to maintain
proficiency. Basic skills are then refined
during Coordinated ULT activities,
which concentrate on warfare team
training and initial multiunit
operations. During this phase, vessels
and aircraft begin to develop warfare
skills in coordination with other units
while continuing to maintain unit
proficiency. Strike Group Training
continues to develop and refine warfare
skills and command and control
procedures using progressively more
difficult, complex, and large scale
exercises conducted at an increasing
tempo. This training provides the
warfighter with the skills necessary to
function as part of a coordinated
fighting force in a hostile environment
with the capacity to accomplish
multiple missions.
Additionally, RDT&E activities are
conducted to develop new technologies
and to ensure their effectiveness prior to
implementation. Maintenance activities
are conducted pier side and during
transit to training exercise locations.
Active sonar maintenance is required to
ensure the sonar system is operating
properly before engaging in the training
exercise or when the sonar systems are
suspected of performing below optimal
levels.
Because the Navy conducts many
different types of Independent ULT,
Coordinated ULT, Strike Group training,
maintenance, and RDT&E active sonar
events, the Navy grouped similar events
to form representative scenarios. Note
that specific training event names and
other details do occasionally change as
required to meet the current operational
needs. Table 2 lists the types of ASW,
MIW, and maintenance exercises and
indicates: The nature of the exercise, the
areas the exercises are conducted in and
the area they span, the average duration
of an exercise, the average number of
exercises/per year, and the sound
sources that are used in the exercises.
Table 1 indicates the total number of
hours for each source type anticipated
for each year for each exercise type.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.001
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60758
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60759
EP14OC08.002
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.003
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60760
60761
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.004
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60762
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
The Navy’s AFAST EIS and LOA
application were designed specifically
to cover active sonar training because
the need for operational flexibility, a
variety of training scenarios, as well as
proximity to multiple ports, airfields,
and bases along the eastern seaboard in
these exercises has long necessitated
that the exercises be conducted outside
of the boundaries of any one Operating
Areas (OPAREA). Alternately, exercises
utilizing explosive detonations are
typically conducted within a particular
OPAREA, and as such are being
addressed separately within EISs and
LOA requests for the various applicable
OPAREAs. With the exception of the
Extended Echo Ranging and Improved
Extended Echo Ranging (IEER) system,
the AFAST proposed authorization does
not contain any explosive sources, only
MFAS and HFAS. The IEER is included
in AFAST because it is most often used
in ASW exercises. The IEER Systems are
air-launched ASW systems used in
conducting ‘‘large area’’ searches for
submarines. These systems are made up
of airborne avionics ASW acoustic
processing and sonobuoy types that are
deployed in pairs. The IEER System’s
active sonobuoy component, the AN/
SSQ–110A Sonobuoy, would generate a
‘‘ping’’ (small detonation, as opposed to
a sonar signal) and the passive AN/
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
SSQ–101 ADAR Sonobuoy would
‘‘listen’’ for the return echo of the ping
that has been bounced off the surface of
a submarine. These sonobuoys are
designed to provide underwater
acoustic data necessary for naval
aircrews to quickly and accurately
detect submerged submarines. The
expendable and commandable
sonobuoy pairs are dropped from a
fixed-wing aircraft into the ocean in a
predetermined pattern (array) with a
few buoys covering a very large area.
Upon command from the aircraft, the
bottom payload is released to sink to a
designated operating depth. A second
command is required from the aircraft to
cause the second payload to release and
detonate generating a ‘‘ping’’. There is
only one detonation in the pattern of
buoys at a time.
Additional information on the Navy’s
proposed activities may be found in the
LOA Application and the Navy’s
AFAST DEIS.
AFAST Study Area
Figure 1–1 in the Navy’s application,
which may be viewed at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm, depicts the AFAST
Study Area, which extends east from the
Atlantic Coast of the U.S. to 45° W. long.
and south from the Atlantic and Gulf of
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Mexico Coasts to approximately 23° N.
lat., but not encompassing the Bahamas
(see Figure 1–1 in the Navy’s
Application). The Navy’s Atlantic Fleet
trains in a series of OPAREAs along the
U.S. East Coast and in the Gulf of
Mexico. Due to the size of the battle
space needed for effective conduct of
activities, training and testing also occur
seaward of these OPAREAs. The
OPAREAs include the Northeast
OPAREA, the Virginia Capes
(VACAPES) OPAREA, the Cherry Point
(CHPT) OPAREA, the Jacksonville/
Charleston (JAX/CHASN) OPAREA, and
the Gulf of Mexico (GOMEX) OPAREA.
The locations of the OPAREAs and the
shoreward/seaward boundary of the
Study Area are depicted in Figure 1–1
of the Navy’s application. Note that the
Northeast and Gulf of Mexico OPAREAs
encompass a series of OPAREAs. The
Northeast OPAREA includes the Boston,
Atlantic City, and Narragansett Bay
OPAREAs. The GOMEX OPAREAs
includes the Pensacola, Panama City,
Corpus Christi, New Orleans, and Key
West OPAREAs. For the purposes of this
document, an OPAREA includes the
existing OPAREA, as well as adjacent
shoreward and seaward areas. Table 3
summarizes the typical number of
events per year by OPAREA.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
For the purposes of the proposed
action that is the subject of this Letter
of Authorization (LOA) request, active
sonar activities would occur year-round
throughout the Study Area. Active sonar
activities would occur in locations that
maximize active sonar opportunities
and meet applicable operational
requirements associated with a specific
active sonar activity. Below we provide
additional detail (beyond Tables 2 and
3), where available (i.e., the advance
detail is available and the information is
not classified), regarding where certain
active sonar training, research,
development, test, and evaluation
(RDT&E), and maintenance activities
would occur.
ASW Training Areas
ASW activities for all platforms could
occur within and adjacent to existing
East Coast OPAREAS beyond 22.2 km
(12 NM) with the exception of sonar
dipping activities. However, most ASW
training involving submarines or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
submarine targets would occur in waters
greater than 183 m (600 ft) deep due to
safety concerns about running aground
at shallower depths. ASW active sonar
activities occurring in specific locations
are discussed below.
Helicopter ASW ULT Areas—This
activity would be conducted in the
waters of the East Coast OPAREAs
typically near fleet concentration areas
while embarked on a surface ship.
Helicopter ASW ULT events are also
conducted by helicopters deployed from
shore-based Jacksonville, Florida, units.
These helicopter units use established
sonar dipping areas offshore Mayport
(Jacksonville), Florida, which are
located in territorial waters and within
the southeast North Atlantic right whale
(NARW) critical habitat. This is the only
area where helicopter ASW ULT could
occur within 22 km (12 NM) of shore.
Southeastern Anti-Submarine Warfare
Integrated Training (SEASWITI) Areas—
This training exercise generally occurs
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60763
in deep water off the coast of
Jacksonville, Florida.
Group Sail Areas—These events
typically take place within and seaward
of the VACAPES, CHPT, and JAX/
CHASN OPAREAs.
Submarine Command Course (SCC)
Operations Areas—This training
exercise typically occurs in the JAX/
CHASN and Northeast OPAREAs in
deep ocean areas.
Strike Group Training Areas—These
events typically take place within and
seaward of the VACAPES, CHPT, and
JAX/CHASN OPAREAs, although an
event could occasionally be conducted
in the GOMEX OPAREA.
Torpedo Exercise (TORPEX) Areas—
TORPEXs can occur anywhere within
and adjacent to East Coast and GOMEX
OPAREAs. The exception is in the
Northeast OPAREA where the North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat is
located. TORPEX areas that meet
current operational requirements for
proximity to torpedo and target recovery
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.005
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60764
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
support facilities in the Northeast were
established during previous
consultations. Therefore, TORPEX
activities in the northeast North Atlantic
right whale critical habitat are limited to
these established areas. Most torpedo
activities would occur near torpedo
recovery support facilities in the
Northeast or GOMEX OPAREAs.
MIW Training Areas
MIW Training could occur in
territorial or non-territorial waters.
Independent and Coordinated MIW ULT
activities would be conducted within
and adjacent to the Pensacola and
Panama City OPAREAs in the northern
Gulf of Mexico and off the east coast of
Texas in the Corpus Christi OPAREA.
The Squadron Exercise (RONEX) or
GOMEX Exercise would be conducted
in both deep and shallow water training
areas.
Object Detection/Navigational
Training Areas—Surface Ship training
would be conducted primarily in the
shallow water port entrance and exit
lanes for Norfolk, Virginia, and
Mayport, Florida. The transit lane
servicing Mayport, Florida crosses
through the southeast North Atlantic
right whale critical habitat. Submarine
training would occur primarily in the
established submarine transit lanes
entering/exiting Groton, Connecticut;
Norfolk, Virginia; and Kings Bay,
Georgia. The transit lane servicing Kings
Bay, Georgia crosses through the
southeast North Atlantic right whale
critical habitat.
Maintenance Areas
Maintenance activities could occur in
homeports located in territorial waters,
or in the open ocean during transit in
non-territorial waters.
RDT&E Areas
For RDT&E activities included in this
analysis, active sonar activities occur in
similar locations as representative
training events.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
National Marine Sanctuaries
At present, the Navy does not conduct
active sonar activities in the Stellwagen
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
Bank, USS Monitor, Gray’s Reef, Flower
Garden Banks, and Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuaries. The Navy
would, as appropriate, comply with the
National Marine Sanctuaries Act and
any applicable regulations if it is
determined that an active sonar activity
may occur in or near these sanctuaries,
and would ensure that naval activities
be carried out in a manner that avoids
to the maximum extent practicable any
adverse impacts on sanctuary resources
and qualities. Although activities in the
Sanctuaries are not planned or
anticipated, NMFS’ analysis, for
purposes of the MMPA considers the
effects on marine mammals of the
Navy’s conducting activities in the
biologically important areas that occur
in or near Sanctuaries.
North Atlantic Right Whale (NARW)
Critical Habitat
NMFS designated three areas in June
1994 as critical habitat for the western
North Atlantic population of the North
Atlantic right whale. They include the
following:
1. Coastal Florida and Georgia
(Sebastian Inlet, FL to the Altamaha
River, GA),
2. Great South Channel (east of Cape
Cod), and
3. Massachusetts Bay and Cape Cod
Bay.
The Navy proposes to conduct two
types of activities in the NARW critical
habitat. Approximately 84 of the 115
helicopter dipping sonar exercises (2-4
hours each) conducted annually in the
CHASN/JAX OPAREA would occur in
the designated near-shore training area,
which fans out approximately 10 miles
from Mayport. Part of the near-shore
shore training area overlaps the NARW
critical habitat. However, historically,
only maintenance of helicopter dipping
sonars occured (approximately 30
events) in the portion of the training
area that overlaps with NARW critical
habitat. Tactical training with helicopter
dipping sonar does not typically occur
in the NARW critical habitat area at any
time of the year. The critical habitat area
is used on occasion for post
maintenance operational checks and
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
equipment testing due to its proximity
to shore. In addition, the Navy would
conduct approximately 40 ship object
detection/navigational sonar training
exercises (1–2 hours each) and 57
submarine object detection/navigational
sonar training exercises (1–2 hours
each) annually while entering/exiting
port at Mayport, FL and Kings Bay, GA,
respectively (within approximately 1
mile of the shore). These two activities
could occur year round. No other active
sonar activities would occur in the
southeast critical habitat.
In the northeastern critical habitat, the
Navy would conduct TORPEX activities.
These activities would be conducted in
August, September, and October as
prescribed in a prior Endangered
Species Act (ESA) Section 7
consultation with NMFS. Water depths
in this area are less than the optimal
depth for most ASW activities.
In summary, currently active sonar
training does not occur in North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat with
the exception of object detection and
navigation off shore Mayport, Florida
and Kings Bay, Georgia; helicopter AntiSubmarine Warfare (ASW) offshore
Mayport, Florida; and torpedo exercises
(TORPEXs) in the northeast critical
habitat during August, September, and
October.
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of the Specified Activities
There are 43 marine mammal species
with possible or confirmed occurrence
in the AFAST Study Area. As indicated
in Table 4, there are 36 cetacean species
(7 mysticetes and 29 odontocetes), six
pinnipeds, and one sirenian (manatee).
Six marine mammal species listed as
federally endangered under the
Endangered Species Act (ESA) and
under the jurisdiction of NMFS occur in
the AFAST Study Area: The North
Atlantic right whale, humpback whale,
sei whale, fin whale, blue whale, and
sperm whale. Manatees are managed by
the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and
will not be addressed further here.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60765
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.006
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60766
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
The Navy has compiled information
on the abundance, behavior, status and
distribution, and vocalizations of
marine mammal species in the AFAST
Study Area waters from peer reviewed
literature, the Navy Marine Resource
Assessments, NMFS Stock Assessment
Reports, and marine mammal surveys
using acoustics or visual observations
from aircraft or ships. This information
may be viewed in the Navy’s LOA
application and/or the Navy’s EIS for
AFAST (see Availability). Additional
information is available in NMFS Stock
Assessment Reports, which may be
viewed at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
pr/sars/species.htm.
Neither the beluga whale nor ringed
seals have stocks designated in the
Northwest Atlantic Ocean or the Gulf of
Mexico. The St. Lawrence estuary is at
the southern limit of the distribution of
the beluga whale (Lesage and Kingsley,
1998). Beluga distribution does not
include the Gulf of Mexico or the
southeastern Atlantic Coast and they are
considered extralimital in the Northeast.
The ringed seal has a circumpolar
distribution throughout the Arctic
Ocean, Hudson Bay, and Baltic and
Bering seas (Reeves et al., 2002b) and is
expected only as far south as
Newfoundland (Frost and Lowry, 1981).
Based on their rare occurrence in the
AFAST study area, the Navy and NMFS
do not anticipate any take of ringed
seals or beluga whales, and, therefore,
they are not addressed further in this
document.
Important Areas
Because the consideration of areas
where marine mammals are known to
selectively breed or calve/pup are
important to both the negligible impact
finding necessary for the issuance of an
MMPA authorization and the need for
NMFS to put forth the means of
effecting the least practicable adverse
impact paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and other
areas of similar significance, we are
emphasizing known important
reproductive and feeding areas within
this section.
Little is known about the breeding
and calving behaviors of many of the
marine mammals that occur in the
AFAST Study Area. For rorquals
(humpback whale, minke whale,
Bryde’s whale, sei whale, fin whale, and
blue whale) and sperm whales, mating
is generally thought to occur in tropical
and sub-tropical waters between midwinter and mid-summer in deep offshore waters. Delphinids (Melon-headed
Whale, Killer Whale, Pygmy Killer
Whale, False Killer Whale, Pilot Whale,
Common Dolphin, Atlantic Spotted
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
Dolphin, Clymene Dolphin, Pantropical
Spotted Dolphin, Spinner Dolphin,
Striped Dolphin, Rough-toothed
Dolphin, Common Bottlenose Dolphin,
Risso’s Dolphin, Fraser’s Dolphin,
Atlantic White-sided Dolphin, Whitebeaked Dolphin) may mate within any
area of their distribution throughout the
year. For pinnipeds, mating and
pupping typically occurs in coastal
waters near northeast rookeries. With
one notable exception, no specific
breeding or calving/pupping areas have
been identified in the AFAST Study
Area for the species that occur there.
However, critical habitat has been
designated, pursuant to the Endangered
Species Act (ESA), for the North
Atlantic right whale.
North Atlantic Right Whale
Most North Atlantic right whale
sightings follow a well-defined seasonal
migratory pattern through several
consistently utilized habitats (Winn et
al., 1986). It should be noted, however,
that some individuals may be sighted in
these habitats outside the typical time of
year and that migration routes are
poorly known (there may be a regular
offshore component). The population
migrates as two separate components,
although some whales may remain in
the feeding grounds throughout the
winter (Winn et al., 1986; Kenney et al.,
2001). Pregnant females and some
juveniles migrate from the feeding
grounds to the calving grounds off the
southeastern United States in late fall to
winter. The cow-calf pairs return
northward in late winter to early spring.
The majority of the right whale
population leaves the feeding grounds
for unknown habitats in the winter but
returns to the feeding grounds
coinciding with the return of the cowcalf pairs. Some individuals as well as
cow-calf pairs can be seen through the
fall and winter on the feeding grounds
with feeding being observed (e.g., Sardi
et al., 2005).
During the spring through early
summer, North Atlantic right whales are
found on feeding grounds off the
northeastern United States and Canada.
Individuals may be found in Cape Cod
Bay in February through April (Winn et
al., 1986; Hamilton and Mayo, 1990)
and in the Great South Channel east of
Cape Cod in April through June (Winn
et al., 1986; Kenney et al., 1995). Right
whales are found throughout the
remainder of summer and into fall (June
through November) on two feeding
grounds in Canadian waters (Gaskin,
1987 and 1991), with peak abundance in
August, September, and early October.
The majority of summer/fall sightings of
mother/calf pairs occur east of Grand
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Manan Island (Bay of Fundy), although
some pairs might move to other
unknown locations (Schaeff et al.,
1993). Jeffreys Ledge appears to be
important habitat for right whales, with
extended whale residences; this area
appears to be an important fall feeding
area for right whales and an important
nursery area during summer (Weinrich
et al., 2000). The second feeding area is
off the southern tip of Nova Scotia in
the Roseway Basin between Browns,
Baccaro, and Roseway banks (Mitchell
et al., 1986; Gaskin, 1987; Stone et al.,
1988; Gaskin, 1991). The Cape Cod Bay
and Great South Channel feeding
grounds are formally designated as
critical habitats under the ESA (Silber
and Clapham, 2001).
During the winter (as early as
November and through March), North
Atlantic right whales may be found in
coastal waters off North Carolina,
Georgia, and northern Florida (Winn et
al., 1986). The waters off Georgia and
northern Florida are the only known
calving ground for western North
Atlantic right whales; it is formally
designated as a critical habitat under the
ESA. Calving occurs from December
through March (Silber and Clapham,
2001). On 1 January 2005, the first
observed birth on the calving grounds
was reported (Zani et al., 2005). The
majority of the population is not
accounted for on the calving grounds,
and not all reproductively active
females return to this area each year
(Kraus et al., 1986a).
The coastal waters of the Carolinas are
suggested to be a migratory corridor for
the right whale (Winn et al., 1986). The
Southeast U.S. Coast Ground, consisting
of coastal waters between North
Carolina and northern Florida, was
mainly a winter and early spring
(January-March) right whaling ground
during the late 1800s (Reeves and
Mitchell, 1986). The whaling ground
was centered along the coasts of South
Carolina and Georgia (Reeves and
Mitchell, 1986). An examination of
sighting records from all sources
between 1950 and 1992 found that
wintering right whales were observed
widely along the coast from Cape
Hatteras, North Carolina, to Miami,
Florida (Kraus et al., 1993). Sightings off
the Carolinas were comprised of single
individuals that appeared to be
transients (Kraus et al., 1993). These
observations are consistent with the
hypothesis that the coastal waters of the
Carolinas are part of a migratory
corridor for the right whale (Winn et al.,
1986). Knowlton et al. (2002) analyzed
sightings data collected in the midAtlantic from northern Georgia to
southern New England and found that
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
the majority of right whale sightings
occurred within approximately 56 km
(30 NM) from shore. Until better
information is available on the right
whale’s migratory corridor, it has been
recommended that management
considerations are needed for the
coastal areas along the mid-Atlantic
migratory corridor within 65 km (35
NM) from shore (Knowlton, 1997).
Critical habitat for the North Atlantic
population of the North Atlantic right
whale exists in portions of the JAX/
CHASN and Northeast OPAREAs
(Figures 4–1 and 4–2 of the Navy’s
Application). The following three areas
occur in U.S. waters and were
designated by NMFS as critical habitat
in June 1994 (NMFS, 2005):
• Coastal Florida and Georgia
(Sebastian Inlet, Florida, to the
Altamaha River, Georgia),
• The Great South Channel, east of
Cape Cod, and
• Cape Cod and Massachusetts Bays.
The northern critical habitat areas
serve as feeding and nursery grounds,
while the southern area from the midGeorgia coast extending southward
along Florida serves as calving grounds.
The waters off Georgia and northern
Florida are the only known calving
ground for western North Atlantic right
whales. A large portion of this habitat
lies within the coastal waters of the
JAX/CHASN OPAREA. The physical
features correlated with the distribution
of right whales in the southern critical
habitat area provide an optimum
environment for calving. For example,
the bathymetry of the inner and
nearshore middle shelf area minimizes
the effect of strong winds and offshore
waves, limiting the formation of large
waves and rough water. The average
temperature of critical habitat waters is
cooler during the time right whales are
present due to a lack of influence by the
Gulf Stream and cool freshwater runoff
from coastal areas. The water
temperatures may provide an optimal
balance between offshore waters that are
too warm for nursing mothers to
tolerate, yet not too cool for calves that
may only have minimal fatty insulation.
On the calving grounds, the
reproductive females and calves are
expected to be concentrated near the
critical habitat in the JAX/CHASN
OPAREA from December through April.
Humpback Whale
In the North Atlantic Ocean,
humpbacks are found from spring
through fall on feeding grounds that are
located from south of New England to
northern Norway (NMFS, 1991). The
Gulf of Maine is one of the principal
summer feeding grounds for humpback
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
whales in the North Atlantic. The
largest numbers of humpback whales
are present from mid-April to midNovember. Feeding locations off the
northeastern United States include
Stellwagen Bank, Jeffreys Ledge, the
Great South Channel, the edges and
shoals of Georges Bank, Cashes Ledge,
Grand Manan Banks, the banks on the
Scotian Shelf, the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
and the Newfoundland Grand Banks
(CETAP, 1982; Whitehead, 1982;
Kenney and Winn, 1986; Weinrich et
al., 1997). Distribution in this region has
been largely correlated to prey species
and abundance, although behavior and
bottom topography are factors in
foraging strategy (Payne et al., 1986;
Payne et al., 1990b). Humpbacks
typically return to the same feeding
areas each year. Feeding most often
occurs in relatively shallow waters over
the inner continental shelf and
sometimes in deeper waters. Large
multi-species feeding aggregations
(including humpback whales) have been
observed over the shelf break on the
southern edge of Georges Bank (CETAP,
1982; Kenney and Winn, 1987) and in
shelf break waters off the U.S. midAtlantic coast (Smith et al., 1996).
Sperm Whale
The region of the Mississippi River
Delta (Desoto Canyon) has been
recognized for high densities of sperm
whales and appears to represent an
important calving and nursery area for
these animals (Townsend, 1935; Collum
and Fritts, 1985; Mullin et al., 1994a;
Wursig et al., 2000; Baumgartner et al.,
2001; Davis et al., 2002; Mullin et al.,
2004; Jochens et al., 2006). Sperm
whales typically exhibit a strong affinity
for deep waters beyond the continental
shelf, though in the area of the
Mississippi Delta they also occur on the
outer continental shelf break.
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
Density estimates for cetaceans were
either modeled for each region
(Northeast, Southeast, and GOMEX)
using available line-transect survey data
or derived in order of preference: (1)
Through spatial models using linetransect survey data provided by NMFS;
(2) using abundance estimates from
Mullin and Fulling (2003), Fulling et al.
(2003), and/or Mullin and Fulling
(2004); (3) or based on the cetacean
abundance estimates found in the most
current NOAA stock assessment report
(SAR) (Waring et al., 2007). The Navy
derived the densities the following way
for each area:
• Northeast OPAREAs: The
traditional line-transect methods used
in the preliminary Northeast NODE
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60767
(DON, 2006c) and abundance estimates
from the North Atlantic Right Whale
Consortium (NARWC, 2006). Density
estimates for pinnipeds in these
OPAREAs were derived from abundance
estimates found in the NOAA stock
assessment report (Waring et al., 2007)
or from the scientific literature (Barlas,
1999).
• Southeast OPAREAs: Abundance
estimates found in the NOAA stock
assessment report (Waring et al., 2007)
or in Mullin and Fulling (2003).
• Gulf of Mexico OPAREAs:
Abundance estimates found in the
NOAA stock assessment report (Waring
et al., 2007) based on Mullin and
Fulling (2004).
Using the indicated data, the Navy
was able to estimate densities for most
species, by OPAREA (and sometimes in
greater detail—like for the area around
Mayport) and by season.
The detailed density estimate
methods and results may be viewed in
the Navy OPAREA Density Estimates
(NODE) for the Northeast OPAREAS
report (DON, 2007e), the NODE for the
Southeast OPAREAS report (DON,
2007f), and the NODE for the GOMEX
OPAREA report (DON, 2007g), which
are available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. NMFS has also posted a
summary of the density estimates on our
Web site: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
permits/incidental.htm.
Brief Background on Sound
An understanding of the basic
properties of underwater sound is
necessary to comprehend many of the
concepts and analyses presented in this
document. A summary is included
below.
Sound is a wave of pressure variations
propagating through a medium (for the
sonar considered in this proposed rule,
the medium is marine water). Pressure
variations are created by compressing
and relaxing the medium. Sound
measurements can be expressed in two
forms: intensity and pressure. Acoustic
intensity is the average rate of energy
transmitted through a unit area in a
specified direction and is expressed in
watts per square meter (W/m2). Acoustic
intensity is rarely measured directly, it
is derived from ratios of pressures; the
standard reference pressure for
underwater sound is 1 microPascal
(µPa); for airborne sound, the standard
reference pressure is 20 µPa (Richardson
et al., 1995).
Acousticians have adopted a
logarithmic scale for sound intensities,
which is denoted in decibels (dB).
Decibel measurements represent the
ratio between a measured pressure value
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60768
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
and a reference pressure value (in this
case 1 µPa or, for airborne sound, 20
µPa.). The logarithmic nature of the
scale means that each 10 dB increase is
a ten-fold increase in power (e.g., 20 dB
is a 100-fold increase, 30 dB is a 1,000fold increase). Humans perceive a 10-dB
increase in noise as a doubling of sound
level, or a 10 dB decrease in noise as a
halving of sound level. The term ‘‘sound
pressure level’’ implies a decibel
measure and a reference pressure that is
used as the denominator of the ratio.
Throughout this document, NMFS uses
1 microPascal (denoted re: 1µPa) as a
standard reference pressure unless
noted otherwise.
It is important to note that decibels
underwater and decibels in air are not
the same and cannot be directly
compared. To estimate a comparison
between sound in air and underwater,
because of the different densities of air
and water and the different decibel
standards (i.e., reference pressures) in
water and air, a sound with the same
intensity (i.e., power) in air and in water
would be approximately 63 dB quieter
in air. Thus a sound that is 160 dB loud
underwater would have the same
approximate effective intensity as a
sound that is 97 dB loud in air.
Sound frequency is measured in
cycles per second, or Hertz (abbreviated
Hz), and is analogous to musical pitch;
high-pitched sounds contain high
frequencies and low-pitched sounds
contain low frequencies. Natural sounds
in the ocean span a huge range of
frequencies: from earthquake noise at 5
Hz to harbor porpoise clicks at 150,000
Hz (150 kHz). These sounds are so low
or so high in pitch that humans cannot
even hear them; acousticians call these
infrasonic (typically below 20 Hz) and
ultrasonic (typically above 20,000 Hz)
sounds, respectively. A single sound
may be made up of many different
frequencies together. Sounds made up
of only a small range of frequencies are
called ‘‘narrowband’’, and sounds with
a broad range of frequencies are called
‘‘broadband’’; explosives are an example
of a broadband sound source and
tactical sonars are an example of a
narrowband sound source.
When considering the influence of
various kinds of sound on the marine
environment, it is necessary to
understand that different kinds of
marine life are sensitive to different
frequencies of sound. Based on available
behavioral data, audiograms derived
using auditory evoked potential (AEP)
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data, Southall et al. (2007)
designate ‘‘functional hearing groups’’
for marine mammals and estimate the
lower and upper frequencies of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
functional hearing of the groups.
Further, the frequency range in which
each groups hearing is estimated as
being most sensitive is represented in
the flat part of the M-weighting
functions developed for each group.
More specific data is available for
certain species (Table 13a and b). The
functional groups and the associated
frequencies are indicated below:
• Low frequency cetaceans (13
species of mysticetes): functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 22 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32
species of dolphins, six species of larger
toothed whales, and 19 species of
beaked and bottlenose whales):
functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160
kHz;
• High frequency cetaceans (eight
species of true porpoises, six species of
river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,
and four species of cephalorhynchids):
functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 200 Hz and 180
kHz;
• Pinnipeds in Water: functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 75 Hz and 75 kHz, with
the greatest sensitivity between
approximately 700 Hz and 20 kHz.
Because ears adapted to function
underwater are physiologically different
from human ears, comparisons using
decibel measurements in air would still
not be adequate to describe the effects
of a sound on a whale. When sound
travels away from its source, its
loudness decreases as the distance
traveled (propagates) by the sound
increases. Thus, the loudness of a sound
at its source is higher than the loudness
of that same sound a kilometer distant.
Acousticians often refer to the loudness
of a sound at its source (typically
measured one meter from the source) as
the source level and the loudness of
sound elsewhere as the received level.
For example, a humpback whale three
kilometers from an airgun that has a
source level of 230 dB may only be
exposed to sound that is 160 dB loud,
depending on how the sound propagates
(in this example, it is spherical
spreading). As a result, it is important
not to confuse source levels and
received levels when discussing the
loudness of sound in the ocean or its
impacts on the marine environment.
As sound travels from a source, its
propagation in water is influenced by
various physical characteristics,
including water temperature, depth,
salinity, and surface and bottom
properties that cause refraction,
reflection, absorption, and scattering of
sound waves. Oceans are not
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
homogeneous and the contribution of
each of these individual factors is
extremely complex and interrelated.
The physical characteristics that
determine the sound’s speed through
the water will change with depth,
season, geographic location, and with
time of day (as a result, in actual sonar
operations, crews will measure oceanic
conditions, such as sea water
temperature and depth, to calibrate
models that determine the path the
sonar signal will take as it travels
through the ocean and how strong the
sound signal will be at a given range
along a particular transmission path). As
sound travels through the ocean, the
intensity associated with the wavefront
diminishes, or attenuates. This decrease
in intensity is referred to as propagation
loss, also commonly called transmission
loss.
Metrics Used in This Document
This section includes a brief
explanation of the two sound
measurements (sound pressure level
(SPL) and sound exposure level (SEL))
frequently used in the discussions of
acoustic effects in this document.
SPL
Sound pressure is the sound force per
unit area, and is usually measured in
micropascals (µPa), where 1 Pa is the
pressure resulting from a force of one
newton exerted over an area of one
square meter. SPL is expressed as the
ratio of a measured sound pressure and
a reference level. The commonly used
reference pressure level in underwater
acoustics is 1 µPa, and the units for
SPLs are dB re: 1 µPa.
SPL (in dB) = 20 log (pressure /
reference pressure)
SPL is an instantaneous measurement
and can be expressed as the peak, the
peak-peak, or the root mean square
(rms). Root mean square, which is the
square root of the arithmetic average of
the squared instantaneous pressure
values, is typically used in discussions
of the effects of sounds on vertebrates
and all references to SPL in this
document refer to the root mean square.
SPL does not take the duration of a
sound into account. SPL is the
applicable metric used in the risk
continuum, which is used to estimate
behavioral harassment takes (see Level
B Harassment Risk Function (Behavioral
Harassment) Section).
SEL
SEL is an energy metric that integrates
the squared instantaneous sound
pressure over a stated time interval. The
units for SEL are dB re: 1 µPa2¥s.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
SEL = SPL + 10 log (duration in
seconds)
As applied to tactical sonar, the SEL
includes both the SPL of a sonar ping
and the total duration. Longer duration
pings and/or pings with higher SPLs
will have a higher SEL. If an animal is
exposed to multiple pings, the SEL in
each individual ping is summed to
calculate the total SEL. The total SEL
depends on the SPL, duration, and
number of pings received. The
thresholds that NMFS uses to indicate at
what received level the onset of
temporary threshold shift (TTS) and
permanent threshold shift (PTS) in
hearing are likely to occur are expressed
in SEL.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals
Exposure to MFAS/HFAS
The Navy has requested authorization
for the take of marine mammals that
may occur incidental to training
activities in the AFAST Study Area
utilizing MFAS/HFAS or the IEER
system, which includes an explosive
sonobuoy. The Navy has analyzed the
potential impacts to marine mammals
from AFAST, including ship strike,
entanglement in or direct strike by
expended materials, ship noise, and
others, and in consultation with NMFS
as a cooperating agency for the AFAST
EIS, has determined that take of marine
mammals incidental to these nonacoustic components of AFAST is
unlikely (see the Navy’s LOA
application and March addendum to the
application) and, therefore, has not
requested authorization for take of
marine mammals that might occur
incidental to these non-acoustic
components. In this document, NMFS
analyzes the potential effects on marine
mammals from exposure to MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonations from
the IEER.
For the purpose of MMPA
authorizations, NMFS’ effects
assessments serve three primary
purposes: (1) To put forth the
permissible methods of taking within
the context of MMPA Level B
Harassment (behavioral harassment),
Level A Harassment (injury), and
mortality (i.e., identify the number and
types of take that will occur); (2) to
determine whether the specified activity
will have a negligible impact on the
affected species or stocks of marine
mammals (based on the likelihood that
the activity will adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival);
and (3) to determine whether the
specified activity will have an
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
subsistence uses (however, there are no
subsistence communities that would be
affected in the AFAST Study Area, so
this determination is inapplicable for
AFAST).
More specifically, for activities
involving active tactical sonar or
underwater detonations, NMFS’
analysis will identify the probability of
lethal responses, physical trauma,
sensory impairment (permanent and
temporary threshold shifts and acoustic
masking), physiological responses
(particular stress responses), behavioral
disturbance (that rises to the level of
harassment), and social responses that
would be classified as behavioral
harassment or injury and/or would be
likely to adversely affect the species or
stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival. In this section,
we will focus qualitatively on the
different ways that MFAS/HFAS and
underwater explosive detonations
(IEER) may affect marine mammals
(some of which NMFS would not
classify as harassment). Then, in the
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals
Section, NMFS will relate the potential
effects to marine mammals from MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonation of
explosives to the MMPA regulatory
definitions of Level A and Level B
Harassment and attempt to quantify
those effects.
In its April 14, 2008, Biological
Opinion of the U.S. Navy’s proposal to
conduct four training exercises in the
Cherry Point, Virginia Capes, and
Jacksonville Range Complexes NMFS
presented a conceptual model of the
potential responses of endangered and
threatened species upon being exposed
to active sonar and the pathways by
which those responses might affect the
fitness of individual animals that have
been exposed, which may then affect
the reproduction and/or survival of
those individuals. Literature supporting
the framework, with examples drawn
from many taxa (both aquatic and
terrestrial) was included in the
‘‘Application of this Approach’’ and
‘‘Response Analyses’’ sections of that
document (available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm). This conceptual
framework may also be used to describe
the responses and pathways for nonendangered and non-threatened species
and is included in the Biological
Opinion of the U.S. Navy’s proposal to
conduct four training exercises in the
Cherry Point, Virginia Capes, and
Jacksonville Range Complexes.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60769
Direct Physiological Effects
Based on the literature, there are two
basic ways that MFAS/HFAS might
directly result in physical trauma or
damage: noise-induced loss of hearing
sensitivity (more commonly-called
‘‘threshold shift’’) and acoustically
mediated bubble growth. Separately, an
animal’s behavioral reaction to an
acoustic exposure might lead to
physiological effects that might
ultimately lead to injury or death, which
is discussed later in the Stranding
section.
Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of
Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced
hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be
louder for an animal to recognize them)
following exposure to a sufficiently
intense sound, it is referred to as a
noise-induced threshold shift (TS). An
animal can experience temporary
threshold shift (TTS) or permanent
threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is
recovery), occurs in specific frequency
ranges (i.e., an animal might only have
a temporary loss of hearing sensitivity
between the frequencies of 1 and 10
kHz), and can be of varying amounts (for
example, an animal’s hearing sensitivity
might be reduced by only 6 dB or
reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent
(i.e., there is no recovery), but also
occurs in a specific frequency range and
amount as mentioned above for TTS.
The following physiological
mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TSs: Effects to
sensory hair cells in the inner ear that
reduce their sensitivity, modification of
the chemical environment within the
sensory cells, residual muscular activity
in the middle ear, displacement of
certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood flow, and post-stimulatory
reduction in both efferent and sensory
neural output (Southall et al., 2007).
The amplitude, duration, frequency,
temporal pattern, and energy
distribution of sound exposure all affect
the amount of associated TS and the
frequency range in which it occurs. As
amplitude and duration of sound
exposure increase, so, generally, does
the amount of TS, along with the
recovery time. For continuous sounds,
exposures of equal energy (the same
SEL) will lead to approximately equal
effects. For intermittent sounds, less TS
will occur than from a continuous
exposure with the same energy (some
recovery will occur between
intermittent exposures) (Kryter et al.,
1966; Ward, 1997). For example, one
short but loud (higher SPL) sound
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60770
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
exposure may induce the same
impairment as one longer but softer
sound, which in turn may cause more
impairment than a series of several
intermittent softer sounds with the same
total energy (Ward, 1997). Additionally,
though TTS is temporary, very
prolonged exposure to sound strong
enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-term
exposure to sound levels well above the
TTS threshold, can cause PTS, at least
in terrestrial mammals (Kryter, 1985)
(although in the case of MFAS/HFAS,
animals are not expected to be exposed
to levels high enough or durations long
enough to result in PTS).
PTS is considered auditory injury
(Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable
damage to the inner or outer cochlear
hair cells may cause PTS, however,
other mechanisms are also involved,
such as exceeding the elastic limits of
certain tissues and membranes in the
middle and inner ears and resultant
changes in the chemical composition of
the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,
2007).
Although the published body of
scientific literature contains numerous
theoretical studies and discussion
papers on hearing impairments that can
occur with exposure to a loud sound,
only a few studies provide empirical
information on the levels at which
noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity
occurs in nonhuman animals. For
cetaceans, published data are limited to
the captive bottlenose dolphin and
beluga (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002b,
2005a; Schlundt et al., 2000; Nachtigall
et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in
water, data are limited to Kastak et al.’s
measurement of TTS in one harbor seal,
one elephant seal, and one California
sea lion.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious (similar to those discussed in
auditory masking, below). For example,
a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that takes place during
a time when the animal is traveling
through the open ocean, where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts. Also,
depending on the degree and frequency
range, the effects of PTS on an animal
could range in severity, although it is
considered generally more serious
because it is a permanent condition. Of
note, reduced hearing sensitivity as a
simple function of development and
aging has been observed in marine
mammals, as well as humans and other
taxa (Southall et al., 2007), so we can
infer that strategies exist for coping with
this condition to some degree, though
likely not without cost. There is no
empirical evidence that exposure to
MFAS/HFAS can cause PTS in any
marine mammals; instead the
probability of PTS has been inferred
from studies of TTS (see Richardson et
al., 1995).
Acoustically Mediated Bubble Growth
One theoretical cause of injury to
marine mammals is rectified diffusion
(Crum and Mao, 1996), the process of
increasing the size of a bubble by
exposing it to a sound field. This
process could be facilitated if the
environment in which the ensonified
bubbles exist is supersaturated with gas.
Repetitive diving by marine mammals
can cause the blood and some tissues to
accumulate gas to a greater degree than
is supported by the surrounding
environmental pressure (Ridgway and
Howard, 1979). The deeper and longer
dives of some marine mammals (for
example, beaked whales) are
theoretically predicted to induce greater
supersaturation (Houser et al., 2001b). If
rectified diffusion were possible in
marine mammals exposed to high-level
sound, conditions of tissue
supersaturation could theoretically
speed the rate and increase the size of
bubble growth. Subsequent effects due
to tissue trauma and emboli would
presumably mirror those observed in
humans suffering from decompression
sickness.
It is unlikely that the short duration
of sonar pings would be long enough to
drive bubble growth to any substantial
size, if such a phenomenon occurs.
However, an alternative but related
hypothesis has also been suggested:
Stable bubbles could be destabilized by
high-level sound exposures such that
bubble growth then occurs through
static diffusion of gas out of the tissues.
In such a scenario the marine mammal
would need to be in a gassupersaturated state for a long enough
period of time for bubbles to become of
a problematic size.
Yet another hypothesis
(decompression sickness) has
speculated that rapid ascent to the
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
surface following exposure to a startling
sound might produce tissue gas
saturation sufficient for the evolution of
nitrogen bubbles (Jepson et al., 2003;
Fernandez et al., 2005). In this scenario,
the rate of ascent would need to be
sufficiently rapid to compromise
behavioral or physiological protections
against nitrogen bubble formation.
Collectively, these hypotheses can be
referred to as ‘‘hypotheses of
acoustically mediated bubble growth.’’
Although theoretical predictions
suggest the possibility for acoustically
mediated bubble growth, there is
considerable disagreement among
scientists as to its likelihood (Piantadosi
and Thalmann, 2004; Evans and Miller,
2003). Crum and Mao (1996)
hypothesized that received levels would
have to exceed 190 dB in order for there
to be the possibility of significant
bubble growth due to supersaturation of
gases in the blood (i.e., rectified
diffusion). More recent work conducted
by Crum et al. (2005) demonstrated the
possibility of rectified diffusion for
short duration signals, but at SELs and
tissue saturation levels that are highly
improbable to occur in diving marine
mammals. To date, Energy Levels (ELs)
predicted to cause in vivo bubble
formation within diving cetaceans have
not been evaluated (NOAA, 2002b).
Although it has been argued that
traumas from some recent beaked whale
strandings are consistent with gas
emboli and bubble-induced tissue
separations (Jepson et al., 2003), there is
no conclusive evidence of this.
However, Jepson et al. (2003, 2005) and
Fernandez et al. (2004, 2005) concluded
that in vivo bubble formation, which
may be exacerbated by deep, longduration, repetitive dives may explain
why beaked whales appear to be
particularly vulnerable to sonar
exposures. Further investigation is
needed to further assess the potential
validity of these hypotheses. More
information regarding hypotheses that
attempt to explain how behavioral
responses to MFAS/HFAS can lead to
strandings is included in the
Behaviorally Mediated Bubble Growth
Section, after the summary of
strandings.
Acoustic Masking
Marine mammals use acoustic signals
for a variety of purposes, which differ
among species, but include
communication between individuals,
navigation, foraging, reproduction, and
learning about their environment (Erbe
and Farmer, 2000, Tyack, 2000).
Masking, or auditory interference,
generally occurs when sounds in the
environment are louder than and of a
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
similar frequency to, auditory signals an
animal is trying to receive. Masking is
a phenomenon that affects animals that
are trying to receive acoustic
information about their environment,
including sounds from other members
of their species, predators, prey, and
sounds that allow them to orient in their
environment. Masking these acoustic
signals can disturb the behavior of
individual animals, groups of animals,
or entire populations.
The extent of the masking interference
depends on the spectral, temporal, and
spatial relationships between the signals
an animal is trying to receive and the
masking noise, in addition to other
factors. In humans, significant masking
of tonal signals occurs as a result of
exposure to noise in a narrow band of
similar frequencies. As the sound level
increases, though, the detection of
frequencies above those of the masking
stimulus decreases also. This principle
is expected to apply to marine mammals
as well because of common
biomechanical cochlear properties
across taxa.
Richardson et al. (1995b) argued that
the maximum radius of influence of an
industrial noise (including broadband
low frequency sound transmission) on a
marine mammal is the distance from the
source to the point at which the noise
can barely be heard. This range is
determined by either the hearing
sensitivity of the animal or the
background noise level present.
Industrial masking is most likely to
affect some species’ ability to detect
communication calls and natural
sounds (i.e., surf noise, prey noise, etc.;
Richardson et al., 1995).
The echolocation calls of toothed
whales are subject to masking by high
frequency sound. Human data indicate
low-frequency sound can mask highfrequency sounds (i.e., upward
masking). Studies on captive
odontocetes by Au et al. (1974, 1985,
1993) indicate that some species may
use various processes to reduce masking
effects (e.g., adjustments in echolocation
call intensity or frequency as a function
of background noise conditions). There
is also evidence that the directional
hearing abilities of odontocetes are
useful in reducing masking at the highfrequencies these cetaceans use to
echolocate, but not at the low-tomoderate frequencies they use to
communicate (Zaitseva et al., 1980).
As mentioned previously, the
functional hearing ranges of mysticetes,
odontocetes, and pinnipeds underwater
all encompass the frequencies of the
sonar sources used in the Navy’s MFAS/
HFAS training exercises. Additionally,
in almost all species, vocal repertoires
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
span across the frequencies of these
sonar sources used by the Navy. The
closer the characteristics of the masking
signal to the signal of interest, the more
likely masking is to occur. For hullmounted sonar—which accounts for the
largest part of the takes of marine
mammals (because of the source
strength and number of hours it’s
conducted), the pulse length and duty
cycle of the MFAS/HFAS signal (∼ 1
second pulse twice a minute) makes it
less likely that masking will occur as a
result.
Impaired Communication
In addition to making it more difficult
for animals to perceive acoustic cues in
their environment, anthropogenic sound
presents separate challenges for animals
that are vocalizing. When they vocalize,
animals are aware of environmental
conditions that affect the ‘‘active space’’
of their vocalizations, which is the
maximum area within which their
vocalizations can be detected before it
drops to the level of ambient noise
(Brenowitz, 2004; Brumm et al., 2004;
Lohr et al., 2003). Animals are also
aware of environment conditions that
affect whether listeners can discriminate
and recognize their vocalizations from
other sounds, which is more important
than simply detecting that a
vocalization is occurring (Brenowitz,
1982; Brumm et al., 2004; Dooling,
2004, Marten and Marler, 1977;
Patricelli et al., 2006). Most animals that
vocalize have evolved with an ability to
make adjustments to their vocalizations
to increase the signal-to-noise ratio,
active space, and recognizability/
distinguishability of their vocalizations
in the face of temporary changes in
background noise (Brumm et al., 2004;
Patricelli et al., 2006). Vocalizing
animals can make one or more of the
following adjustments to their
vocalizations: Adjust the frequency
structure; adjust the amplitude; adjust
temporal structure; or adjust temporal
delivery (see Biological Opinion).
Many animals will combine several of
these strategies to compensate for high
levels of background noise.
Anthropogenic sounds that reduce the
signal-to-noise ratio of animal
vocalizations, increase the masked
auditory thresholds of animals listening
for such vocalizations, or reduce the
active space of an animal’s vocalizations
impair communication between
animals. Most animals that vocalize
have evolved strategies to compensate
for the effects of short-term or temporary
increases in background or ambient
noise on their songs or calls. Although
the fitness consequences of these vocal
adjustments remain unknown, like most
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60771
other trade-offs animals must make,
some of these strategies probably come
at a cost (Patricelli et al., 2006). For
example, vocalizing more loudly in
noisy environments may have energetic
costs that decrease the net benefits of
vocal adjustment and alter a bird’s
energy budget (Brumm, 2004; Wood and
Yezerinac, 2006). Shifting songs and
calls to higher frequencies may also
impose energetic costs (Lambrechts,
1996).
Stress Responses
Classic stress responses begin when
an animal’s central nervous system
perceives a potential threat to its
homeostasis. That perception triggers
stress responses regardless of whether a
stimulus actually threatens the animal;
the mere perception of a threat is
sufficient to trigger a stress response
(Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;
Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central
nervous system perceives a threat, it
mounts a biological response or defense
that consists of a combination of the
four general biological defense
responses: Behavioral responses,
autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune
response.
In the case of many stressors, an
animal’s first and most economical (in
terms of biotic costs) response is
behavioral avoidance of the potential
stressor or avoidance of continued
exposure to a stressor. An animal’s
second line of defense to stressors
involves the sympathetic part of the
autonomic nervous system and the
classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response
which includes the cardiovascular
system, the gastrointestinal system, the
exocrine glands, and the adrenal
medulla to produce changes in heart
rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal
activity that humans commonly
associate with ‘‘stress.’’ These responses
have a relatively short duration and may
or may not have significant long-term
effect on an animal’s welfare.
An animal’s third line of defense to
stressors involves its neuroendocrine or
sympathetic nervous systems; the
system that has received the most study
has been the hypothalmus-pituitaryadrenal system (also known as the HPA
axis in mammals or the hypothalamuspituitary-interrenal axis in fish and
some reptiles). Unlike stress responses
associated with the autonomic nervous
system, virtually all neuro-endocrine
functions that are affected by stress—
including immune competence,
reproduction, metabolism, and
behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60772
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
been implicated in failed reproduction
(Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995) and altered
metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),
reduced immune competence (Blecha,
2000) and behavioral disturbance.
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,
corticosterone, and aldosterone in
marine mammals; see Romano et al.,
2004) have been equated with stress for
many years.
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
distress is the biotic cost of the
response. During a stress response, an
animal uses glycogen stores that can be
quickly replenished once the stress is
alleviated. In such circumstances, the
cost of the stress response would not
pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
However, when an animal does not have
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from
other biotic function, which impairs
those functions that experience the
diversion. For example, when mounting
a stress response diverts energy away
from growth in young animals, those
animals may experience stunted growth.
When mounting a stress response
diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
reproductive success and its fitness will
suffer. In these cases, the animals will
have entered a pre-pathological or
pathological state which is called
‘‘distress’’ (sensu Seyle 1950) or
‘‘allostatic loading’’ (sensu McEwen and
Wingfield, 2003). This pathological state
will last until the animal replenishes its
biotic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses have also been documented
fairly well through controlled
experiment; because this physiology
exists in every vertebrate that has been
studied, it is not surprising that stress
responses and their costs have been
documented in both laboratory and freeliving animals (for examples see,
Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
2000). Although no information has
been collected on the physiological
responses of marine mammals to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds,
studies of other marine animals and
terrestrial animals would lead us to
expect some marine mammals to
experience physiological stress
responses and, perhaps, physiological
responses that would be classified as
‘‘distress’’ upon exposure to high
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
frequency, mid-frequency and lowfrequency sounds.
For example, Jansen (1998) reported
on the relationship between acoustic
exposures and physiological responses
that are indicative of stress responses in
humans (for example, elevated
respiration and increased heart rates).
Jones (1998) reported on reductions in
human performance when faced with
acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic
disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
reported on the physiological stress
responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
reported on the auditory and physiology
stress responses of endangered Sonoran
pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noiseinduced physiological transient stress
responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,
goldfish) that accompanied short- and
long-term hearing losses. Welch and
Welch (1970) reported physiological
and behavioral stress responses that
accompanied damage to the inner ears
of fish and several mammals.
Hearing is one of the primary senses
marine mammals use to gather
information about their environment
and to communicate with conspecifics.
Although empirical information on the
relationship between sensory
impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic
masking) on marine mammals remains
limited, it seems reasonable to assume
that reducing an animal’s ability to
gather information about its
environment and to communicate with
other members of its species would be
stressful for animals that use hearing as
their primary sensory mechanism.
Therefore, we assume that acoustic
exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS
or TTS would be accompanied by
physiological stress responses because
terrestrial animals exhibit those
responses under similar conditions
(NRC, 2003). More importantly, marine
mammals might experience stress
responses at received levels lower than
those necessary to trigger onset TTS.
Based on empirical studies of the time
required to recover from stress
responses (Moberg, 2000), we also
assume that stress responses are likely
to persist beyond the time interval
required for animals to recover from
TTS and might result in pathological
and pre-pathological states that would
be as significant as behavioral responses
to TTS.
Behavioral Disturbance
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific.
Many different variables can influence
an animal’s perception of and response
to (nature and magnitude) an acoustic
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
event. An animal’s prior experience
with a sound or sound source effects
whether it is less likely (habituation) or
more likely (sensitization) to respond to
certain sounds in the future (animals
can also be innately pre-disposed to
respond to certain sounds in certain
ways) (Southall et al., 2007). Related to
the sound itself, the perceived nearness
of the sound, bearing of the sound
(approaching vs. retreating), similarity
of a sound to biologically relevant
sounds in the animal’s environment
(i.e., calls of predators, prey, or
conspecifics), and familiarity of the
sound may effect the way an animal
responds to the sound (Southall et al.,
2007). Individuals (of different age,
gender, reproductive status, etc.) among
most populations will have variable
hearing capabilities, and differing
behavioral sensitivities to sounds that
will be affected by prior conditioning,
experience, and current activities of
those individuals. Often, specific
acoustic features of the sound and
contextual variables (i.e., proximity,
duration, or recurrence of the sound or
the current behavior that the marine
mammal is engaged in or its prior
experience), as well as entirely separate
factors such as the physical presence of
a nearby vessel, may be more relevant
to the animal’s response than the
received level alone.
Exposure of marine mammals to
sound sources can result in (but is not
limited to) the following observable
responses: Increased alertness;
orientation or attraction to a sound
source; vocal modifications; cessation of
feeding; cessation of social interaction;
alteration of movement or diving
behavior; habitat abandonment
(temporary or permanent); and, in
severe cases, panic, flight, stampede, or
stranding, potentially resulting in death
(Southall et al., 2007). A review of
marine mammal responses to
anthropogenic sound was first
conducted by Richardson and others in
1995. A more recent review (Nowacek et
al., 2007) addresses studies conducted
since 1995 and focuses on observations
where the received sound level of the
exposed marine mammal(s) was known
or could be estimated. The following
sub-sections provide examples of
behavioral responses that provide an
idea of the variability in behavioral
responses that would be expected given
the differential sensitivities of marine
mammal species to sound and the wide
range of potential acoustic sources to
which a marine mammal may be
exposed. Estimates of the types of
behavioral responses that could occur
for a given sound exposure should be
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
determined from the literature that is
available for each species, or
extrapolated from closely related
species when no information exists.
Flight Response—A flight response is
a dramatic change in normal movement
to a directed and rapid movement away
from the perceived location of a sound
source. Relatively little information on
flight responses of marine mammals to
anthropogenic signals exist, although
observations of flight responses to the
presence of predators have occurred
(Connor and Heithaus, 1996). Flight
responses have been speculated as being
a component of marine mammal
strandings associated with sonar
activities (Evans and England, 2001).
Response to Predator—Evidence
suggests that at least some marine
mammals have the ability to
acoustically identify potential predators.
For example, harbor seals that reside in
the coastal waters off British Columbia
are frequently targeted by certain groups
of killer whales, but not others. The
seals discriminate between the calls of
threatening and non-threatening killer
whales (Deecke et al., 2002), a capability
that should increase survivorship while
reducing the energy required for
attending to and responding to all killer
whale calls. The occurrence of masking
or hearing impairment provides a means
by which marine mammals may be
prevented from responding to the
acoustic cues produced by their
predators. Whether or not this is a
possibility depends on the duration of
the masking/hearing impairment and
the likelihood of encountering a
predator during the time that predator
cues are impeded.
Diving—Changes in dive behavior can
vary widely. They may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and
surface intervals as well as changes in
the rates of ascent and descent during a
dive. Variations in dive behavior may
reflect interruptions in biologically
significant activities (e.g., foraging) or
they may be of little biological
significance. Variations in dive behavior
may also expose an animal to
potentially harmful conditions (e.g.,
increasing the chance of ship-strike) or
may serve as an avoidance response that
enhances survivorship. The impact of a
variation in diving resulting from an
acoustic exposure depends on what the
animal is doing at the time of the
exposure and the type and magnitude of
the response.
Nowacek et al. (2004) reported
disruptions of dive behaviors in foraging
North Atlantic right whales when
exposed to an alerting stimulus, an
action, they noted, that could lead to an
increased likelihood of ship strike.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
However, the whales did not respond to
playbacks of either right whale social
sounds or vessel noise, highlighting the
importance of the sound characteristics
in producing a behavioral reaction.
Conversely, Indo-Pacific humpback
dolphins have been observed to dive for
longer periods of time in areas where
vessels were present and/or
approaching (Ng and Leung, 2003). In
both of these studies, the influence of
the sound exposure cannot be
decoupled from the physical presence of
a surface vessel, thus complicating
intepretations of the relative
contribution of each stimulus to the
response. Indeed, the presence of
surface vessels, their approach and
speed of approach, seemed to be
significant factors in the response of the
Indo-Pacific humpback dolphins (Ng
and Leung, 2003). Low frequency
signals of the Acoustic Thermometry of
Ocean Climate (ATOC) sound source
were not found to affect dive times of
humpback whales in Hawaiian waters
(Frankel and Clark, 2000) or to overtly
affect elephant seal dives (Costa et al.,
2003). They did, however, produce
subtle effects that varied in direction
and degree among the individual seals,
illustrating the equivocal nature of
behavioral effects and consequent
difficulty in defining and predicting
them.
Due to past incidents of beaked whale
strandings associated with sonar
operations, feedback paths are provided
between avoidance and diving and
indirect tissue effects. This feedback
accounts for the hypothesis that
variations in diving behavior and/or
avoidance responses can possibly result
in nitrogen tissue supersaturation and
nitrogen off-gassing, possibly to the
point of deleterious vascular bubble
formation (Jepson et al., 2003).
Foraging—Disruption of feeding
behavior can be difficult to correlate
with anthropogenic sound exposure, so
it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging
areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment
plumes), or changes in dive behavior.
Noise from seismic surveys was not
found to impact the feeding behavior in
western grey whales off the coast of
Russia (Yazvenko et al., 2007) and
sperm whales engaged in foraging dives
did not abandon dives when exposed to
distant signatures of seismic airguns
(Madsen et al., 2006). Balaenopterid
whales exposed to moderate lowfrequency signals similar to the ATOC
sound source demonstrated no variation
in foraging activity (Croll et al., 2001),
whereas five out of six North Atlantic
right whales exposed to an acoustic
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60773
alarm interrupted their foraging dives
(Nowacek et al., 2004). Although the
received sound pressure level at the
animals was similar in the latter two
studies, the frequency, duration, and
temporal pattern of signal presentation
were different. These factors, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are
likely contributing factors to the
differential response. A determination
of whether foraging disruptions incur
fitness consequences will require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
Breathing—Variations in respiration
naturally vary with different behaviors
and variations in respiration rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Mean exhalation rates of gray whales at
rest and while diving were found to be
unaffected by seismic surveys
conducted adjacent to the whale feeding
grounds (Gailey et al., 2007). Studies
with captive harbor porpoises showed
increased respiration rates upon
introduction of acoustic alarms
(Kastelein et al., 2001; Kastelein et al.,
2006a) and emissions for underwater
data transmission (Kastelein et al.,
2005). However, exposure of the same
acoustic alarm to a striped dolphin
under the same conditions did not elicit
a response (Kastelein et al., 2006a),
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure.
Social relationships—Social
interactions between mammals can be
affected by noise via the disruption of
communication signals or by the
displacement of individuals. Disruption
of social relationships therefore depends
on the disruption of other behaviors
(e.g., caused avoidance, masking, etc.)
and no specific overview is provided
here. However, social disruptions must
be considered in context of the
relationships that are affected. Longterm disruptions of mother/calf pairs or
mating displays have the potential to
affect the growth and survival or
reproductive effort/success of
individuals, respectively.
Vocalizations (also see Masking
Section)—Vocal changes in response to
anthropogenic noise can occur across
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60774
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
the repertoire of sound production
modes used by marine mammals, such
as whistling, echolocation click
production, calling, and singing.
Changes may result in response to a
need to compete with an increase in
background noise or may reflect an
increased vigilance or startle response.
For example, in the presence of lowfrequency active sonar, humpback
whales have been observed to increase
the length of their ‘‘songs’’ (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003), possibly due
to the overlap in frequencies between
the whale song and the low-frequency
active sonar. A similar compensatory
effect for the presence of low frequency
vessel noise has been suggested for right
whales; right whales have been
observed to shift the frequency content
of their calls upward while reducing the
rate of calling in areas of increased
anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
Killer whales off the northwestern coast
of the United States have been observed
to increase the duration of primary calls
once a threshold in observing vessel
density (e.g., whale watching) was
reached, which has been suggested as a
response to increased masking noise
produced by the vessels (Foote et al.,
2004). In contrast, both sperm and pilot
whales potentially ceased sound
production during the Heard Island
feasibility test (Bowles et al., 1994),
although it cannot be absolutely
determined whether the inability to
acoustically detect the animals was due
to the cessation of sound production or
the displacement of animals from the
area.
Avoidance—Avoidance is the
displacement of an individual from an
area as a result of the presence of a
sound. Richardson et al. (1995) noted
that avoidance reactions are the most
obvious manifestations of disturbance in
marine mammals. It is qualitatively
different from the flight response, but
also differs in the magnitude of the
response (i.e., directed movement, rate
of travel, etc.). Oftentimes avoidance is
temporary, and animals return to the
area once the noise has ceased. Longer
term displacement is possible, however,
which can lead to changes in abundance
or distribution patterns of the species in
the affected region if they do not
become acclimated to the presence of
the sound (Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder
et al., 2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
Acute avoidance responses have been
observed in captive porpoises and
pinnipeds exposed to a number of
different sound sources (Kastelein et al.,
2001; Finneran et al., 2003; Kastelein et
al., 2006a; Kastelein et al., 2006b). Short
term avoidance of seismic surveys, low
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
frequency emissions, and acoustic
deterrants has also been noted in wild
populations of odontocetes (Bowles et
al., 1994; Goold, 1996; 1998; Stone et
al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002)
and to some extent in mysticetes (Gailey
et al., 2007), while longer term or
repetitive/chronic displacement for
some dolphin groups and for manatees
has been suggested to be due to the
presence of chronic vessel noise
(Haviland-Howell et al., 2007; MiksisOlds et al., 2007).
Orientation—A shift in an animal’s
resting state or an attentional change via
an orienting response represent
behaviors that would be considered
mild disruptions if occurring alone. As
previously mentioned, the responses
may co-occur with other behaviors; for
instance, an animal may initially orient
toward a sound source, and then move
away from it. Thus, any orienting
response should be considered in
context of other reactions that may
occur.
There are few empirical studies of
avoidance responses of free-living
cetaceans to mid-frequency sonars.
Much more information is available on
the avoidance responses of free-living
cetaceans to other acoustic sources,
such as seismic airguns and low
frequency tactical sonar, than midfrequency active sonar.
Behavioral Responses (Southall et al.
(2007))
Southall et al. (2007) reports the
results of the efforts of a panel of experts
in acoustic research from behavioral,
physiological, and physical disciplines
that convened and reviewed the
available literature on marine mammal
hearing and physiological and
behavioral responses to human-made
sound with the goal of proposing
exposure criteria for certain effects. This
peer-reviewed compilation of literature
is very valuable, though Southall et al.
(2007) note that not all data are equal,
some have poor statistical power,
insufficient controls, and/or limited
information on received levels,
background noise, and other potentially
important contextual variables—such
data were reviewed and sometimes used
for qualitative illustration but were not
included in the quantitative analysis for
the criteria recommendations. All of the
studies considered, however, contain an
estimate of the received sound level
when the animal exhibited the indicated
response.
In the Southall et al. (2007)
publication, for the purposes of
analyzing responses of marine mammals
to anthropogenic sound and developing
criteria, the authors differentiate
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
between single pulse sounds, multiple
pulse sounds, and non-pulse sounds.
MFAS/HFAS sonar is considered a nonpulse sound. Southall et al. (2007)
summarize the studies associated with
low-frequency, mid-frequency, and
high-frequency cetacean and pinniped
responses to non-pulse sounds, based
strictly on received level, in Appendix
C of their article (incorporated by
reference and summarized in the three
paragraphs below).
The studies that address responses of
low frequency cetaceans to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered in the
field and related to several types of
sound sources (of varying similarity to
MFAS/HFAS) including: Vessel noise,
drilling and machinery playback, lowfrequency M-sequences (sine wave with
multiple phase reversals) playback,
tactical low-frequency active sonar
playback, drill ships, Acoustic
Thermometry of Ocean Climate (ATOC)
source, and non-pulse playbacks. These
studies generally indicate no (or very
limited) responses to received levels in
the 90 to 120 dB re: 1 µPa range and an
increasing likelihood of avoidance and
other behavioral effects in the 120 to
160 dB range. As mentioned earlier,
though, contextual variables play a very
important role in the reported responses
and the severity of effects is not linear
when compared to received level. Also,
few of the laboratory or field datasets
had common conditions, behavioral
contexts or sound sources, so it is not
surprising that responses differ.
The studies that address responses of
mid-frequency cetaceans to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered both in
the field and the laboratory and related
to several different sound sources (of
varying similarity to MFAS/HFAS)
including: Pingers, drilling playbacks,
ship and ice-breaking noise, vessel
noise, Acoustic Harassment Devices
(AHDs), Acoustic Deterrent Devices
(ADDs), MFAS, and non-pulse bands
and tones. Southall et al. (2007) were
unable to come to a clear conclusion
regarding the results of these studies. In
some cases, animals in the field showed
significant responses to received levels
between 90 and 120 dB, while in other
cases these responses were not seen in
the 120 to 150 dB range. The disparity
in results was likely due to contextual
variation and the differences between
the results in the field and laboratory
data (animals typically responded at
lower levels in the field).
The studies that address responses of
high frequency cetaceans to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered both in
the field and the laboratory and related
to several different sound sources (of
varying similarity to MFAS/HFAS)
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60775
behavior (duration > duration of sound),
minor or moderate individual and/or
group avoidance of sound; brief
cessation of reproductive behavior; or
refusal to initiate trained tasks (in
laboratory).
• 7–9 (Behaviors considered likely to
affect the aforementioned vital rates)
includes, but is not limited to: Extensive
or prolonged aggressive behavior;
moderate, prolonged or significant
separation of females and dependent
offspring with disruption of acoustic
reunion mechanisms; long-term
avoidance of an area; outright panic,
stampede, stranding; threatening or
attacking sound source (in laboratory).
In Table 5 we have summarized the
scores that Southall et al. (2007)
assigned to the papers that reported
behavioral responses of low-frequency
cetaceans, mid-frequency cetaceans, and
pinnipeds in water to non-pulse sounds.
This table is included simply to
summarize the findings of the studies
and opportunistic observations (all of
which were capable of estimating
received level) that Southall et al. (2007)
compiled in the effort to develop
acoustic criteria.
can draw comparisons for marine
mammals.
Attention is the cognitive process of
selectively concentrating on one aspect
of an animal’s environment while
ignoring other things (Posner, 1994).
Because animals (including humans)
have limited cognitive resources, there
is a limit to how much sensory
information they can process at any
time. The phenomenon called
‘‘attentional capture’’ occurs when a
stimulus (usually a stimulus that an
animal is not concentrating on or
attending to) ‘‘captures’’ an animal’s
attention. This shift in attention can
occur consciously or unconsciously (for
example, when an animal hears sounds
that it associates with the approach of
a predator) and the shift in attention can
be sudden (Dukas, 2002; van Rij, 2007).
Once a stimulus has captured an
animal’s attention, the animal can
respond by ignoring the stimulus,
assuming a ‘‘watch and wait’’ posture,
or treat the stimulus as a disturbance
The different ways that marine
mammals respond to sound are
sometimes indicators of the ultimate
effect that exposure to a given stimulus
will have on the well-being (survival,
reproduction, etc.) of an animal (see
Figure 1). There is little marine mammal
data quantitatively relating the exposure
of marine mammals to sound to effects
on reproduction or survival, though data
exists for terrestrial species to which we
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.007
limited data suggested that exposures to
non-pulse sounds between 90 and 140
dB generally do not result in strong
behavioral responses in pinnipeds in
water, but no data exist at higher
received levels.
In addition to summarizing the
available data, the authors of Southall et
al. (2007) developed a severity scaling
system with the intent of ultimately
being able to assign some level of
biological significance to a response.
Following is a summary of their scoring
system; a comprehensive list of the
behaviors associated with each score
may be found in the report:
• 0–3 (Minor and/or brief behaviors)
includes, but is not limited to: no
response; minor changes in speed or
locomotion (but with no avoidance);
individual alert behavior; minor
cessation in vocal behavior; minor
changes in response to trained behaviors
(in laboratory).
• 4–6 (Behaviors with higher
potential to affect foraging,
reproduction, or survival) includes, but
is not limited to: moderate changes in
speed, direction, or dive profile; brief
shift in group distribution; prolonged
cessation or modification of vocal
Potential Effects of Behavioral
Disturbance
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
including: Pingers, AHDs, and various
laboratory non-pulse sounds. All of
these data were collected from harbor
porpoises. Southall et al. (2007)
concluded that the existing data
indicate that harbor porpoises are likely
sensitive to a wide range of
anthropogenic sounds at low received
levels (∼90–120 dB), at least for initial
exposures. All recorded exposures
above 140 dB induced profound and
sustained avoidance behavior in wild
harbor porpoises (Southall et al., 2007).
Rapid habituation was noted in some
but not all studies. There is no data to
indicate whether other high frequency
cetaceans are as sensitive to
anthropogenic sound as harbor
porpoises are.
The studies that address the responses
of pinnipeds in water to non-pulse
sounds include data gathered both in
the field and the laboratory and related
to several different sound sources (of
varying similarity to MFAS/HFAS)
including: AHDs, ATOC, various nonpulse sounds used in underwater data
communication; underwater drilling,
and construction noise. Few studies
exist with enough information to
include them in the analysis. The
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60776
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
and respond accordingly, which
includes scanning for the source of the
stimulus or ‘‘vigilance’’ (Cowlishaw et
al., 2004).
Vigilance is normally an adaptive
behavior that helps animals determine
the presence or absence of predators,
assess their distance from conspecifics,
or to attend cues from prey (Bednekoff
and Lima, 1998; Treves, 2000). Despite
those benefits, however, vigilance has a
cost of time: when animals focus their
attention on specific environmental
cues, they are not attending to other
activities such a foraging. These costs
have been documented best in foraging
animals, where vigilance has been
shown to substantially reduce feeding
rates (Saino, 1994; Beauchamp and
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002).
Animals will spend more time being
vigilant, which may translate to less
time foraging or resting, when
disturbance stimuli approach them
more directly, remain at closer
distances, have a greater group size (for
example, multiple surface vessels), or
when they co-occur with times that an
animal perceives increased risk (for
example, when they are giving birth or
accompanied by a calf). Most of the
published literature, however, suggests
that direct approaches will increase the
amount of time animals will dedicate to
being vigilant. For example, bighorn
sheep and Dall’s sheep dedicated more
time to being vigilant, and less time
resting or foraging, when aircraft made
direct approaches over them (Frid, 2001;
Stockwell et al., 1991).
Several authors have established that
long-term and intense disturbance
stimuli can cause population declines
by reducing the body condition of
individuals that have been disturbed,
followed by reduced reproductive
success, reduced survival, or both (Daan
et al., 1996; Madsen, 1994; White,
1983). For example, Madsen (1994)
reported that pink-footed geese (Anser
brachyrhynchus) in undisturbed habitat
gained body mass and had about a 46percent reproductive success rate
compared with geese in disturbed
habitat (being consistently scared off the
fields on which they were foraging)
which did not gain mass and has a 17
percent reproductive success rate.
Similar reductions in reproductive
success have been reported for mule
deer (Odocoileus hemionus) disturbed
by all-terrain vehicles (Yarmoloy et al.,
1988), caribou disturbed by seismic
exploration blasts (Bradshaw et al.,
1998), caribou disturbed by lowelevation military jet-fights (Luick et al.,
1996), and caribou disturbed by lowelevation jet flights (Harrington and
Veitch, 1992). Similarly, a study of elk
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
(Cervus elaphus) that were disturbed
experimentally by pedestrians
concluded that the ratio of young to
mothers was inversely related to
disturbance rate (Phillips and
Alldredge, 2000).
The primary mechanism by which
increased vigilance and disturbance
appear to affect the fitness of individual
animals is by disrupting an animal’s
time budget and, as a result, reducing
the time they might spend foraging and
resting (which increases an animal’s
activity rate and energy demand). For
example, a study of grizzly bears (Ursus
horribilis) reported that bears disturbed
by hikers reduced their energy intake by
an average of 12 kcal/min (50.2 × 103kJ/
min), and spent energy fleeing or acting
aggressively toward hikers (White et al.,
1999).
On a related note, many animals
perform vital functions, such as feeding,
resting, traveling, and socializing, on a
diel cycle (24-hr cycle). Substantive
behavioral reactions to noise exposure
(such as disruption of critical life
functions, displacement, or avoidance of
important habitat) are more likely to be
significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days
(Southall et al., 2007). Consequently, a
behavioral response lasting less than
one day and not recurring on
subsequent days is not considered
particularly severe unless it could
directly affect reproduction or survival
(Southall et al., 2007).
Stranding and Mortality
When a live or dead marine mammal
swims or floats onto shore and becomes
‘‘beached’’ or incapable of returning to
sea, the event is termed a ‘‘stranding’’
(Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci,
2002; Geraci and Lounsbury, 2005;
National Marine Fisheries Service,
2007p). The legal definition for a
stranding within the United States is
that (A) ‘‘a marine mammal is dead and
is (i) on a beach or shore of the United
States; or (ii) in waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters); or (B)
a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on
a beach or shore of the United States
and is unable to return to the water; (ii)
on a beach or shore of the United States
and, although able to return to the
water, is in need of apparent medical
attention; or (iii) in the waters under the
jurisdiction of the United States
(including any navigable waters), but is
unable to return to its natural habitat
under its own power or without
assistance.’’ (16 U.S.C. 1421h).
Marine mammals are known to strand
for a variety of reasons, such as
infectious agents, biotoxicosis,
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
starvation, fishery interaction, ship
strike, unusual oceanographic or
weather events, sound exposure, or
combinations of these stressors
sustained concurrently or in series.
However, the cause or causes of most
strandings are unknown (Geraci et al.,
1976; Eaton, 1979, Odell et al., 1980;
Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest
that the physiology, behavior, habitat
relationships, age, or condition of
cetaceans may cause them to strand or
might pre-dispose them the strand when
exposed to another phenomenon. These
suggestions are consistent with the
conclusions of numerous other studies
that have demonstrated that
combinations of dissimilar stressors
commonly combine to kill an animal or
dramatically reduce its fitness, even
though one exposure without the other
does not produce the same result
(Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries
et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley
et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,
2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,
2004).
Several sources have published lists
of mass stranding events of cetaceans
during attempts to identify relationships
between those stranding events and
military sonar (Hildebrand, 2004; IWC,
2005; Taylor et al., 2004). For example,
based on a review of stranding records
between 1960 and 1995, the
International Whaling Commission
(2005) identified ten mass stranding
events of Cuvier’s beaked whales that
had been reported and one mass
stranding of four Baird’s beaked whale
(Berardius bairdii). The IWC concluded
that, out of eight stranding events
reported from the mid-1980s to the
summer of 2003, seven had been
coincident with the use of tactical midfrequency sonar, one of those seven had
been associated with the use of tactical
low-frequency sonar, and the remaining
stranding event had been associated
with the use of seismic airguns.
Most of the stranding events reviewed
by the International Whaling
Commission involved beaked whales. A
mass stranding of Cuvier’s beaked
whales in the eastern Mediterranean Sea
occurred in 1996 (Franzis, 1998) and
mass stranding events involving
Gervais’ beaked whales, Blainville’s
beaked whales, and Cuvier’s beaked
whales occurred off the coast of the
Canary Islands in the late 1980s
(Simmonds and Lopez-Jurado, 1991).
The stranding events that occurred in
the Canary Islands and Kyparissiakos
Gulf in the late 1990s and the Bahamas
in 2000 have been the most intensivelystudied mass stranding events and have
been associated with naval maneuvers
involving the use of tactical sonar.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Between 1960 and 2006, 48 strandings
(68 percent) involved beaked whales, 3
(4 percent) involved dolphins, and 14
(20 percent) involved whale species.
Cuvier’s beaked whales were involved
in the greatest number of these events
(48 or 68 percent), followed by sperm
whales (7 or 10 percent), and
Blainville’s and Gervais’ beaked whales
(4 each or 6 percent). Naval activities
that might have involved active sonar
are reported to have coincided with 9
(13 percent) or 10 (14 percent) of those
stranding events. Between the mid1980s and 2003 (the period reported by
the International Whaling Commission),
we identified reports of 44 mass
cetacean stranding events of which at
least 7 were coincident with naval
exercises that were using mid-frequency
sonar.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Strandings Associated With MFAS
Over the past 12 years, there have
been five stranding events coincident
with military mid-frequency sonar use
in which exposure to sonar is believed
to have been a contributing factor:
Greece (1996); the Bahamas (2000);
Madeira (2000); Canary Islands (2002);
and Spain (2006). A number of other
stranding events coincident with the
operation of mid-frequency sonar
including the death of beaked whales or
other species (minke whales, dwarf
sperm whales, pilot whales) have been
reported, however, the majority have
not been investigated to the degree
necessary to determine the cause of the
stranding.
Greece (1996)
Twelve Cuvier’s beaked whales
stranded atypically (in both time and
space) along a 38.2-kilometer strand of
the coast of the Kyparissiakos Gulf on
May 12 and 13, 1996 (Frantzis, 1998).
From May 11 through May 15, the
NATO research vessel Alliance was
conducting sonar tests with signals of
600 Hz and 3 kHz and source levels of
228 and 226 dB re: 1µPa, respectively
(D’Amico and Verboom, 1998; D’Spain
et al., 2006). The timing and the location
of the testing encompassed the time and
location of the whale strandings
(Frantzis, 1998).
Necropsies of eight of the animals
were performed but were limited to
basic external examination and
sampling of stomach contents, blood,
and skin. No ears or organs were
collected, and no histological samples
were preserved. No apparent
abnormalities or wounds were found
(Frantzis, 2004). Examination of photos
of the animals, taken soon after their
death, revealed that the eyes of at least
four of the individuals were bleeding.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
Photos were taken soon after their death
(Frantzis, 2004). Stomach contents
contained the flesh of cephalopods,
indicating that feeding had recently
taken place (Frantzis, 1998).
All available information regarding
the conditions associated with this
stranding event were compiled, and
many potential causes were examined
including major pollution events,
prominent tectonic activity, unusual
physical or meteorological events,
magnetic anomalies, epizootics, and
conventional military activities
(International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea, 2005a).
However, none of these potential causes
coincided in time or space with the
mass stranding, or could explain its
characteristics (International Council for
the Exploration of the Sea, 2005a). The
robust condition of the animals, plus the
recent stomach contents, is inconsistent
with pathogenic causes (Frantzis, 2004).
In addition, environmental causes can
be ruled out as there were no unusual
environmental circumstances or events
before or during this time period and
within the general proximity (Frantzis,
2004).
It was determined that because of the
rarity of this mass stranding of Cuvier’s
beaked whales in the Kyparissiakos Gulf
(first one in history), the probability for
the two events (the military exercises
and the strandings) to coincide in time
and location, while being independent
of each other, was extremely low
(Frantzis, 1998). However, because full
necropsies had not been conducted, and
no abnormalities were noted, the cause
of the strandings could not be precisely
determined (Cox et al., 2006). The
analysis of this stranding event
provided support for, but no clear
evidence for, the cause-and-effect
relationship of tactical sonar training
activities and beaked whale strandings
(Cox et al., 2006).
Bahamas (2000)
NMFS and the Navy prepared a joint
report addressing the multi-species
stranding in the Bahamas in 2000,
which took place within 24 hours of
U.S. Navy ships using MFAS as they
passed through the Northeast and
Northwest Providence Channels on
March 15–16, 2000. The ships, which
operated both AN/SQS–53C and AN/
SQS–56, moved through the channel
while emitting sonar pings
approximately every 24 seconds. Of the
17 cetaceans that stranded over a 36-hr
period (Cuvier’s beaked whales,
Blainville’s beaked whales, Minke
whales, and a spotted dolphin), seven
animals died on the beach (5 Cuvier’s
beaked whales, 1 Blainville’s beaked
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60777
whale, and the spotted dolphin), while
the other 10 were returned to the water
alive (though their ultimate fate is
unknown).
Necropsies were performed on five of
the stranded beaked whales. All five
necropsied beaked whales were in good
body condition, showing no signs of
infection, disease, ship strike, blunt
trauma, or fishery related injuries, and
three still had food remains in their
stomachs. Auditory structural damage
was discovered in four of the whales,
specifically bloody effusions or
hemorrhaging around the ears. Bilateral
intracochlear and unilateral temporal
region subarachnoid hemorrhage, with
blood clots in the lateral ventricles,
were found in two of the whales. Three
of the whales had small hemorrhages in
their acoustic fats (located along the jaw
and in the melon).
A comprehensive investigation was
conducted and all possible causes of the
stranding event were considered,
whether they seemed likely at the outset
or not. Based on the way in which the
strandings coincided with ongoing
naval activity involving tactical MFAS
use, in terms of both time and
geography, the nature of the
physiological effects experienced by the
dead animals, and the absence of any
other acoustic sources, the investigation
team concluded that MFAS aboard U.S.
Navy ships that were in use during the
sonar exercise in question were the most
plausible source of this acoustic or
impulse trauma to beaked whales. This
sound source was active in a complex
environment that included the presence
of a surface duct, unusual and steep
bathymetry, a constricted channel with
limited egress, intensive use of multiple,
active sonar units over an extended
period of time, and the presence of
beaked whales that appear to be
sensitive to the frequencies produced by
these sonars. The investigation team
concluded that the cause of this
stranding event was the confluence of
the Navy MFAS and these contributory
factors working together, and further
recommended that the Navy avoid
operating MFAS in situations where
these five factors would be likely to
occur. This report does not conclude
that all five of these factors must be
present for a stranding to occur, nor that
beaked whales are the only species that
could potentially be affected by the
confluence of the other factors. Based on
this, NMFS believes that the operation
of MFAS in situations where surface
ducts exist, or in marine environments
defined by steep bathymetry and/or
constricted channels may increase the
likelihood of producing a sound field
with the potential to cause cetaceans
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60778
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
(especially beaked whales) to strand,
and therefore, suggests the need for
increased vigilance while operating
MFAS in these areas, especially when
beaked whales (or potentially other
deep divers) are likely present.
Madeira, Spain (2000)
From May 10–14, 2000, three Cuvier’s
beaked whales were found atypically
stranded on two islands in the Madeira
archipelago, Portugal (Cox et al., 2006).
A fourth animal was reported floating in
the Madeiran waters by fisherman but
did not come ashore (Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, 2005). Joint
NATO amphibious training
peacekeeping exercises involving
participants from 17 countries 80
warships, took place in Portugal during
May 2–15, 2000.
The bodies of the three stranded
whales were examined post mortem
(Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution,
2005), though only one of the stranded
whales was fresh enough (24 hours after
stranding) to be necropsied (Cox et al.,
2006). Results from the necropsy
revealed evidence of hemorrhage and
congestion in the right lung and both
kidneys (Cox et al., 2006). There was
also evidence of intercochlear and
intracranial hemorrhage similar to that
which was observed in the whales that
stranded in the Bahamas event (Cox et
al., 2006). There were no signs of blunt
trauma, and no major fractures (Woods
Hole Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
The cranial sinuses and airways were
found to be clear with little or no fluid
deposition, which may indicate good
preservation of tissues (Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
Several observations on the Madeira
stranded beaked whales, such as the
pattern of injury to the auditory system,
are the same as those observed in the
Bahamas strandings. Blood in and
around the eyes, kidney lesions, pleural
hemorrhages, and congestion in the
lungs are particularly consistent with
the pathologies from the whales
stranded in the Bahamas, and are
consistent with stress and pressure
related trauma. The similarities in
pathology and stranding patterns
between these two events suggest that a
similar pressure event may have
precipitated or contributed to the
strandings at both sites (Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, 2005).
Even though no definitive causal link
can be made between the stranding
event and naval exercises, certain
conditions may have existed in the
exercise area that, in their aggregate,
may have contributed to the marine
mammal strandings (Freitas, 2004):
Exercises were conducted in areas of at
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
least 547 fathoms (1,000 m) depth near
a shoreline where there is a rapid
change in bathymetry on the order of
547 to 3,281 (1,000—6,000 m) fathoms
occurring across a relatively short
horizontal distance (Freitas, 2004);
multiple ships were operating around
Madeira, though it is not known if MFA
sonar was used, and the specifics of the
sound sources used are unknown (Cox
et al., 2006, Freitas, 2004); exercises
took place in an area surrounded by
landmasses separated by less than 35
nm (65 km) and at least 10 nm (19 km)
in length, or in an embayment. Exercises
involving multiple ships employing
MFA near land may produce sound
directed towards a channel or
embayment that may cut off the lines of
egress for marine mammals (Freitas,
2004).
Canary Islands, Spain (2002)
The southeastern area within the
Canary Islands is well known for
aggregations of beaked whales due to its
ocean depths of greater than 547
fathoms (1,000 m) within a few hundred
meters of the coastline (Fernandez et al.,
2005). On September 24, 2002, 14
beaked whales were found stranded on
Fuerteventura and Lanzarote Islands in
the Canary Islands (International
Council for Exploration of the Sea,
2005a). Seven whales died, while the
remaining seven live whales were
returned to deeper waters (Fernandez et
al., 2005). Four beaked whales were
found stranded dead over the next 3
days either on the coast or floating
offshore. These strandings occurred
within near proximity of an
international naval exercise that utilized
MFAS and involved numerous surface
warships and several submarines.
Strandings began about 4 hours after the
onset of MFA sonar activity
(International Council for Exploration of
the Sea, 2005a; Fernandez et al., 2005).
Eight Cuvier’s beaked whales, one
Blainville’s beaked whale, and one
Gervais’ beaked whale were necropsied,
six of them within 12 hours of stranding
(Fernandez et al., 2005). No pathogenic
bacteria were isolated from the carcasses
(Jepson et al., 2003). The animals
displayed severe vascular congestion
and hemorrhage especially around the
tissues in the jaw, ears, brain, and
kidneys, displaying marked
disseminated microvascular
hemorrhages associated with
widespread fat emboli (Jepson et al.,
2003; International Council for
Exploration of the Sea, 2005a). Several
organs contained intravascular bubbles,
although definitive evidence of gas
embolism in vivo is difficult to
determine after death (Jepson et al.,
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2003). The livers of the necropsied
animals were the most consistently
affected organ, which contained
macroscopic gas-filled cavities and had
variable degrees of fibrotic
encapsulation. In some animals,
cavitary lesions had extensively
replaced the normal tissue (Jepson et al.,
2003). Stomachs contained a large
amount of fresh and undigested
contents, suggesting a rapid onset of
disease and death (Fernandez et al.,
2005). Head and neck lymph nodes
were enlarged and congested, and
parasites were found in the kidneys of
all animals (Fernandez et al., 2005).
The association of NATO MFA sonar
use close in space and time to the
beaked whale strandings, and the
similarity between this stranding event
and previous beaked whale mass
strandings coincident with sonar use,
suggests that a similar scenario and
causative mechanism of stranding may
be shared between the events. Beaked
whales stranded in this event
demonstrated brain and auditory system
injuries, hemorrhages, and congestion in
multiple organs, similar to the
pathological findings of the Bahamas
and Madeira stranding events. In
addition, the necropsy results of Canary
Islands stranding event lead to the
hypothesis that the presence of
disseminated and widespread gas
bubbles and fat emboli were indicative
of nitrogen bubble formation, similar to
what might be expected in
decompression sickness (Jepson et al.,
2003; Fernandez et al., 2005).
Spain (2006)
The Spanish Cetacean Society
reported an atypical mass stranding of
four beaked whales that occurred
January 26, 2006, on the southeast coast
of Spain, near Mojacar (Gulf of Vera) in
the Western Mediterranean Sea.
According to the report, two of the
whales were discovered the evening of
January 26 and were found to be still
alive. Two other whales were
discovered during the day on January
27, but had already died. The fourth
animal was found dead on the afternoon
of January 27, a few kilometers north of
the first three animals. From January
25–26, 2006, Standing North Atlantic
Treaty Organization (NATO) Response
Force Maritime Group Two (five of
seven ships including one U.S. ship
under NATO Operational Control) had
conducted active sonar training against
a Spanish submarine within 50 nm (93
km) of the stranding site.
Veterinary pathologists necropsied
the two male and two female Cuvier’s
beaked whales. According to the
pathologists, the most likely primary
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
cause of this type of beaked whale mass
stranding event was anthropogenic
acoustic activities, most probably antisubmarine MFAS used during the
military naval exercises. However, no
positive acoustic link was established as
a direct cause of the stranding. Even
though no causal link can be made
between the stranding event and naval
exercises, certain conditions may have
existed in the exercise area that, in their
aggregate, may have contributed to the
marine mammal strandings (Freitas,
2004): exercises were conducted in
areas of at least 547 fathoms (1000 m)
depth near a shoreline where there is a
rapid change in bathymetry on the order
of 547 to 3,281 fathoms (1000–6000 m)
occurring across a relatively short
horizontal distance (Freitas, 2004);
multiple ships (in this instance, five)
were operating MFAS in the same area
over extended periods of time (in this
case, 20 hours) in close proximity;
Exercises took place in an area
surrounded by landmasses, or in an
embayment. Exercises involving
multiple ships employing MFA sonar
near land may have produced sound
directed towards a channel or
embayment that may have cut off the
lines of egress for the affected marine
mammals (Freitas, 2004).
Association Between Mass Stranding
Events and Exposure to MFAS
Several authors have noted
similarities between some of these
stranding incidents: they occurred in
islands or archipelagoes with deep
water nearby, several appeared to have
been associated with acoustic
waveguides like surface ducting, and
the sound fields created by ships
transmitting MFAS (Cox et al., 2006,
D’Spain et al., 2006). Although Cuvier’s
beaked whales have been the most
common species involved in these
stranding events (81 percent of the total
number of stranded animals), other
beaked whales (including Mesoplodon
europeaus, M. densirostris, and
Hyperoodon ampullatus) comprise 14
percent of the total. Other species
(Stenella coeruleoalba, Kogia breviceps
and Balaenoptera acutorostrata) have
stranded, but in much lower numbers
and less consistently than beaked
whales.
Based on the evidence available,
however, we cannot determine whether
(a) Cuvier’s beaked whale is more prone
to injury from high-intensity sound than
other species, (b) their behavioral
responses to sound makes them more
likely to strand, or (c) they are more
likely to be exposed to MFAS than other
cetaceans (for reasons that remain
unknown). Because the association
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
between active sonar exposures and
marine mammals mass stranding events
is not consistent—some marine
mammals strand without being exposed
to sonar and some sonar transmissions
are not associated with marine mammal
stranding events despite their cooccurrence—other risk factors or a
grouping of risk factors probably
contribute to these stranding events.
Behaviorally Mediated Responses to
MFAS That May Lead to Stranding
Although the confluence of Navy
MFAS with the other contributory
factors noted in the report was
identified as the cause of the 2000
Bahamas stranding event, the specific
mechanisms that led to that stranding
(or the others) are not understood, and
there is uncertainty regarding the
ordering of effects that led to the
stranding. It is unclear whether beaked
whales were directly injured by sound
(acoustically mediated bubble growth,
addressed above) prior to stranding or
whether a behavioral response to sound
occurred that ultimately caused the
beaked whales to be injured and strand.
Although causal relationships
between beaked whale stranding events
and active sonar remain unknown,
several authors have hypothesized that
stranding events involving these species
in the Bahamas and Canary Islands may
have been triggered when the whales
changed their dive behavior in a startled
response to exposure to active sonar or
to further avoid exposure (Cox et al.,
2006, Rommel et al., 2006). These
authors proposed three mechanisms by
which the behavioral responses of
beaked whales upon being exposed to
active sonar might result in a stranding
event. These include: gas bubble
formation caused by excessively fast
surfacing; remaining at the surface too
long when tissues are supersaturated
with nitrogen; or diving prematurely
when extended time at the surface is
necessary to eliminate excess nitrogen.
More specifically, beaked whales that
occur in deep waters that are in close
proximity to shallow waters (for
example, the ‘‘canyon areas’’ that are
cited in the Bahamas stranding event;
see D’Spain and D’Amico, 2006), may
respond to active sonar by swimming
into shallow waters to avoid further
exposures and strand if they were not
able to swim back to deeper waters.
Second, beaked whales exposed to
active sonar might alter their dive
behavior. Changes in their dive behavior
might cause them to remain at the
surface or at depth for extended periods
of time which could lead to hypoxia
directly by increasing their oxygen
demands or indirectly by increasing
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60779
their energy expenditures (to remain at
depth) and increase their oxygen
demands as a result. If beaked whales
are at depth when they detect a ping
from an active sonar transmission and
change their dive profile, this could lead
to the formation of significant gas
bubbles, which could damage multiple
organs or interfere with normal
physiological function (Cox et al., 2006;
Rommel et al., 2006; Zimmer and
Tyack, 2007). Baird et al. (2005) found
that slow ascent rates from deep dives
and long periods of time spent within
50 m of the surface were typical for both
Cuvier’s and Blainville’s beaked whales,
the two species involved in mass
strandings related to naval sonar. These
two behavioral mechanisms may be
necessary to purge excessive dissolved
nitrogen concentrated in their tissues
during their frequent long dives (Baird
et al., 2005). Baird et al. (2005) further
suggests that abnormally rapid ascents
or premature dives in response to highintensity sonar could indirectly result in
physical harm to the beaked whales,
through the mechanisms described
above (gas bubble formation or nonelimination of excess nitrogen).
Because many species of marine
mammals make repetitive and
prolonged dives to great depths, it has
long been assumed that marine
mammals have evolved physiological
mechanisms to protect against the
effects of rapid and repeated
decompressions. Although several
investigators have identified
physiological adaptations that may
protect marine mammals against
nitrogen gas supersaturation (alveolar
collapse and elective circulation;
Kooyman et al., 1972; Ridgway and
Howard, 1979), Ridgway and Howard
(1979) reported that bottlenose dolphins
(Tursiops truncatus) that were trained to
dive repeatedly had muscle tissues that
were substantially supersaturated with
nitrogen gas. Houser et al. (2001) used
these data to model the accumulation of
nitrogen gas within the muscle tissue of
other marine mammal species and
concluded that cetaceans that dive deep
and have slow ascent or descent speeds
would have tissues that are more
supersaturated with nitrogen gas than
other marine mammals. Based on these
data, Cox et al. (2006) hypothesized that
a critical dive sequence might make
beaked whales more prone to stranding
in response to acoustic exposures. The
sequence began with (1) very deep (to
depths as deep as 2 kilometers) and long
(as long as 90 minutes) foraging dives
with (2) relatively slow, controlled
ascents, followed by (3) a series of
‘‘bounce’’ dives between 100 and 400
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60780
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
meters in depth (also see Zimmer and
Tyack, 2007). They concluded that
acoustic exposures that disrupted any
part of this dive sequence (for example,
causing beaked whales to spend more
time at surface without the bounce dives
that are necessary to recover from the
deep dive) could produce excessive
levels of nitrogen supersaturation in
their tissues, leading to gas bubble and
emboli formation that produces
pathologies similar to decompression
sickness.
Recently, Zimmer and Tyack (2007)
modeled nitrogen tension and bubble
growth in several tissue compartments
for several hypothetical dive profiles
and concluded that repetitive shallow
dives (defined as a dive where depth
does not exceed the depth of alveolar
collapse, approximately 72 m for
Ziphius), perhaps as a consequence of
an extended avoidance reaction to sonar
sound, could pose a risk for
decompression sickness and that this
risk should increase with the duration
of the response. Their models also
suggested that unrealistically rapid
ascent rates of ascent from normal dive
behaviors are unlikely to result in
supersaturation to the extent that bubble
formation would be expected. Tyack et
al. (2006) suggested that emboli
observed in animals exposed to midfrequency range sonar (Jepson et al.,
2003; Fernandez et al., 2005) could stem
from a behavioral response that involves
repeated dives shallower than the depth
of lung collapse. Given that nitrogen gas
accumulation is a passive process (i.e.
nitrogen is metabolically inert), a
bottlenose dolphin was trained to
repetitively dive a profile predicted to
elevate nitrogen saturation to the point
that nitrogen bubble formation was
predicted to occur. However, inspection
of the vascular system of the dolphin via
ultrasound did not demonstrate the
formation of asymptomatic nitrogen gas
bubbles (Houser et al., 2007).
If marine mammals respond to a Navy
vessel that is transmitting active sonar
in the same way that they might
respond to a predator, their probability
of flight responses should increase
when they perceive that Navy vessels
are approaching them directly, because
a direct approach may convey detection
and intent to capture (Burger and
Gochfeld, 1981, 1990; Cooper, 1997,
1998). The probability of flight
responses should also increase as
received levels of active sonar increase
(and the ship is, therefore, closer) and
as ship speeds increase (that is, as
approach speeds increase). For example,
the probability of flight responses in
Dall’s sheep (Ovis dalli dalli) (Frid
2001a, b), ringed seals (Phoca hispida)
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
(Born et al., 1999), Pacific brant (Branta
bernic nigricans) and Canada geese (B.
canadensis) increased as a helicopter or
fixed-wing aircraft approached groups
of these animals more directly (Ward et
al., 1999). Bald eagles (Haliaeetus
leucocephalus) perched on trees
alongside a river were also more likely
to flee from a paddle raft when their
perches were closer to the river or were
closer to the ground (Steidl and
Anthony, 1996).
Despite the many theories involving
bubble formation (both as a direct cause
of injury (see Acoustically Mediated
Bubble Growth Section) and an indirect
cause of stranding (See Behaviorally
Mediated Bubble Growth Section),
Southall et al. (2007) summarizes that
there is either scientific disagreement or
a lack of information regarding each of
the following important points: (1)
Received acoustical exposure conditions
for animals involved in stranding
events; (2) pathological interpretation of
observed lesions in stranded marine
mammals; (3) acoustic exposure
conditions required to induce such
physical trauma directly; (4) whether
noise exposure may cause behavioral
reactions (such as atypical diving
behavior) that secondarily cause bubble
formation and tissue damage; and (5)
the extent the post mortem artifacts
introduced by decomposition before
sampling, handling, freezing, or
necropsy procedures affect
interpretation of observed lesions.
During AFAST exercises there will be
use of multiple sonar units in areas
where six species of beaked whale
species may be present. A surface duct
may be present in a limited area for a
limited period of time. Although most of
the ASW training events will take place
in the deep ocean, some will occur in
areas of high bathymetric relief.
However, none of the training events
will take place in a location having a
constricted channel with limited egress
similar to the Bahamas (because none
exist in the AFAST Study Area).
Consequently, not all five of the
environmental factors believed to
contribute to the Bahamas stranding
(mid-frequency sonar, beaked whale
presence, surface ducts, steep
bathymetry, and constricted channels
with limited egress) will be present
during AFAST exercises. However, as
mentioned previously, NMFS
recommends caution when steep
bathymetry, surface ducting conditions,
or a constricted channel is present when
mid-frequency tactical sonar is
employed and cetaceans (especially
beaked whales) are present.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
IEER (Underwater Detonation of Small
Explosive Charges)
IEER includes the underwater
detonation of small (4.1 lb) charges.
Underwater detonations send a shock
wave and blast noise through the water
and can release gaseous by-products,
create an oscillating bubble, or cause a
plume of water to shoot up from the
water surface (IEER charges do not
cause a plume because of their relatively
small size). The shock wave and
accompanying noise are of most concern
to marine animals. Depending on the
intensity of the shock wave and size,
location, and depth of the animal, an
animal can be injured, killed, suffer
non-lethal physical effects, experience
hearing related effects with or without
behavioral responses, or exhibit
temporary behavioral responses or
tolerance from hearing the blast sound.
Generally, exposures to higher levels of
impulse and pressure levels would
result in greater impacts to an
individual animal. Animals would need
to be very close to the smaller
explosives used in the IEER exercises to
be exposed to levels of pressure or
sound that would likely result in the
more severe effects discussed here.
Injuries resulting from a shock wave
take place at boundaries between tissues
of different densities. Different
velocities are imparted to tissues of
different densities, and this can lead to
their physical disruption. Blast effects
are greatest at the gas-liquid interface
(Landsberg, 2000). Gas-containing
organs, particularly the lungs and
gastrointestinal tract, are especially
susceptible (Goertner, 1982; Hill, 1978;
Yelverton et al., 1973). In addition, gascontaining organs including the nasal
sacs, larynx, pharynx, trachea, and
lungs may be damaged by compression/
expansion caused by the oscillations of
the blast gas bubble (Reidenberg and
Laitman, 2003). Intestinal walls can
bruise or rupture, with subsequent
hemorrhage and escape of gut contents
into the body cavity. Less severe
gastrointestinal tract injuries include
contusions, petechiae (small red or
purple spots caused by bleeding in the
skin), and slight hemorrhaging
(Yelverton et al., 1973).
Because the ears are the most
sensitive to pressure, they are the organs
most sensitive to injury (Ketten, 2000).
Sound-related damage associated with
blast noise can be theoretically distinct
from injury from the shock wave,
particularly farther from the explosion.
If an animal is able to hear a noise, at
some level it can damage its hearing by
causing decreased sensitivity (Ketten,
1995) (See Noise-induced Threshold
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Shift Section above). Sound-related
trauma can be lethal or sublethal. Lethal
impacts are those that result in
immediate death or serious debilitation
in or near an intense source and are not,
technically, pure acoustic trauma
(Ketten, 1995). Sublethal impacts
include hearing loss, which is caused by
exposures to perceptible sounds. Severe
damage (from the shock wave) to the
ears includes tympanic membrane
rupture, fracture of the ossicles, damage
to the cochlea, hemorrhage, and
cerebrospinal fluid leakage into the
middle ear. Moderate injury implies
partial hearing loss due to tympanic
membrane rupture and blood in the
middle ear. Permanent hearing loss also
can occur when the hair cells are
damaged by one very loud event, as well
as by prolonged exposure to a loud
noise or chronic exposure to noise. The
level of impact from blasts depends on
both an animal’s location and, at outer
zones, on its sensitivity to the residual
noise (Ketten, 1995).
There have been fewer studies
addressing the behavioral effects of
explosives on marine mammals than
MFAS/HFAS. However, though the
nature of the sound waves emitted from
an explosion are different (in shape and
rise time) from MFAS/HFAS, we still
anticipate the same sorts of behavioral
responses (see Exposure to MFAS/
HFAS: Behavioral Disturbance Section)
to result from repeated explosive
detonations (a smaller range of likely
less severe responses (i.e., not rising to
the level of MMPA harassment) would
be expected to occur as a result of
exposure to a single explosive
detonation that was not powerful
enough or close enough to the animal to
cause TTS or injury).
Mitigation
In order to issue an incidental take
authorization (ITA) under Section
101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the ‘‘permissible methods of
taking pursuant to such activity, and
other means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on such
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance.’’ The NDAA of 2004
amended the MMPA as it relates to
military readiness activities and the
incidental take authorization process
such that ‘‘least practicable adverse
impact’’ shall include consideration of
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the ‘‘military readiness
activity’’. The training activities
described in the AFAST application are
considered military readiness activities.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
NMFS reviewed the proposed AFAST
activities and the proposed AFAST
mitigation measures presented in the
Navy’s application to determine
whether the activities and mitigation
measures were capable of achieving the
least practicable adverse effect on
marine mammals. NMFS determined
that further discussion was necessary
regarding: (1) general minimization of
marine mammal impacts; (2)
minimization of impacts within the
southeastern NARW critical habitat; and
(3) the potential relationship between
the operation of MFAS/HFAS and
marine mammal strandings. NMFS
worked with the Navy to identify
additional practicable and effective
mitigation measures, which included a
careful balancing of the likely benefit of
any particular measure to the marine
mammals with the likely effect of that
measure on personnel safety,
practicality of implementation, and
impact on the ‘‘military readiness
activity’’.
NMFS and the Navy developed
additional mitigation measures that
address the concerns mentioned above,
including the development of Planning
Awareness Areas (PAAs), additional
minimization of impacts in the
southeastern NARW critical habitat, and
a Stranding Response Plan. Included
below are the mitigation measures the
Navy initially proposed (see ‘‘Mitigation
Measures Proposed in the Navy’s LOA
Application’’) and the additional
measures that NMFS and the Navy
developed (see ‘‘Additional Measures
Developed by NMFS and the Navy’’
below).
Separately, NMFS has previously
received comments from the public
expressing concerns regarding potential
delays between when marine mammals
are visually detected by watchstanders
and when the tactical sonar is actually
powered or shut down. NMFS and the
Navy have discussed this issue and
determined the following: Naval
operators and lookouts are aware of the
potential for a very small delay (up to
about 4 seconds) between detecting a
marine mammal and powering down or
shutting down the tactical sonar and
will take the actions necessary to ensure
that sonar is powered down or shut
down when detected animals are within
the specified powerdown or shutdown
zone (for example, by initiating
shutdown when animals are
approaching, but not quite within the
designated distance).
Mitigation Measures Proposed in the
Navy’s LOA Application
This section includes the protective
measures proposed by the Navy and is
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60781
taken directly from their application
(with the exception of headings, which
have been modified for increased clarity
within the context of this proposed
rule).
Navy’s Protective Measures for MFAS/
HFAS
Current protective measures
employed by the Navy include
applicable training of personnel and
implementation of activity specific
procedures resulting in minimization
and/or avoidance of interactions with
protected resources.
Navy shipboard lookout(s) are highly
qualified and experienced marine
observers. At all times, the shipboard
lookouts are required to sight and
report, to the Officer of the Deck, all
objects found in the water. Objects (e.g.,
trash, periscope) or disturbances (e.g.,
surface disturbance, discoloration) in
the water may indicate a threat to the
vessel and its crew. Navy lookouts
undergo extensive training to qualify as
a watchstander. This training includes
on-the-job instruction under the
supervision of an experienced
watchstander, followed by completion
of the Personal Qualification Standard
(PQS) program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills to
detect and report partially submerged
objects. In addition to these
requirements, many watchstanders
periodically undergo a two-day
refresher training course.
For the past few years, the Navy has
implemented marine mammal spotter
training for its bridge lookout personnel
on ships and submarines. This training
has been revamped and updated as the
Marine Species Awareness Training
(MSAT) and is provided to all
applicable units. The lookout training
program incorporates MSAT, which
addresses the lookout’s role in
environmental protection, laws
governing the protection of marine
species, Navy stewardship
commitments, and general observation
information including more detailed
information for spotting marine
mammals. MSAT has been reviewed by
NMFS and acknowledged as suitable
training. MSAT would also be provided
to the following personnel:
• Bridge personnel on ships and
submarines—Personnel would continue
to use the current marine mammal
spotting training and any updates.
• Aviation units—Pilots and air crew
personnel whose airborne duties during
ASW training activities include
searching for submarine periscopes
would be trained in marine mammal
spotting. These personnel would also be
trained on the details of the mitigation
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60782
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
measures specific to both their platform
and that of the surface combatants with
which they are associated.
• Sonar personnel on ships,
submarines, and ASW aircraft—Both
passive and active sonar operators on
ships, submarines, and aircraft utilize
protective measures relative to their
platform. The Navy issues a Letter of
Instruction for each Major Exercise
which mandates specific actions to be
taken if a marine mammal is detected,
and these actions are standard operating
procedure throughout the exercise.
The following procedures would be
implemented to maximize the ability of
operators to recognize instances when
marine mammals are in the vicinity.
Personnel Training
(a) All lookouts onboard platforms
involved in ASW training events will
review the NMFS-approved MSAT
material prior to use of active sonar.
(b) All Commanding Officers,
Executive Officers, and officers standing
watch on the bridge will have reviewed
the MSAT material prior to a training
event employing the use of MFAS.
(c) Navy lookouts will undertake
extensive training in order to qualify as
a watchstander in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA, 12968–D).
(d) Lookout training will include onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of a qualified, experienced
watchstander. Following successful
completion of this supervised training
period, lookouts will complete the
Personal Qualification Standard
program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects). This does not forbid
personnel being trained as lookouts
from being counted as those listed in
previous measures so long as
supervisors monitor their progress and
performance.
(e) Lookouts would be trained to
quickly and effectively communicate
within the command structure in order
to facilitate implementation of
protective measures if marine species
are spotted.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Lookout and Watchstander
Responsibilities
(a) On the bridge of surface ships,
there will always be at least three
people on watch whose duties include
observing the water surface around the
vessel.
(b) All surface ships participating in
ASW exercises will, in addition to the
three personnel on watch noted
previously, have at all times during the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
exercise at least two additional
personnel on watch as lookouts.
(c) Personnel on lookout and officers
on watch on the bridge will have at least
one set of binoculars available for each
person to aid in the detection of marine
mammals.
(d) On surface vessels equipped with
mid-frequency active sonar, pedestal
mounted ‘‘Big Eye’’ (20x110) binoculars
will be present and in good working
order to assist in the detection of marine
mammals in the vicinity of the vessel.
(e) Personnel on lookout will employ
visual search procedures employing a
scanning methodology in accordance
with the Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA 12968–D).
(f) Surface lookouts would scan the
water from the ship to the horizon and
be responsible for all contacts in their
sector. In searching the assigned sector,
the lookout would always start at the
forward part of the sector and search aft
(toward the back). To search and scan,
the lookout would hold the binoculars
steady so the horizon is in the top third
of the field of vision and direct the eyes
just below the horizon. The lookout
would scan for approximately five
seconds in as many small steps as
possible across the field seen through
the binoculars. They would search the
entire sector in approximately fivedegree steps, pausing between steps for
approximately five seconds to scan the
field of view. At the end of the sector
search, the glasses would be lowered to
allow the eyes to rest for a few seconds,
and then the lookout would search back
across the sector with the naked eye.
(g) After sunset and prior to sunrise,
lookouts will employ Night Lookouts
Techniques in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook.
(h) At night, lookouts would not
sweep the horizon with their eyes
because eyes do not see well when they
are moving. Lookouts would scan the
horizon in a series of movements that
would allow their eyes to come to
periodic rests as they scan the sector.
When visually searching at night, they
would look a little to one side and out
of the corners of their eyes, paying
attention to the things on the outer
edges of their field of vision.
(i) Personnel on lookout will be
responsible for informing the Officer of
the Deck of all objects or anomalies
sighted in the water (regardless of the
distance from the vessel), since any
object or disturbance (e.g., trash,
periscope, surface disturbance,
discoloration) in the water may be
indicative of a threat to the vessel and
its crew or indicative of a marine
species that may need to be avoided as
warranted.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Operating Procedures
(a) Commanding Officers will make
use of marine species detection cues
and information to limit interaction
with marine species to the maximum
extent possible consistent with safety of
the ship.
(b) All personnel engaged in passive
acoustic sonar operation (including
aircraft, surface ships, or submarines)
will monitor for marine mammal
vocalizations and report the detection of
any marine mammal to the appropriate
watch station for dissemination and
appropriate action. The Navy can detect
sounds within the human hearing range
due to an operator listening to the
incoming sounds. Passive acoustic
detection systems are used during all
ASW activities.
(c) Units shall use trained lookouts to
survey for marine mammals prior to
commencement and during the use of
active sonar.
(d) During operations involving sonar,
personnel will utilize all available
sensor and optical systems (such as
Night Vision Goggles) to aid in the
detection of marine mammals.
(e) Navy aircraft participating in
exercises at sea will conduct and
maintain, when operationally feasible
and safe, surveillance for marine species
of concern as long as it does not violate
safety constraints or interfere with the
accomplishment of primary operational
duties.
(f) Aircraft with deployed sonobuoys
will use only the passive capability of
sonobuoys when marine mammals are
detected within 200 yards (183 m) of the
sonobuoy.
(g) Marine mammal detections will be
immediately reported to assigned
Aircraft Control Unit (if participating)
for further dissemination to ships in the
vicinity of the marine species. This
action would occur when it is
reasonable to conclude that the course
of the ship will likely close the distance
between the ship and the detected
marine mammal.
(h) Safety Zones—When marine
mammals are detected by any means
(aircraft, shipboard lookout, or
acoustically) the Navy will ensure that
sonar transmission levels are limited to
at least 6 dB below normal operating
levels if any detected marine mammals
are within 1000 yards (914 m) of the
sonar dome (the bow).
(i) Ships and submarines will
continue to limit maximum
transmission levels by this 6-dB factor
until the marine mammal has been seen
to leave the area, has not been detected
for 30 minutes, or the vessel has
transited more than 2,000 yards (1828
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
m) beyond the location of the last
detection.
(ii) Should a marine mammal be
detected within or closing to inside 457
m (500 yd) of the sonar dome, active
sonar transmissions would be limited to
at least 10 dB below the equipment’s
normal operating level. Ships and
submarines will continue to limit
maximum ping levels by this 10-dB
factor until the marine mammal has
been seen to leave the area, has not been
detected for 30 minutes, or the vessel
has transited more than 2000 yards
(1828 m) beyond the location of the last
detection.
(iii) Should the marine mammal be
detected within or closing to inside 183
m (200 yd) of the sonar dome, active
sonar transmissions would cease. Sonar
will not resume until the marine
mammal has been seen to leave the area,
has not been detected for 30 minutes, or
the vessel has transited more than 2,000
yards (1828 m) beyond the location of
the last detection.
(iv) If the need for power-down
should arise as detailed in ‘‘Safety
Zones’’ above, Navy shall follow the
requirements as though they were
operating at 235 dB—the normal
operating level (i.e., the first powerdown will be to 229 dB, regardless of at
what level above 235 sonar was being
operated).
(i) Prior to start up or restart of active
sonar, operators will check that the
Safety Zone radius around the sound
source is clear of marine mammals.
(j) Sonar levels (generally)—Navy will
operate active sonar at the lowest
practicable level, not to exceed 235 dB,
except as required to meet tactical
training objectives.
(k) Helicopters shall observe/survey
the vicinity of an ASW Operation for 10
minutes before the first deployment of
active (dipping) sonar in the water.
(l) Helicopters shall not dip their
active sonar within 200 yards (183 m) of
a marine mammal and shall cease
pinging if a marine mammal closes
within 200 yards (183 m) after pinging
has begun.
(m) Submarine sonar operators will
review detection indicators of closeaboard marine mammals prior to the
commencement of ASW training
activities involving active MFAS.
(n) If, after conducting an initial
maneuver to avoid close quarters with
dolphins, the ship concludes that
dolphins are deliberately closing in on
the ship to ride the vessel’s bow wave,
no further mitigation actions would be
necessary because dolphins are out of
the main transmission axis of the active
sonar while in the shallow-wave area of
the vessel bow.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
Additional Mitigation for TORPEXs in
the Northeast NARW Critical Habitat
TORPEXs in locations other than the
Northeast will utilize the measures
described above. TORPEXs conducted
in the five TORPEX training areas off of
Cape Cod, which may occur in right
whale critical habitat, will implement
the following measures.
(a) All torpedo-firing operations shall
take place during daylight hours.
(b) During the conduct of each test,
visual surveys of the test area shall be
conducted by all vessels and aircraft
involved in the exercise to detect the
presence of marine mammals.
Additionally, trained observers shall be
placed on the submarine, spotter
aircraft, and the surface support vessel.
All participants will be required to
report sightings of any marine
mammals, including negative reports,
prior to torpedo firings. Reporting
requirements will be outlined in the test
plans and procedures written for each
individual exercise, and will be
emphasized as part of pre-exercise
briefings conducted with all
participants.
(c) Observers shall receive NMFSapproved training in field identification,
distribution, and relevant behaviors of
marine mammals of the western north
Atlantic. Currently, this training is
provided by a professor at the
University of Rhode Island, Graduate
School of Oceanography. Observers
shall fill out Standard Sighting Forms
and the data will be housed at the Naval
Undersea Warfare Center Division
Newport (NUWCDIVNPT). Any
sightings of North Atlantic right whales
shall be immediately communicated to
the Sighting Advisory System (SAS). All
platforms shall have onboard a copy of
• The Guide to Marine Mammals and
Turtles of the U.S. Atlantic and Gulf of
Mexico (Wynne and Schwartz 1999).
• The NMFS Critical Sightings
Program placard.
• Right Whales, Guidelines to
Mariners placard.
(d) In addition to the visual
surveillance discussed above, dedicated
aerial surveys shall be conducted
utilizing a fixed-wing aircraft. An
aircraft with an overhead wing (i.e.,
Cessna Skymaster or similar) will be
used to facilitate a clear view of the test
area. Two trained observers, in addition
to the pilot, shall be embarked on the
aircraft. Surveys will be conducted at an
approximate altitude of 1000 ft (305 m)
flying parallel track lines at a separation
of 1 nmi (1.85 km), or as necessary to
facilitate good visual coverage of the sea
surface. While conducting surveillance,
the aircraft shall maintain an
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60783
approximate speed of 100 knots (185
km/hr). Since factors that affect
visibility are highly dependent on the
specific time of day of the survey, the
flight operator will have the flexibility
to adjust the flight pattern to reduce
glare and improve visibility. The entire
test site will be surveyed initially, but
once preparations are being made for an
actual test launch, survey effort will be
concentrated over the vicinity of the
individual test location. Further, for
approximately ten minutes immediately
prior to launch, the aircraft will
racetrack back and forth between the
launch vessel and the target vessel.
(e) Commencement of an individual
torpedo test scenario shall not occur
until observers from all vessels and
aircraft involved in the exercise have
reported to the Officer in Tactical
Command (OTC) and the OTC has
declared that the range is clear of
marine mammals. Should protected
animals be present within or seen
moving toward the test area, the test
shall be either delayed or moved as
required to avoid interference with the
animals.
(f) The TORPEX will be suspended if
the Beaufort Sea State exceeds 3 or if
visibility precludes safe operations.
(g) Vessel speeds:
• During transit through the North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat,
surface vessels and submarines shall
maintain a speed of no more than 10
knots (19 km/hr) while not actively
engaged in the exercise procedures.
• During TORPEX operations, a firing
vessel will likely not exceed 10 knots.
When a submarine is used as a target,
vessel speeds would not likely exceed
18 knots. However, on occasion, when
surface vessels are used as targets, the
vessel may exceed 18 kts in order to
fully test the functionality of the
torpedoes. This increased speed would
occur for a short period of time (e.g., 10–
15 minutes) to evade the torpedo when
fired upon.
(h) In the event of an animal strike, or
if an animal is discovered that appears
to be in distress, a report will
immediately be promulgated through
the appropriate Navy chain of
Command (see Stranding Plan for
additional details).
Potential Mitigation Under Development
The Navy is working to develop the
capability to detect, identify, and
localize vocalizing marine mammals
using the installed sensors. Based on the
current status of acoustic monitoring
science, it is not yet possible to use
installed systems as a mitigation tools;
however, as this science develops, it
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
will be incorporated into the AFAST
mitigation plan as appropriate.
The Navy is also actively engaged in
acoustic monitoring research involving
a variety of methodologies (e.g.,
underwater gliders); to date, none of the
methodologies have been developed to
the point where they could be used as
an actual mitigation tool. The Navy will
continue to coordinate passive
monitoring and detection research
specific to the proposed use of active
sonar. As technology and methodologies
become available, their applicability
and viability will be evaluated for
incorporation into this mitigation plan.
Navy’s Protective Measures for IEER
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
(a) Crews will conduct visual
reconnaissance of the drop area prior to
laying their intended sonobuoy pattern.
This search should be conducted below
500 yards (457 m) at a slow speed, if
operationally feasible and weather
conditions permit. In dual aircraft
training activities, crews are allowed to
conduct coordinated area clearances.
(b) Crews shall conduct a minimum of
30 minutes of visual and acoustic
monitoring of the search area prior to
commanding the first post detonation.
This 30-minute observation period may
include pattern deployment time.
(c) For any part of the briefed pattern
where a post (source/receiver sonobuoy
pair) will be deployed within 1,000
yards (914 m) of observed marine
mammal activity, deploy the receiver
ONLY and monitor while conducting a
visual search. When marine mammals
are no longer detected within 1,000
yards (914 m) of the intended post
position, co-locate the explosive source
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) (source) with
the receiver.
(d) When able, crews will conduct
continuous visual and aural monitoring
of marine mammal activity. This is to
include monitoring of own-aircraft
sensors from first sensor placement to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
checking off station and out of
communication range of these sensors.
(e) Aural Detection: If the presence of
marine mammals is detected aurally,
then that should cue the aircrew to
increase the diligence of their visual
surveillance. Subsequently, if no marine
mammals are visually detected, then the
crew may continue multi-static active
search.
(f) Visual Detection: If marine
mammals are visually detected within
1,000 yards (914 m) of the explosive
source sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A)
intended for use, then that payload shall
not be detonated. Aircrews may utilize
this post once the marine mammals
have not been re-sighted for 30 minutes,
or are observed to have moved outside
the 1,000 yards (914 m) safety buffer.
Aircrews may also shift their multistatic active search to another post,
where marine mammals are outside the
1,000 yards (914 m) safety buffer.
(g) Aircrews shall make every attempt
to manually detonate the unexploded
charges at each post in the pattern prior
to departing the operations area by
using the ‘‘Payload 1 Release’’ command
followed by the ‘‘Payload 2 Release’’
command. Aircrews shall refrain from
using the ‘‘Scuttle’’ command when two
payloads remain at a given post.
Aircrews will ensure that a 1,000 yard
(914 m) safety buffer, visually clear of
marine mammals, is maintained around
each post as is done during active
search operations.
(h) Aircrews shall only leave posts
with unexploded charges in the event of
a sonobuoy malfunction, an aircraft
system malfunction, or when an aircraft
must immediately depart the area due to
issues such as fuel constraints,
inclement weather, and in-flight
emergencies. In these cases, the
sonobuoy will self-scuttle using the
secondary or tertiary method.
(i) Ensure all payloads are accounted
for. Explosive source sonobuoys (AN/
SSQ–110A) that cannot be scuttled shall
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
be reported as unexploded ordnance via
voice communications while airborne,
then upon landing via naval message.
(j) Marine mammal monitoring shall
continue until out of own-aircraft sensor
range.
Mitigation Measures Related to Vessel
Transit and North Atlantic Right
Whales
Mid-Atlantic, Offshore of the Eastern
United States
For purposes of these measures, the
Mid-Atlantic is defined broadly to
include ports south and east of Block
Island Sound southward to South
Carolina. The procedure described
below would be established as
mitigation measures for Navy vessel
transits during North Atlantic right
whale migratory seasons near ports
located off the western North Atlantic,
offshore of the eastern United States.
The mitigation measures would apply to
all Navy vessel transits, including those
vessels that would transit to and from
East Coast ports and OPAREAs.
Seasonal migration of right whales is
generally described as occurring from
October 15 through April 30, when right
whales migrate between feeding
grounds farther north and calving
grounds farther south.
NMFS has identified ports located in
the western Atlantic Ocean, offshore of
the southeastern United States, where
vessel transit during right whale
migration is of highest concern for
potential ship strike. The ports include
the Hampton Roads entrance to the
Chesapeake Bay, which includes the
concentration of Atlantic Fleet vessels
in Norfolk, Virginia. Navy vessels are
required to use extreme caution and
operate at a slow, safe speed consistent
with mission and safety during the
months indicated in Table 6 and within
a 37 km (20 NM) arc (except as noted)
of the specified reference points.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.008
60784
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
During the indicated months, Navy
vessels would practice increased
vigilance with respect to avoidance of
vessel-whale interactions along the midAtlantic coast, including transits to and
from any mid-Atlantic ports not
specifically identified above. All surface
units transiting within 56 km (30 NM)
of the coast in the mid-Atlantic would
ensure at least two watchstanders are
posted, including at least one lookout
that has completed required MSAT
training. Furthermore, Navy vessels
would not knowingly approach any
whale head on and would maneuver to
keep at least 457 m (1,500 ft) away from
any observed whale, consistent with
vessel safety.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Southeast Atlantic, Offshore of the
Eastern United States
For purposes of these measures, the
southeast encompasses sea space from
Charleston, South Carolina, southward
to Sebastian Inlet, Florida, and from the
coast seaward to 148 km (80 NM) from
shore. The mitigation measures
described in this section were
developed specifically to protect the
North Atlantic right whale during its
calving season (Typically from
December 1st through March 31st).
During this period, North Atlantic right
whales give birth and nurse their calves
in and around a federally designated
critical habitat off the coast of Georgia
and Florida. This critical habitat is the
area from 31–15N to 30–15N extending
from the coast out to 28 km (15 NM),
and the area from 28–00N to 30–15N
from the coast out to 9 km (5 NM). All
mitigation measures that apply to the
critical habitat also apply to an
associated area of concern which
extends 9 km (5 NM) seaward of the
designated critical boundaries.
Prior to transiting or training in the
critical habitat or associated area of
concern, ships will contact Fleet Area
Control and Surveillance Facility,
Jacksonville, to obtain latest whale
sighting and other information needed
to make informed decisions regarding
safe speed and path of intended
movement. Subs shall contact
Commander, Submarine Group Ten for
similar information.
Specific mitigation measures related
to activities occurring within the critical
habitat or associated area of concern
include the following:
• When transiting within the critical
habitat or associated area of concern,
vessels will exercise extreme caution
and proceed at a slow safe speed. The
speed will be the slowest safe speed that
is consistent with mission, training and
operations.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
• Speed reductions (adjustments) are
required when a whale is sighted by a
vessel or when the vessel is within 9 km
(5 NM) of a reported new sighting less
then 12 hours old.
• Additionally, circumstances could
arise where, in order to avoid North
Atlantic right whale(s), speed
reductions could mean vessel must
reduce speed to a minimum at which it
can safely keep on course or vessels
could come to an all stop.
• Vessels will avoid head-on
approaches to North Atlantic right
whale(s) and will maneuver to maintain
at least 457 m (500 yd) of separation
from any observed whale if deemed safe
to do so. These requirements do not
apply if a vessel’s safety is threatened,
such as when change of course would
create an imminent and serious threat to
person, vessel, or aircraft, and to the
extent vessels are restricted in the
ability to maneuver.
• Ships shall not transit through the
critical habitat or associated area of
concern in a North-South direction.
• Ship, surfaced submarines, and
aircraft will report any whale sightings
to Fleet Area Control and Surveillance
Facility, Jacksonville, by most
convenient and fast means. Sighting
report will include the time, latitude/
longitude, direction of movement and
number and description of whale (i.e.,
adult/calf).
Northeast Atlantic, Offshore of the
Eastern United States
Prior to transiting the Great South
Channel or Cape Cod Bay critical habitat
areas, ships will obtain the latest right
whale sightings and other information
needed to make informed decisions
regarding safe speed. The Great South
Channel critical habitat is defined by
the following coordinates: 41–00 N, 69–
05 W; 41–45 N, 69–45 W; 42–10 N, 68–
31 W; 41–38 N, 68–13 W. The Cape Cod
Bay critical habitat is defined by the
following coordinates: 42–04.8 N, 70–10
W; 42–12 N, 70–15 W; 42–12 N, 70–30
W; 41–46.8 N, 70–30 W.
Ships, surfaced subs, and aircraft will
report any North Atlantic right whale
sightings (if the whale is identifiable as
a right whale) off the northeastern U.S.
to Patrol and Reconnaissance Wing
(COMPATRECONWING). The report
will include the time of sighting, lat/
long, direction of movement (if
apparent) and number and description
of the whale(s). In addition, vessels or
aircraft that observe whale carcasses
will record the location and time of the
sighting and report this information as
soon as possible to the cognizant
regional environmental coordinator. All
whale strikes must be reported. Report
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60785
will include the date, time, and location
of the strike; vessel course and speed;
operations being conducted by the
vessel; weather conditions, visibility,
and sea state; description of the whale;
narrative of incident; and indication of
whether photos/videos were taken.
Units are encouraged to take photos
whenever possible. See AFAST
Stranding Plan for additional detail.
Specific mitigation measures related
to activities occurring within the critical
habitat or associated area of concern
include the following:
• Vessels will avoid head-on
approaches to North Atlantic right
whale(s) and will maneuver to maintain
at least 457 m (500 yd) of separation
from any observed whale if deemed safe
to do so. These requirements do not
apply if a vessel’s safety is threatened,
such as when change of course would
create an imminent and serious threat to
person, vessel, or aircraft, and to the
extent vessels are restricted in the
ability to maneuver.
• When transiting within the critical
habitat or associated area of concern,
vessels shall use extreme caution and
operate at a safe speed so as to be able
to avoid collisions with North Atlantic
right whales and other marine
mammals, and stop within a distance
appropriate to the circumstances and
conditions.
• Speed reductions (adjustments) are
required when a whale is sighted by a
vessel or when the vessel is within 9 km
(5 NM) of a reported new sighting less
than one week old.
• Ships transiting in the Cape Cod
Bay and Great South Channel critical
habitats will obtain information on
recent whale sightings in the vicinity of
the critical habitat. Any vessel operating
in the vicinity of a North Atlantic right
whale shall consider additional speed
reductions as per Rule 6 of International
Navigational Rules.
Additional Mitigation Measures
Developed by NMFS and the Navy
As mentioned above, NMFS worked
with the Navy to identify additional
practicable and effective mitigation
measures to address the following two
issues of concern: (1) General
minimization of marine mammal
impacts; (2) minimization of impacts
within the southeastern NARW critical
habitat; and (3) the potential
relationship between the operation of
MFAS/HFAS and marine mammal
strandings. Any mitigation measure(s)
prescribed by NMFS should be able to
accomplish, have a reasonable
likelihood of accomplishing (based on
current science), or contribute to the
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60786
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
accomplishment of one or more of the
general goals listed below:
(a) Avoidance or minimization of
injury or death of marine mammals
wherever possible (goals b, c, and d may
contribute to this goal).
(b) A reduction in the numbers of
marine mammals (total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) exposed to received levels
of MFAS/HFAS, underwater
detonations, or other activities expected
to result in the take of marine mammals
(this goal may contribute to a, above, or
to reducing harassment takes only).
(c) A reduction in the number of times
(total number or number at biologically
important time or location) individuals
would be exposed to received levels of
MFAS/HFAS, underwater detonations,
or other activities expected to result in
the take of marine mammals (this goal
may contribute to a, above, or to
reducing harassment takes only).
(d) A reduction in the intensity of
exposures (either total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) to received levels of MFAS/
HFAS, underwater detonations, or other
activities expected to result in the take
of marine mammals (this goal may
contribute to a, above, or to reducing the
severity of harassment takes only).
(e) A reduction in adverse effects to
marine mammal habitat, paying special
attention to the food base, activities that
block or limit passage to or from
biologically important areas, permanent
destruction of habitat, or temporary
destruction/disturbance of habitat
during a biologically important time.
(f) For monitoring directly related to
mitigation—an increase in the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
probability of detecting marine
mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation (shut-down zone, etc.).
NMFS and the Navy had extensive
discussions regarding mitigation, in
which we explored several mitigation
options and their respective
practicability. Ultimately, NMFS and
the Navy developed the measures listed
below, which we believe support (or
contribute) to the goals mentioned in a–
e above.
Planning Awareness Areas
The Navy has designated several
Planning Awareness Areas (PAAs) (see
Figure 2) based on areas of high
productivity that have been correlated
with high concentrations of marine
mammals (such as persistent
oceanographic features like upwellings
associated with the Gulf Stream front
where it is deflected off the east coast
near the Outer Banks), and areas of
steep bathymetric contours that are
frequented by deep diving marine
mammals such as beaked whales and
sperm whales. In developing the PAAs,
U.S. Fleet Forces (USFF) was able to
consider these factors because of
geographic flexibility in conducting
ASW training. USFF is not tied to a
specific range support structure for the
majority of the training for AFAST.
Additionally, the topography and
bathymetry along the East Coast and in
the Gulf of Mexico is unique in that
there is a wide continental shelf leading
to the shelf break affording a wider
range of training opportunities.
• The Navy proposes to avoid
planning major exercises in the
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
specified planning awareness areas
(yellow areas on map). Should national
security require the conduct of more
than four major exercises (COMPTUEX,
JTFEX, SEASWITI, or similar scale
event) in these areas (meaning all or a
portion of the exercise) per year the
Navy would provide NMFS with prior
notification and include the information
in any associated after-action or
monitoring reports.
• To the extent operationally feasible,
the Navy plans to conduct no more than
one of the four above-mentioned major
exercises (COMPTUEX, JTFEX,
SEASWITI or similar scale event) per
year in the Gulf of Mexico. Based on
operational requirements, the exercise
area for this one exercise may include
the De Soto Canyon. If national security
needs require more than one major
exercise to be conducted in the PAAs,
which includes portions of the DeSoto
Canyon, the Navy would provide NMFS
with prior notification and include the
information in any associated afteraction or monitoring reports.
• The PAAs identified on the
attached figure will be included in the
Navy’s Protective Measures Assessment
Protocol (PMAP) (implemented by the
Navy for use in the protection of the
marine environment) for unit level
situational awareness (i.e., exercises
other than COMPTUEX, JTFEX,
SEASWITI). The goal of PMAP is to
raise awareness in the fleet and ensure
common sense and informed oversight
are injected into planning processes for
testing and training evolutions.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60787
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.009
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60788
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Helicopter Dipping Sonar in NARW
Critical Habitat
Helicopter Dipping Sonar is one of the
two activity types that has been
identified as planned to occur in the
southern North Atlantic right whale
(NARW) critical habitat. Historically,
only maintenance of helicopter dipping
sonars occurs within a portion of the
NARW critical habitat. Tactical training
with helicopter dipping sonar does not
typically occur in the NARW critical
habitat area at any time of the year. The
critical habitat area is used on occasion
for post maintenance operational checks
and equipment testing due to its
proximity to shore. Unless otherwise
dictated by national security needs, the
Navy will minimize helicopter dipping
sonar maintenance within the SE right
whale critical habitat from November
15–April 15.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Object Detection Exercises in NARW
Critical Habitat
Object detection training
requirements are another type of activity
that have been identified as planned to
occur in the southern North Atlantic
right whale (NARW) critical habitat. The
Navy recognizes the significance of the
NARW calving area and has explored
ways of affecting the least practicable
impact (which includes a consideration
of practicality of implementation and
impacts to training fidelity) to right
whales. Navy units will incorporate data
from the Early Warning System (EWS)
into exercise pre-planning efforts. As
NMFS is aware, USFF contributes more
than $150,000 annually for aerial
surveys that support the EWS, a
communication network that assists
afloat commands to avoid interactions
with right whales. Fleet Area Control
and Surveillance Facility, Jacksonville
(FACSFACJAX) houses the Whale
Fusion Center, which disseminates the
latest right whale sighting information
to Navy ships, submarines, and aircraft.
Through the Fusion Center,
FACSFACJAX coordinates ship and
aircraft movement into the right whale
critical habitat and the surrounding
operating areas based on season, water
temperature, weather conditions, and
frequency of whale sightings and
provides right whale reports to ships,
submarines and aircraft, including coast
guard vessels and civilian shipping. All
sighting data is maintained on a Web
site, https://www.facsfacjax.navy.mil.
The Navy proposes to:
• Reduce the time spent conducting
object detection exercises in the NARW
critical habitat.
• Prior to conducting surface ship
object detection exercises in the SE right
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
whale critical habitat during the time of
November 15–April 15, ships will
contact FACSFACJAX to obtain the
latest right whale sighting information.
FACSFACJAX will advise ships of all
reported whale sightings in the vicinity
of the critical habitat and AAOC. To the
extent operationally feasible, ships will
avoid conducting training in the vicinity
of recently sighted right whales. Ships
will maneuver to maintain at least 500
yards separation from any observed
whale, consistent with the safety of the
ship.
Stranding Response Plan for Major
Navy Training Exercises in the AFAST
Study Area
NMFS and the Navy have developed
a draft Stranding Response Plan for
Major Exercises in the AFAST Study
Area (available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm). Pursuant to 50 CFR
Section 216.105, the plan will be
included as part of (attached to) the
Navy’s MMPA Letter of Authorization
(LOA), which contains the conditions
under which the Navy is authorized to
take marine mammals pursuant to
training activities involving MFAS/
HFAS or explosives (IEER) in the
AFAST Study Area. The Stranding
Response plan is specifically intended
to outline the applicable requirements
the authorization is conditioned upon in
the event that a marine mammal
stranding is reported in the AFAST
Study Area during a major training
exercise (MTE) (see glossary below). As
mentioned above, NMFS considers all
plausible causes within the course of a
stranding investigation and this plan in
no way presumes that any strandings in
the AFAST Study Area are related to, or
caused by, Navy training activities,
absent a determination made in a Phase
2 Investigation as outlined in Paragraph
7 of this plan, indicating that MFAS or
explosive detonation in the AFAST
Study Area were a cause of the
stranding. This plan is designed to
address the following three issues:
• Mitigation—When marine
mammals are in a situation that can be
defined as a stranding (see glossary of
plan), they are experiencing
physiological stress. When animals are
stranded, and alive, NMFS believes that
exposing these compromised animals to
additional known stressors would likely
exacerbate the animal’s distress and
could potentially cause its death.
Regardless of the factor(s) that may have
initially contributed to the stranding, it
is NMFS’ goal to avoid exposing these
animals to further stressors. Therefore,
when live stranded cetaceans are in the
water and engaged in what is classified
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
as an Uncommon Stranding Event (USE)
(see glossary of plan), the shutdown
component of this plan is intended to
minimize the exposure of those animals
to MFAS and explosive detonations,
regardless of whether or not these
activities may have initially played a
role in the event.
• Monitoring—This plan will
enhance the understanding of how
MFAS/HFAS or IEER (as well as other
environmental conditions) may, or may
not, be associated with marine mammal
injury or strandings. Additionally,
information gained from the
investigations associated with this plan
may be used in the adaptive
management of mitigation or monitoring
measures in subsequent LOAs, if
appropriate.
• Compliance—The information
gathered pursuant to this protocol will
inform NMFS’ decisions regarding
compliance with Sections 101(a)(5)(B
and C) of the MMPA.
The Stranding Response Plan has
several components:
Shutdown Procedures—When an
uncommon stranding event (USE—
defined in the plan) occurs during a
major exercise in the AFAST Study
Area, and a live cetacean(s) is in the
water exhibiting indicators of distress
(defined in the plan), NMFS will advise
the Navy that they should cease MFAS/
HFAS operation and explosive
detonations within 14 nm (26 km) in the
Atlantic and 17 nm (29 km) in the Gulf
of Mexico of the live animal involved in
the USE (NMFS and the Navy will
maintain a dialogue, as needed,
regarding the identification of the USE
and the potential need to implement
shutdown procedures). These distances
(14 and 17 nm) (26 and 29 km) are the
approximate distances at which sound
from the sonar sources are anticipated to
attenuate to 145 dB (SPL). The risk
function predicts that less than 1
percent of the animals exposed to sonar
at this level (mysticete or odontocete)
would respond in a manner that NMFS
considers Level B Harassment. The
following special shutdown provisions
for right whales are also included: (1)
The Navy will automatically cease sonar
operation (without waiting for the
notification from NMFS) within 14 or 17
nm (Atlantic or GOM, respectively) of
an injured or entangled right whale
found at sea during an MTE; and (2) The
Navy will alert NMFS immediately if a
dead right whale is found at sea during
an MTE and increase vigilance in the
area of the whale.
Memorandum of Agreement (MOA)—
The Navy and NMFS will develop an
MOA, or other mechanism consistent
with federal fiscal law requirements
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
(and all other applicable laws), that
allows the Navy to assist NMFS with the
Phase 1 and 2 Investigations of USEs
through the provision of in-kind
services, such as (but not limited to) the
use of plane/boat/truck for transport of
stranding responders or animals, use of
Navy property for necropsies or burial,
or assistance with aerial surveys to
discern the extent of a USE. The Navy
may assist NMFS with the
Investigations by providing one or more
of the in-kind services outlined in the
MOA, when available and logistically
feasible and when the provision does
not negatively affect Fleet operational
commitments.
Communication Protocol—Effective
communication is critical to the
successful implementation of this
Stranding Response Plan. Very specific
protocols for communication, including
identification of the Navy personnel
authorized to implement a shutdown
and the NMFS personnel authorized to
advise the Navy of the need to
implement shutdown procedures
(NMFS Protected Resources HQ—senior
administrators) and the associated
phone trees, etc. are currently in
development and will be refined and
finalized for the Stranding Response
Plan prior to the issuance of a final rule
(and updated yearly).
Stranding Investigation—The
Stranding Response Plan also outlines
the way that NMFS plans to investigate
any strandings (providing staff and
resources are available) that occur
during major training exercises in the
AFAST Study Area.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS believes that the range
clearance procedures and shutdown/
safety zone/exclusion zone measures the
Navy has proposed will enable the Navy
to avoid injuring any marine mammals
and will enable them to minimize the
numbers of marine mammals exposed to
levels associated with TTS for the
following reasons:
MFAS/HFAS
The Navy’s standard protective
measures indicate that they will ensure
powerdown of MFAS/HFAS by 6 dB
when a marine mammal is detected
within 1000 yd (914 km), powerdown of
4 more dB (or 10 dB total) when a
marine mammal is detected within 500
yd (457 km), and will cease MFAS/
HFAS transmissions when a marine
mammal is detected within 200 yd (183
km).
PTS/Injury—NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to avoid exposing
marine mammals to received levels of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
MFAS/HFAS sound that would result in
injury for the following reasons:
• The estimated distance from the
most powerful source at which an
animal would receive a level of 215 dB
SEL (threshold for PTS/injury/Level A
Harassment) is approximately 10 m
(10.9 yd).
• NMFS believes that the probability
that a marine mammal would approach
within 10 m (10.9 yd) of the sonar dome
(to the sides or below) without being
seen by the watchstanders (who would
then activate a shutdown if the animal
was within 200 yd (183 m) is very low,
especially considering that animals
would likely avoid approaching a
source transmitting at that level at that
distance.
• The model predicted that some
animals would be exposed to levels
associated with injury, however, the
model does not consider the mitigation
or likely avoidance behaviors and
NMFS believes that injury is unlikely
when those factors are considered.
TTS—NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to minimize exposure of
marine mammals to received levels of
MFAS/HFAS sound associated with
TTS for the following reasons:
• The estimated range of maximum
distances from the most powerful source
at which an animal would receive 195
dB SEL (the TTS threshold) is from
approximately 275–500 m (301–547 yd)
from the source in most operating
environments.
• Based on the size of the animals,
average group size, behavior, and
average dive time, NMFS believes that
the probability that Navy watchstanders
will visually detect mysticetes or sperm
whales, dolphins, and social pelagic
species (pilot whales, melon-headed
whales, etc.) at some point within the
1000-yd (914 km) safety zone before
they are exposed to the TTS threshold
levels is high, which means that the
Navy would be able to shutdown or
powerdown to avoid exposing these
species to sound levels associated with
TTS.
• However, more cryptic (animals
that are difficult to detect and observe),
deep-diving species (beaked whales and
Kogia sp.) are less likely to be visually
detected and could potentially be
exposed to levels of MFAS/HFAS
expected to cause TTS. Additionally,
the Navy’s bow-riding mitigation
exception for dolphins may sometimes
allow dolphins to be exposed to levels
of MFAS/HFAS likely to result in TTS.
IEER
The Navy utilizes a 1000-yd exclusion
zone (wherein explosive detonation will
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60789
not occur if animals are within the zone)
for the IEER and they begin observations
at least 30 minutes before any
detonations. Based on the explosive
criteria (see Acoustic Take Criteria
Section), a marine mammal would need
to be within 24–78 m of the explosive
sonobuoy detonation to be exposed to
levels that could cause death, within
79–179 m to be exposed to levels that
could cause injury, and within 209–348
m to be exposed to levels that could
result in TTS (the maximum range
varies with acoustic propagation
environment).
Mortality and Injury—Though the
model predicted that 3 animals would
be exposed to levels that would result
in PTS (0 mortality), NMFS believes that
the mitigation measures will allow the
Navy to avoid exposing marine
mammals to underwater detonations
from IEER that would result in injury or
mortality for the following reasons:
• Surveillance (including aerial and
passive acoustic) begins two hours
before the exercise and extends 1000-yd
from the charges.
• Animals would need to approach
within less than approximately 24–78 m
of the source unnoticed to be exposed
to the mortality threshold (we note here
that this threshold is conservatively
based on the exposure of a dolphin
calf—most marine mammals are much
larger and effects to these larger animals
would likely be less severe).
Additionally, the model predicted no
exposures to levels associated with
mortality.
• Animals would need to approach
within less than approximately 79–179
m of the sonobuoy to be injured
• Unlike for sonar, an animal would
need to be present at the exact moment
of the explosion(s).
TTS–NMFS believes that the
proposed mitigation measures will
allow the Navy to minimize the
exposure of marine mammals to
underwater detonations that would
result in TTS for the following reasons:
• 31 animals were predicted to be
exposed to explosive levels that would
result in TTS, however, for the same
reasons as above (i.e., surveillance and
close approach to source), NMFS
believes that most modeled TTS takes
can be avoided, especially dolphins,
mysticetes and sperm whales, and social
pelagic species.
• However, more cryptic, deep-diving
species (beaked whales and Kogia sp.)
are less likely to be visually detected
and could potentially be exposed to
explosive levels expected to cause TTS.
The Stranding Response Plan will
minimize the probability of distressed
live-stranded animals responding to the
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60790
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
proximity of sonar in a manner that
further stresses them or increases the
potential likelihood of mortality.
The incorporation of the Navy’s
proposed PAAs into their planning
process along with the plan not to
conduct more than 4 major exercises
within these areas should ultimately
result in a reduction in the number of
marine mammals exposed to MFAS/
HFAS (because these PAAs are
anticipated to have higher densities of
animals), a reduction in the number of
animals exposed while engaged in
feeding behaviors (because these areas
are particularly productive), and an
increased awareness of their potential
presence when conducting activities in
those important areas. Additionally, the
Navy’s plan to minimize both the
helicopter dipping and object detection
activities within the NARW critical
habitat during the time when the most
calves and mothers are present should
result in the minimization of exposure
of cow/calf pairs to MFAS/HFAS.
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the Navy’s proposed mitigation
measures (from the LOA application),
along with the Planning Awareness
Areas, the helicopter dipping and object
detection minimization measures, and
the Stranding Response Plan (and when
the Adaptive Management (see Adaptive
Management below) component is taken
into consideration) are adequate means
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impacts on marine mammals species or
stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, while also considering
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness
activity.
These mitigation measures may be
refined, modified, removed, or added to
prior to the issuance of the final rule
based on the comments and information
received during the public comment
period.
Research and Conservation Measures
for Marine Mammals
The Navy is working towards a better
understanding of marine mammals and
sound in ways that are not directly
related to the MMPA process. The Navy
highlights some of those ways in the
section below. Further, NMFS is
working on a long-term stranding study
that will be supported by the Navy by
way of a funding and information
sharing component (see below).
Navy Research
The Navy provides a significant
amount of funding and support to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
marine research. The agency is
providing approximately $26 million
annually between FY07–FY09 to
universities, research institutions,
federal laboratories, private companies,
and independent researchers around the
world to study marine mammals. The
U.S. Navy sponsors 50 percent of all
U.S. research concerning the effects of
human-generated sound on marine
mammals and 50 percent of such
research conducted both in the U.S. and
worldwide. Major topics of Navysupported research include the
following:
• Better understanding of marine
species distribution and important
habitat areas,
• Developing methods to detect and
monitor marine species before and
during training,
• Understanding the effects of sound
on marine mammals, sea turtles, fish,
and seabirds, and
• Developing tools to model and
estimate potential effects of sound.
This research is directly applicable to
Atlantic Fleet training activities,
particularly with respect to the
investigations of the potential effects of
underwater noise sources on marine
mammals and other protected species.
Proposed training activities employ
sonar and underwater explosives, which
introduce sound into the marine
environment.
The Marine Life Sciences Division of
the Office of Naval Research currently
coordinates six programs that examine
the marine environment and are
devoted solely to studying the effects of
noise and/or the implementation of
technology tools that will assist the
Navy in studying and tracking marine
mammals. The six programs are:
1. Environmental Consequences of
Underwater Sound,
2. Non-Auditory Biological Effects of
Sound on Marine Mammals,
3. Effects of Sound on the Marine
Environment,
4. Sensors and Models for Marine
Environmental Monitoring,
5. Effects of Sound on Hearing of
Marine Animals, and
6. Passive Acoustic Detection,
Classification, and Tracking of Marine
Mammals.
The Navy has also developed the
technical reports referenced within this
document, which include the Marine
Resource Assessments and the Navy
OPAREA Density Estimates reports.
Furthermore, research cruises by the
NMFS and by academic institutions
have received funding from the U.S.
Navy. For instance, the ONR
contributed financially to the Sperm
Whale Seismic Survey (SWSS) in the
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Gulf of Mexico, coordinated by Texas
A&M. The goals of the SWSS are to
examine effects of the oil and gas
industry on sperm whales and what
mitigations would be employed to
minimize adverse effects to the species.
All of this research helps in
understanding the marine environment
and the effects that may arise from the
use of underwater noise in the Gulf of
Mexico and western North Atlantic
Ocean.
The Navy has sponsored several
workshops to evaluate the current state
of knowledge and potential for future
acoustic monitoring of marine
mammals. The workshops brought
together acoustic experts and marine
biologists from the Navy and other
research organizations to present data
and information on current acoustic
monitoring research efforts and to
evaluate the potential for incorporating
similar technology and methods on
instrumented ranges. However, acoustic
detection, identification, localization,
and tracking of individual animals still
requires a significant amount of research
effort to be considered a reliable method
for marine mammal monitoring. The
Navy supports research efforts on
acoustic monitoring and will continue
to investigate the feasibility of passive
acoustics as a potential mitigation and
monitoring tool.
Overall, the Navy will continue to
fund ongoing marine mammal research,
and is planning to coordinate long-term
monitoring/studies of marine mammals
on various established ranges and
OPAREAS. The Navy will continue to
research and contribute to university/
external research to improve the state of
the science regarding marine species
biology and acoustic effects. These
efforts include mitigation and
monitoring programs; data sharing with
NMFS and via the literature for research
and development efforts; and future
research as described previously.
Long-Term Prospective Study
Apart from this proposed rule, NMFS,
with input and assistance from the Navy
and several other agencies and entities,
will perform a longitudinal
observational study of marine mammal
strandings to systematically observe for
and record the types of pathologies and
diseases and investigate the relationship
with potential causal factors (e.g.,
tactical sonar, seismic, weather). The
study will not be a true ‘‘cohort’’ study,
because we will be unable to quantify or
estimate specific sonar or other sound
exposures for individual animals that
strand. However, a cross-sectional or
correlational analysis, a method of
descriptive rather than analytical
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
epidemiology, can be conducted to
compare population characteristics, e.g.,
frequency of strandings and types of
specific pathologies between general
periods of various anthropogenic
activities and non-activities within a
prescribed geographic space. In the
long-term study, we will more fully and
consistently collect and analyze data on
the demographics of strandings in
specific locations and consider
anthropogenic activities and physical,
chemical, and biological environmental
parameters. This approach in
conjunction with true cohort studies
(tagging animals, measuring received
sounds, and evaluating behavior or
injuries) in the presence of activities
and non-activities will provide critical
information needed to further define the
impacts of MTEs and other
anthropogenic and non-anthropogenic
stressors. In coordination with the Navy
and other federal and non-federal
partners, the comparative study will be
designed and conducted for specific
sites during intervals of the presence of
anthropogenic activities such as sonar
transmission or other sound exposures
and absence to evaluate demographics
of morbidity and mortality, lesions
found, and cause of death or stranding.
Additional data that will be collected
and analyzed in an effort to control
potential confounding factors include
variables such as average sea
temperature (or just season),
meteorological or other environmental
variables (e.g., seismic activity), fishing
activities, etc. All efforts will be made
to include appropriate controls (i.e., no
tactical sonar or no seismic);
environmental variables may complicate
the interpretation of ‘‘control’’
measurements. The Navy and NMFS
along with other partners are evaluating
mechanisms for funding this study.
Monitoring
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR Section
216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for
LOAs must include the suggested means
of accomplishing the necessary
monitoring and reporting that will result
in increased knowledge of the species
and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present.
Monitoring measures prescribed by
NMFS should accomplish one or more
of the following general goals:
(a) An increase in the probability of
detecting marine mammals, both within
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
the safety zone (thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation) and in general to generate
more data to contribute to the analyses
mentioned below.
(b) An increase in our understanding
of how many marine mammals are
likely to be exposed to levels of MFAS/
HFAS (or explosives or other stimuli)
that we associate with specific adverse
effects, such as behavioral harassment,
TTS, or PTS.
(c) An increase in our understanding
of how marine mammals respond to
MFAS/HFAS (at specific received
levels), explosives, or other stimuli
expected to result in take and how
anticipated adverse effects on
individuals (in different ways and to
varying degrees) may impact the
population, species, or stock
(specifically through effects on annual
rates of recruitment or survival) through
any of the following methods:
• Behavioral observations in the
presence of MFAS/HFAS compared to
observations in the absence of sonar
(need to be able to accurately predict
received level and report bathymetric
conditions, distance from source, and
other pertinent information.
• Physiological measurements in the
presence of MFAS/HFAS compared to
observations in the absence of tactical
sonar (need to be able to accurately
predict received level and report
bathymetric conditions, distance from
source, and other pertinent
information).
• Pre-planned and thorough
investigation of stranding events that
occur coincident to naval activities.
• Distribution and/or abundance
comparisons in times or areas with
concentrated MFAS/HFAS versus times
or areas without MFAS/HFAS.
(d) An increased knowledge of the
affected species.
(e) An increase in our understanding
of the effectiveness of certain mitigation
and monitoring measures.
Proposed Monitoring Plan for the
AFAST Study Area
The Navy has submitted a draft
Monitoring Plan for AFAST, which may
be viewed at NMFS’ Web site: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. NMFS and the Navy
have worked together on the
development of this plan in the months
preceding the publication of this
proposed rule; however, we are still
refining the plan and anticipate that it
will contain more details by the time it
is finalized in advance of the issuance
of the final rule. Additionally, the plan
may be modified or supplemented based
on comments or new information
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60791
received from the public during the
public comment period. A summary of
the primary components of the plan
follows.
The draft Monitoring Plan for AFAST
has been designed as a collection of
focused ‘‘studies’’ (described fully in the
AFAST Monitoring Plan) to gather data
that will allow the Navy to address the
following questions:
(a) Are marine mammals exposed to
MFAS, especially at levels associated
with adverse effects (i.e., based on
NMFS’ criteria for behavioral
harassment, TTS, or PTS)? If so, at what
levels are they exposed?
(b) If marine mammals are exposed to
MFAS in the AFAST Study Area, do
they redistribute geographically as a
result of continued exposure? If so, how
long does the redistribution last?
(c) If marine mammals are exposed to
MFAS, what are their behavioral
responses to various levels?
(d) Is the Navy’s suite of mitigation
measures for MFAS (e.g., measures
agreed to by the Navy through
permitting) effective at avoiding TTS,
injury, and mortality of marine
mammals?
Data gathered in these studies will be
collected by qualified, professional
marine mammal biologists that are
experts in their field. They will use a
combination of the following methods
to collect data:
• Contracted vessel and aerial
surveys.
• Passive acoustics.
• Marine mammal observers on Navy
ships.
In the four proposed study designs
(all of which cover multiple years), the
above methods will be used separately
or in combination to monitor marine
mammals in different combinations
before, during, and after training
activities utilizing MFAS/HFAS. Table 7
contains a summary of the monitoring
effort that is planned for each study in
each year.
This monitoring plan has been
designed to gather data on all species of
marine mammals that are observed in
the AFAST study area. The Plan
recognizes that deep-diving and cryptic
species of marine mammals such as
beaked whales have a low probability of
detection (Barlow and Gisiner, 2006).
Therefore, methods will be utilized to
attempt to address this issue (e.g.,
passive acoustic monitoring).
North Atlantic right whales will also
be given particular attention during
monitoring in the AFAST study area,
although monitoring methods will be
the same for all species. Within the
AFAST study area, the Northwestern
Atlantic provides unique breeding and
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
calving habitat for North Atlantic right
whales, and as a result, critical habitat
has been designated for one calving
ground (off Georgia and northern
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
Florida) and two feeding areas (Cape
Cod Bay and the Great South Channel).
North Atlantic right whales will be
given particular attention in the form of
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
focal follows (e.g., collect behavioral
data using the Big Eyes binoculars, and
observe the behavior of any animals that
are seen) when observed.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.010
60792
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
In addition to the Monitoring Plan for
AFAST, by the end of 2009, the Navy
will have completed an Integrated
Comprehensive Monitoring Program
(ICMP). The ICMP will provide the
overarching structure and coordination
that will, over time, compile data from
both range specific monitoring plans
(such as AFAST, the Hawaii Range
complex, and the Southern California
Range Complex) as well as Navy funded
research and development (R&D)
studies. The primary objectives of the
ICMP are:
• To monitor Navy training events,
particularly those involving midfrequency sonar and underwater
detonations, for compliance with the
terms and conditions of ESA Section 7
consultations or MMPA authorizations;
• To collect data to support
estimating the number of individuals
exposed to sound levels above current
regulatory thresholds;
• To assess the efficacy of the Navy’s
current marine species mitigation;
• To add to the knowledge base on
potential behavioral and physiological
effects to marine species from midfrequency active sonar and underwater
detonations; and
• To assess the practicality and
effectiveness of a number of mitigation
tools and techniques (some not yet in
use).
More information about the ICMP
may be found in the draft Monitoring
Plan for AFAST.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Past Monitoring in the AFAST Study
Area
NMFS has received four total
monitoring reports addressing MFAS
use off the Atlantic Coast or in the Gulf
of Mexico. The data contained in the
After Action Reports (AAR) have been
considered in developing mitigation and
monitoring measures for the proposed
activities contained in this rule. The
Navy’s AAR may be viewed at: https://
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. NMFS has reviewed
these reports and has summarized the
results, as related to marine mammal
observations, below.
ESG COMPTUEX 08–01
The USS Nassau Expeditionary Strike
Group COMPTUEX 08–01 was
conducted from November 28, 2007
through December 14, 2007. The ASW
training conducted during the ESG
COMPTUEX involved ships,
submarines, aircraft, non-explosive
exercise weapons, and other training
related devices and occurred within
portions of the Cherry Point and
Charleston/Jacksonville Operating Areas
(OPAREAS; see Figure A–1, Appendix
A). MFA sonar equipped ships that
participated in ESG COMPTUEX 08–01
included Ticonderoga-class guided
missile cruisers (CG), Arleigh Burkeclass guided missile destroyers (DDG),
and Oliver Hazard Perry-class guided
missile frigates (FFG). The surface
combatants employed ANSQS–53C/
ANSQS 56 sonar, and the associated
aviation assets employed SH–60B/F/R
with AN/AQS–13F or AQS–22 dipping
sonar and AN/SSQ–62B1C/D/E
Directional Command Activated
Sonobuoy System (DICASS). The MFA
sonar equipped submarines that
participated were SSNs with AN/BQQ–
5 sonar.
During ESG COMPTUEX 08–01, 141–
161 hours of MFAS and 38–46 DICASS
sonobuoy usage was reported.
Navy lookouts did not report any
sightings of marine mammals during
ESG COMPTUEX 08–01.
Combined CSG COMPTUEX/JTFEX 07–
01
USS TRUMAN 07–1 CSG
COMPTUEX/JTFEX was conducted
from July 2–August 1, 2007 and
involved a Carrier Strike Group. Ships
assigned to this CSG included: two non-
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60793
MFAS-equipped ships, and five MFASequipped ships and one submarine.
Other participating U.S. Navy units
representing support and opposition
forces included one submarine and four
MFAS-equipped ships. France
participated with three MFAS-equipped
ships. Allied nations participating in the
exercise were also provided the
mitigation measures in Appendix B and
the MSAT. There were two ASW SH–60
helicopters and two ASW P–3 Maritime
Patrol Aircraft also participating.
During USS Truman 07–1 CSG
COMPTUEX/JTFEX MFAS was only
used during carefully planned exercise
events and for only a small subset of any
given exercise time frame. During this
exercise, 340–355 hours of hullmounted MFAS, 50–65 hours of dipping
sonar, and use of 170 DICASS
sonobuoys were reported.
There were 49 total sighting events
and three passive detections. An
estimated 374–416 marine mammals
and four sea turtles were observed
during USS Truman 07–1 CSG
COMPTUEX/JTFEX (See Table 8). There
were two sighting events occurring
during active sonar use. The first
occurred with the observing ship
observing five dolphins while using
MFAS and a second ship was active
within the vicinity of this sighting. The
second occurred with the observing ship
sighting two pilot whales while not
active, but a second ship was active at
a distance which could have had an
influence on the sighted marine
mammals. On four instances, vessels
maneuvered to avoid the path of a
marine mammal or increase the distance
between the ship and animal.
None of the watchstanders reported
any sort of ‘‘observed effect’’ on the
marine mammals that were observed in
the two instances when the sonar was
on.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.011
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60794
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
ESG COMPTUEX 07–01
This exercise was conducted in
October 2006 in two large areas seaward
of the shelf break off the coasts of North
and South Carolina. The types of ASW
training conducted during ESG
COMPTUEX07–1 involved the use of
ships, submarines, aircraft, nonexplosive exercise weapons, and other
training related devices. Exercise
planning estimated use of 114 hours of
MFA sonar and 118 DICASS sonobuoys.
Actual use was 101.4 hours of MFA
sonar and 35 DICASS sonobuoys.
There was one marine mammal
sighting during the exercise. A surface
ship sighted approximately 12
‘‘dolphins’’ ‘‘playing’’ within 1,000 yds.
The group was engaged in the combined
battle problem, with ships
intermittently active and passive. All
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
units shut down MFAS for
approximately 2 hours.
None of the watchstanders reported
any sort of ‘‘observed effect’’ on the
marine mammals that were observed,
either with or without the operation of
sonar.
JTFEX 06–02
This exercise was conducted from
July 21–29, 2006, largely within the
Cherry Point OPAREA, off the shelf
break of North Carolina. The types of
ASW training conducted during JTFEX
06–2 involved the use of ships,
submarines, aircraft, non-explosive
exercise weapons, and other training
related devices. In addition to the JTFEX
major exercise, a precursor event three
days prior to the exercise was included
in the analysis due to the temporal
proximity of the exercise. The precursor
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60795
event estimated sonar use was 22.5
hours of surface vessel MFAS and 36
DICASS sonobuoys. The planned
exercise, exclusive of the precursor
events, was estimated at 200–225 hours
of SQS–53C MFAS, 100–125 hours of
surface vessel SQS–56 MFAS and 50
DICASS sonobuoys used. In reality, 108
hours of MFA sonar and less than 50
sonobuoys were used for both the
precursor events and the JTFEX 06–2
exercise.
During the exercise, all surface vessels
and aircraft participating in ASW events
were involved in the visual surveillance
for marine mammals. There were 29
instances when marine mammals
(individuals or pods) were detected, all
by surface vessel exercise participants.
MFAS was shut down seven times by
exercise participants due to the detected
marine mammals as detailed in Table 9.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.012
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60796
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
These 29 marine mammal detections
by exercise participants totaled 120
quantified marine mammals, and 10
sightings of multiple animals, or ‘‘pods’’
that could not be quantified. Assuming
each pod consisted of at least four
animals; the estimated total number of
marine mammals detected was 160
animals. Of those detections when sonar
was active (7 of the 29 in Table 9), 18
animals were quantified, and 4 reports
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
were of multiple animals that could not
be quantified. Using the described
estimating procedure, approximately 34
marine mammals were in the vicinity of
surface ships during MFAS use periods.
In only one instance (see Table 9) were
the animals present within a range
requiring power reduction. In two
instances described in Table 9, 12
dolphins (sighting 27 (8 animals) and
sighting 29 (estimated 4 animals)) were
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
sighted closing on the ship and later
engaged in bow riding. In these
instances, sonar was shutdown at a
range of 3,000 yards.
None of the watchstanders reported
any sort of ‘‘observed effect’’ on the
marine mammals that were observed,
either with or without the operation of
MFAS.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60797
EP14OC08.013
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
General Conclusions Drawn From
Review of Monitoring Reports
Because NMFS has received relatively
few monitoring reports from sonar
training in the AFAST Study Area, and
none that have utilized independent
aerial or vessel-based observers (though
they will be required by this LOA (see
Monitoring)), it is difficult to draw
biological conclusions. However, NMFS
can draw some general conclusions
from the content of the monitoring
reports:
(a) Data from watchstanders is
generally useful to indicate the presence
or absence of marine mammals within
the safety zones (and sometimes
without) and to document the
implementation of mitigation measures,
but does not provide useful species
specific information or behavioral data.
Data gathered by independent observers
can provide very valuable information
at a level of detail not possible with
watchstanders (such as data gathered by
independent, biologist monitors in
Hawaii and submitted to NMFS in a
monitoring report, which indicated the
presence of sub-adult sei whales in the
Hawaiian Islands in fall, potentially
indicating the use of the area for
breeding).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
(b) Though it is by no means
conclusory, it is worth noting that no
instances of obvious behavioral
disturbance were observed by the Navy
watchstanders. Though of course, these
observations only cover the animals that
were at the surface (or slightly below in
the case of aerial surveys) and within
the distance that the observers can see
with the big-eye binoculars or from the
aircraft.
(c) NMFS and the Navy need to more
carefully designate what information
should be gathered during monitoring,
as some reports contain different
information, making cross-report
comparisons difficult.
Adaptive Management
Adaptive Management was addressed
above in the context of the Stranding
Response Plan because that Section will
be a stand-alone document. More
specifically, the final regulations
governing the take of marine mammals
incidental to Navy training exercises in
the AFAST Study Area will contain an
adaptive management component. Our
understanding of the effects of MFAS/
HFAS and explosives on marine
mammals is still in its relative infancy,
and yet the science in this field is
evolving fairly quickly. These
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
circumstances make the inclusion of an
adaptive management component both
valuable and necessary within the
context of 5-year regulations for
activities that have been associated with
marine mammal mortality in certain
circumstances and locations (though not
the AFAST Study Area). The use of
adaptive management will give NMFS
the ability to consider new data from
different sources to determine (in
coordination with the Navy), on an
annual basis if new or modified
mitigation or monitoring measures are
appropriate for subsequent annual
LOAs. Following are some of the
possible sources of applicable data:
• Results from the Navy’s monitoring
from the previous year (either from the
AFAST Study Area or other locations)
• Results from specific stranding
investigations (either from the AFAST
Study Area or other locations, and
involving coincident MFAS/HFAS of
explosives training or not involving
coincident use)
• Results from the Long Term
Prospective Study described below
• Results from general marine
mammal and sound research (funded by
the Navy (described below) or
otherwise)
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.014
60798
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Mitigation measures could be
modified or added if new data suggests
that such modifications would have a
reasonable likelihood of reducing
adverse effects to marine mammals and
if the measures are practicable. NMFS
could also coordinate with the Navy to
modify or add to the existing monitoring
requirements if the new data suggest
that the addition of a particular measure
would likely fill in a specifically
important data gap.
Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking’’. Effective reporting is critical
both to compliance as well as ensuring
that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring. Some of the
reporting requirements are still in
development and the final rule may
contain additional details not contained
in the proposed rule. Additionally,
proposed reporting requirements may be
modified, removed, or added based on
information or comments received
during the public comment period.
Currently, there are several different
reporting requirements pursuant to
these proposed regulations:
General Notification of Injured or Dead
Marine Mammals
Navy personnel will ensure that
NMFS (regional stranding coordinator)
is notified immediately (or as soon as
clearance procedures allow) if an
injured or dead marine mammal is
found during or shortly after, and in the
vicinity of, any Navy training exercise
utilizing MFAS, HFAS, or underwater
explosive detonations. The Navy will
provide NMFS with species or
description of the animal (s), the
condition of the animal(s) (including
carcass condition if the animal is dead),
location, time of first discovery,
observed behaviors (if alive), and photo
or video (if available). The AFAST
Stranding Response Plan contains more
specific reporting requirements for
specific circumstances.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
IEER
A yearly report detailing the number
of exercises along with the hours of
associated marine mammal survey and
associated marine mammal sightings,
number of times employment was
delayed by sightings, and the number of
total detonated charges and self-scuttled
charges will be submitted to NMFS.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
MFAS/HFAS Mitigation/Navy
Watchstanders
The Navy will submit an After Action
Report to the Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, within 120 days of
the completion of a Major Training
Exercise (SEASWITI, COMPTUEX,
JTFEX, but not Group Sails). For other
ASW exercises the Navy will submit a
yearly summary report. These reports
will, at a minimum, include the
following information:
• The estimated number of hours of
sonar operation, broken down by source
type.
• If possible, the total number of
hours of observation effort (including
observation time when sonar was not
operating).
• A report of all marine mammal
sightings (at any distance—not just
within a particular distance) to include,
when possible and to the best of their
ability, and if not classified:
• Species or animal type.
• Number of animals sighted.
• Location of marine mammal
sighting.
• Distance of animal from any
operating sonar sources.
• Whether animal is fore, aft, port,
starboard.
• Direction animal is moving in
relation to source (away, towards,
parallel).
• Any observed behaviors of marine
mammals.
• The status of any sonar sources
(what sources were in use) and whether
or not they were powered down or shut
down as a result of the marine mammal
observation.
• The platform that the marine
mammals were sighted from.
Monitoring Report
Although the draft Monitoring Plan
for AFAST contains a general
description of the monitoring that the
Navy plans to conduct (and that NMFS
has analyzed) in the AFAST Study Area,
the detailed analysis and reporting
protocols that will be used for the
AFAST monitoring plan are still being
refined at this time. The draft AFAST
Monitoring plan may be viewed at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. Standard marine species
sighting forms will be used by Navy
lookouts and biologists to standardize
data collection and data collection
methods will be standardized across
ranges to allow for comparison in
different geographic locations. Reports
of the required monitoring will be
submitted to NMFS on an annual basis
as well as in the form of a multi-year
report that compiles all five years worth
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60799
of monitoring data (reported at end of
fourth year of rule—in future rules will
include the last year of the prior rule).
AFAST Comprehensive Report
The Navy will submit to NMFS a draft
report that analyzes and summarizes all
of the multi-year marine mammal
information gathered during ASW and
IEER exercises for which individual
reports are required in § 216.175(d)–(f).
This report will be submitted at the end
of the fourth year of the rule (December
2012), covering activities that have
occurred through June 1, 2012. The
Navy will respond to NMFS comments
on the draft comprehensive report if
submitted within 3 months of receipt.
The report will be considered final after
the Navy has addressed NMFS’
comments, or three months after the
submittal of the draft if NMFS does not
comment by then.
Comprehensive National ASW Report
The Navy will submit a draft
Comprehensive National ASW Report
that analyzes, compares, and
summarizes the data gathered from the
watchstanders and pursuant to the
implementation of the Monitoring Plans
for AFAST, the Hawaii Range Complex,
the Southern California (SOCAL) Range
Complex, and the Marianas range
Complex. The Navy will respond to
NMFS comments on the draft
comprehensive report if submitted
within 3 months of receipt. The report
will be considered final after the Navy
has addressed NMFS’ comments, or
three months after the submittal of the
draft if NMFS does not comment by
then.
Estimated Take of Marine Mammals
As mentioned previously, for the
purposes of MMPA authorizations,
NMFS’ effects assessments have two
primary purposes (in the context of the
AFAST LOA, where subsistence
communities are not present): (1) To put
forth the permissible methods of taking
within the context of MMPA Level B
Harassment (behavioral harassment),
Level A Harassment (injury), and
mortality (i.e., identify the number and
types of take that will occur); and (2) to
determine whether the specified activity
will have a negligible impact on the
affected species or stocks of marine
mammals (based on the likelihood that
the activity will adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival).
In the Potential Effects of Exposure of
Marine Mammal to MFAS/HFAS and
Underwater Detonations section, NMFS’
analysis identified the lethal responses,
physical trauma, sensory impairment
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60800
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
(permanent and temporary threshold
shifts and acoustic masking),
physiological responses (particular
stress responses), and behavioral
responses that could potentially result
from exposure to MFAS/HFAS or
underwater explosive detonations. In
this section, we will relate the potential
effects to marine mammals from MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonation of
explosives to the MMPA regulatory
definitions of Level A and Level B
Harassment and attempt to quantify the
effects that might occur from the
specific training activities that the Navy
is proposing in the AFAST Study Area.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Definition of Harassment
As mentioned previously, with
respect to military readiness activities,
Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA defines
‘‘harassment’’ as: (i) Any act that injures
or has the significant potential to injure
a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild [Level A Harassment];
or (ii) any act that disturbs or is likely
to disturb a marine mammal or marine
mammal stock in the wild by causing
disruption of natural behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering, to a point where
such behavioral patterns are abandoned
or significantly altered [Level B
Harassment].
Level B Harassment
Of the potential effects that were
described in the Potential Effects of
Exposure of Marine Mammal to MFAS/
HFAS and Underwater Detonations
Section, the following are the types of
effects that fall into the Level B
Harassment category:
Behavioral Harassment—Behavioral
disturbance that rises to the level
described in the definition above, when
resulting from exposures to MFAS/
HFAS or underwater detonations, is
considered Level B Harassment. Some
of the lower level physiological stress
responses discussed in the Potential
Effects of Exposure of Marine Mammal
to MFAS/HFAS and Underwater
Detonations Section: Stress Section will
also likely co-occur with the predicted
harassments, although these responses
are more difficult to detect and fewer
data exist relating these responses to
specific received levels of sound. When
Level B Harassment is predicted based
on estimated behavioral responses,
those takes may have a stress-related
physiological component as well.
In the effects section above, we
described the Southall et al. (2007)
severity scaling system and listed some
examples of the three broad categories
of behaviors: (0–3: Minor and/or brief
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
behaviors); 4–6 (Behaviors with higher
potential to affect foraging,
reproduction, or survival); 7–9
(Behaviors considered likely to affect
the aforementioned vital rates).
Generally speaking, MMPA Level B
Harassment, as defined in this
document, would include the behaviors
described in the 7–9 category, and a
subset, dependent on context and other
considerations, of the behaviors
described in the 4–6 categories.
Behavioral harassment does not
generally include behaviors ranked 0–3
in Southall et al. (2007).
Acoustic Masking and
Communication Impairment—Acoustic
masking is considered Level B
Harassment as it can disrupt natural
behavioral patterns by interrupting or
limiting the marine mammal’s receipt or
transmittal of important information or
environmental cues.
TTS—As discussed previously, TTS
can effect how an animal behaves in
response to the environment, including
conspecifics, predators, and prey. The
following physiological mechanisms are
thought to play a role in inducing
auditory fatigue: effects to sensory hair
cells in the inner ear that reduce their
sensitivity, modification of the chemical
environment within the sensory cells,
residual muscular activity in the middle
ear, displacement of certain inner ear
membranes, increased blood flow, and
post-stimulatory reduction in both
efferent and sensory neural output.
Ward (1997) suggested that when these
effects result in TTS rather than PTS,
they are within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance
and do not represent a physical injury.
Additionally, Southall et al. (2007)
indicate that although PTS is a tissue
injury, TTS is not, because the reduced
hearing sensitivity following exposure
to intense sound results primarily from
fatigue, not loss, of cochlear hair cells
and supporting structures and is
reversible. Accordingly, NMFS classifies
TTS (when resulting from exposure to
either MFAS/HFAS or underwater
detonations) as Level B Harassment, not
Level A Harassment (injury).
Level A Harassment
Of the potential effects that were
described in the Potential Effects of
Exposure of Marine Mammals to MFAS/
HFAS and Underwater Detonations
Section, following are the types of
effects that fall into the Level A
Harassment category:
PTS—PTS (resulting either from
exposure to MFAS/HFAS or explosive
detonations) is irreversible and
considered an injury. PTS results from
exposure to intense sounds that cause a
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
permanent loss of inner or outer
cochlear hair cells or exceed the elastic
limits of certain tissues and membranes
in the middle and inner ears and result
in changes in the chemical composition
of the inner ear fluids.
Tissue Damage due to Acoustically
Mediated Bubble Growth—A few
theories suggest ways in which gas
bubbles become enlarged through
exposure to intense sounds (MFAS/
HFAS) to the point where tissue damage
results. In rectified diffusion, exposure
to a sound field would cause bubbles to
increase in size. A short duration of
sonar pings (such as that which an
animal exposed to MFAS would be most
likely to encounter) would not likely be
long enough to drive bubble growth to
any substantial size. Alternately,
bubbles could be destabilized by highlevel sound exposures such that bubble
growth then occurs through static
diffusion of gas out of the tissues. The
degree of supersaturation and exposure
levels observed to cause microbubble
destabilization are unlikely to occur,
either alone or in concert because of
how close an animal would need to be
to the sound source to be exposed to
high enough levels, especially
considering the likely avoidance of the
sound source and the required
mitigation. Still, possible tissue damage
from either of these processes would be
considered an injury.
Tissue Damage due to Behaviorally
Mediated Bubble Growth—Several
authors suggest mechanisms in which
marine mammals could behaviorally
respond to exposure to MFAS/HFAS by
altering their dive patterns in a manner
(unusually rapid ascent, unusually long
series of surface dives, etc.) that might
result in unusual bubble formation or
growth ultimately resulting in tissue
damage (emboli, etc.) In this scenario,
the rate of ascent would need to be
sufficiently rapid to compromise
behavioral or physiological protections
against nitrogen bubble formation.
There is considerable disagreement
among scientists as to the likelihood of
this phenomenon (Piantadosi and
Thalmann, 2004; Evans and Miller,
2003). Although it has been argued that
traumas from recent beaked whale
strandings are consistent with gas
emboli and bubble-induced tissue
separations (Jepson et al., 2003;
Fernandez et al., 2005), nitrogen bubble
formation as the cause of the traumas
has not been verified. If tissue damage
does occur by this phenomenon, it
would be considered an injury.
Physical Disruption of Tissues
Resulting from Explosive Shock Wave—
Physical damage of tissues resulting
from a shock wave (from an explosive
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
detonation) is classified as an injury.
Blast effects are greatest at the gas-liquid
interface (Landsberg, 2000) and gascontaining organs, particularly the lungs
and gastrointestinal tract, are especially
susceptible (Goertner, 1982; Hill 1978;
Yelverton et al., 1973). Nasal sacs,
larynx, pharynx, trachea, and lungs may
be damaged by compression/expansion
caused by the oscillations of the blast
gas bubble (Reidenberg and Laitman,
2003). Severe damage (from the shock
wave) to the ears can include tympanic
membrane rupture, fracture of the
ossicles, damage to the cochlea,
hemorrhage, and cerebrospinal fluid
leakage into the middle ear.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Acoustic Take Criteria
For the purposes of an MMPA
incidental take authorization, three
types of take are identified: Level B
Harassment; Level A Harassment; and
mortality (or serious injury leading to
mortality). The categories of marine
mammal responses (physiological and
behavioral) that fall into the two
harassment categories were described in
the previous section.
Because the physiological and
behavioral responses of the majority of
the marine mammals exposed to MFAS/
HFAS and underwater detonations
cannot be detected or measured (not all
responses visible external to animal,
portion of exposed animals underwater
(so not visible), many animals located
many miles from observers and covering
very large area, etc.) and because NMFS
must authorize take prior to the impacts
to marine mammals, a method is needed
to estimate the number of individuals
that will be taken, pursuant to the
MMPA, based on the proposed action.
To this end, NMFS developed acoustic
criteria that estimate at what received
level (when exposed to MFAS/HFAS or
explosive detonations) Level B
Harassment, Level A Harassment, and
mortality (for explosives) of marine
mammals would occur. The acoustic
criteria for MFAS/HFAS and
Underwater Detonations (IEER) are
discussed below.
MFAS/HFAS Acoustic Criteria
Because relatively few applicable data
exist to support acoustic criteria
specifically for HFAS and because such
a small percentage of the sonar pings
that marine mammals will likely be
exposed to incidental to this activity
come from a HFAS source (the vast
majority come from MFAS sources),
NMFS will apply the criteria developed
for the MFAS to the HFAS as well.
NMFS utilizes three acoustic criteria
for MFAS/HFAS: PTS (injury—Level A
Harassment), TTS (Level B Harassment),
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
and behavioral harassment (Level B
Harassment). Because the TTS and PTS
criteria are derived similarly and the
PTS criteria was extrapolated from the
TTS data, the TTS and PTS acoustic
criteria will be presented first, before
the behavioral criteria.
For more information regarding these
criteria, please see the Navy’s FEIS for
AFAST.
Level B Harassment Threshold (TTS)
As mentioned above, behavioral
disturbance, acoustic masking, and TTS
are all considered Level B Harassment.
Marine mammals would usually be
behaviorally disturbed at lower received
levels than those at which they would
likely sustain TTS, so the levels at
which behavioral disturbance are likely
to occur is considered the onset of Level
B Harassment. The behavioral responses
of marine mammals to sound are
variable, context specific, and, therefore,
difficult to quantify (see Risk Function
section, below). Alternately, TTS is a
physiological effect that has been
studied and quantified in laboratory
conditions. Because data exist to
support an estimate of at what received
levels marine mammals will incur TTS,
NMFS uses an acoustic criteria to
estimate the number of marine
mammals that might sustain TTS. TTS
is a subset of Level B Harassment (along
with sub-TTS behavioral harassment)
and we are not specifically required to
estimate those numbers; however, the
more specifically we can estimate the
affected marine mammal responses, the
better the analysis.
A number of investigators have
measured TTS in marine mammals.
These studies measured hearing
thresholds in trained marine mammals
before and after exposure to intense
sounds. The existing cetacean TTS data
are summarized in the following bullets.
• Schlundt et al. (2000) reported the
results of TTS experiments conducted
with 5 bottlenose dolphins and 2
belugas exposed to 1-second tones. This
paper also includes a reanalysis of
preliminary TTS data released in a
technical report by Ridgway et al.
(1997). At frequencies of 3, 10, and 20
kHz, sound pressure levels (SPLs)
necessary to induce measurable
amounts (6 dB or more) of TTS were
between 192 and 201 dB re 1 µPa (EL
= 192 to 201 dB re 1 µPa2¥s). The mean
exposure SPL and EL for onset-TTS
were 195 dB re 1 µPa and 195 dB re 1
µPa2¥s, respectively.
• Finneran et al. (2001, 2003, 2005)
described TTS experiments conducted
with bottlenose dolphins exposed to 3kHz tones with durations of 1, 2, 4, and
8 seconds. Small amounts of TTS (3 to
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60801
6 dB) were observed in one dolphin
after exposure to ELs between 190 and
204 dB re 1 µPa2¥s. These results were
consistent with the data of Schlundt et
al. (2000) and showed that the Schlundt
et al. (2000) data were not significantly
affected by the masking sound used.
These results also confirmed that, for
tones with different durations, the
amount of TTS is best correlated with
the exposure EL rather than the
exposure SPL.
• Nachtigall et al. (2003) measured
TTS in a bottlenose dolphin exposed to
octave-band sound centered at 7.5 kHz.
Nachtigall et al. (2003a) reported TTSs
of about 11 dB measured 10 to 15
minutes after exposure to 30 to 50
minutes of sound with SPL 179 dB re
1 µPa (EL about 213 dB re µPa2¥s). No
TTS was observed after exposure to the
same sound at 165 and 171 dB re 1 µPa.
Nachtigall et al. (2004) reported TTSs of
around 4 to 8 dB 5 minutes after
exposure to 30 to 50 minutes of sound
with SPL 160 dB re 1 µPa (EL about 193
to 195 dB re 1 µPa2¥s). The difference
in results was attributed to faster postexposure threshold measurement—TTS
may have recovered before being
detected by Nachtigall et al. (2003).
These studies showed that, for longduration exposures, lower sound
pressures are required to induce TTS
than are required for short-duration
tones.
• Finneran et al. (2000, 2002)
conducted TTS experiments with
dolphins and belugas exposed to
impulsive sounds similar to those
produced by distant underwater
explosions and seismic waterguns.
These studies showed that, for very
short-duration impulsive sounds, higher
sound pressures were required to
induce TTS than for longer-duration
tones.
• Finneran et al. (2007) conducted
TTS experiments with bottlenose
dolphins exposed to intense 20 kHz
fatiguing tone. Behavioral and auditory
evoked potentials (using sinusoidal
amplitude modulated tones creating
auditory steady state response [AASR])
were used to measure TTS. The
fatiguing tone was either 16 (mean = 193
re 1µPa, SD = 0.8) or 64 seconds (185–
186 re 1µPa) in duration. TTS ranged
from 19–33db from behavioral
measurements and 40–45dB from ASSR
measurements.
• Kastak et al. (1999a, 2005)
conducted TTS experiments with three
species of pinnipeds, California sea lion,
northern elephant seal and a Pacific
harbor seal, exposed to continuous
underwater sounds at levels of 80 and
95 dB sensation level at 2.5 and 3.5 kHz
for up to 50 minutes. Mean TTS shifts
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60802
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
of up to 12.2 dB occurred with the
harbor seals showing the largest shift of
28.1 dB. Increasing the sound duration
had a greater effect on TTS than
increasing the sound level from 80 to 95
dB.
Some of the more important data
obtained from these studies are onsetTTS levels (exposure levels sufficient to
cause a just-measurable amount of TTS)
often defined as 6 dB of TTS (for
example, Schlundt et al., 2000) and the
fact that energy metrics (sound exposure
levels (SEL), which include a duration
component) better predict when an
animal will sustain TTS than pressure
(SPL) alone. NMFS’ TTS criteria (which
indicate the received level at which
onset TTS (>6dB) is induced) for MFAS/
HFAS are as follows:
• Cetaceans—195 dB re 1 µPa2¥s
(based on mid-frequency cetaceans—no
published data exist on auditory effects
of noise in low- or high-frequency
cetaceans (Southall et al. (2007))
• Pinnipeds—183 dB re 1 µPa2¥s
A detailed description of how TTS
criteria were derived from the results of
the above studies may be found in
Chapter 3 of Southall et al. (2007), as
well as the Navy’s AFAST LOA
application.
Level A Harassment Threshold (PTS)
For acoustic effects, because the
tissues of the ear appear to be the most
susceptible to the physiological effects
of sound, and because threshold shifts
tend to occur at lower exposures than
other more serious auditory effects,
NMFS has determined that PTS is the
best indicator for the smallest degree of
injury that can be measured. Therefore,
the acoustic exposure associated with
onset-PTS is used to define the lower
limit of the Level A harassment.
PTS data do not currently exist for
marine mammals and are unlikely to be
obtained due to ethical concerns.
However, PTS levels for these animals
may be estimated using TTS data from
marine mammals and relationships
between TTS and PTS that have been
discovered through study of terrestrial
mammals. NMFS uses the following
acoustic criteria for injury:
• Cetaceans—215 dB re 1 µPa2¥s
(based on mid-frequency cetaceans—no
published data exist on auditory effects
of noise in low- or high-frequency
cetaceans (Southall et al. (2007))
• Pinnipeds—203 dB re 1 µPa2¥s)
These criteria are based on a 20 dB
increase in SEL over that required for
onset-TTS. Extrapolations from
terrestrial mammal data indicate that
PTS occurs at 40 dB or more of TS, and
that TS growth occurs at a rate of
approximately 1.6 dB TS per dB
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
increase in EL. There is a 34-dB TS
difference between onset-TTS (6 dB)
and onset-PTS (40 dB). Therefore, an
animal would require approximately 20
dB of additional exposure (34 dB
divided by 1.6 dB) above onset-TTS to
reach PTS. A detailed description of
how TTS criteria were derived from the
results of the above studies may be
found in Chapter 3 of Southall et al.
(2007), as well as the Navy’s AFAST
LOA application. Southall et al. (2007)
recommend a precautionary dual
criteria for TTS (230 dB re 1 µPa (SPL
peak pressure) in addition to 215 dB re
1 µPa2¥s (SEL)) to account for the
potentially damaging transients
embedded within non-pulse exposures.
However, in the case of MFAS/HFAS,
the distance at which an animal would
receive 215 dB (SEL) is farther from the
source (i.e., more conservative) than the
distance at which they would receive
230 dB (SPL peak pressure) and
therefore, it is not necessary to consider
230 dB peak.
We note here that behaviorally
mediated injuries (such as those that
have been hypothesized as the cause of
some beaked whale strandings) could
potentially occur in response to
received levels lower than those
believed to directly result in tissue
damage. As mentioned previously, data
to support a quantitative estimate of
these potential effects (for which the
exact mechanism is not known and in
which factors other than received level
may play a significant role) do not exist.
However, based on the number of years
(more than 40) and number of hours of
MFAS per year that the U.S. (and other
countries) has operated compared to the
reported (and verified) cases of
associated marine mammal strandings,
NMFS believes that the probability of
these types of injuries is very low.
Level B Harassment Risk Function
(Behavioral Harassment)
In 2006, NMFS issued the only
MMPA authorization that has, as yet,
authorized the take of marine mammals
incidental to MFAS. For that
authorization, NMFS used 173 dB SEL
as the criterion for the onset of
behavioral harassment (Level B
Harassment). This type of single number
criterion is referred to as a step function,
in which (in this example) all animals
estimated to be exposed to received
levels above 173 db SEL would be
predicted to be taken by Level B
Harassment and all animals exposed to
less than 173 dB SEL would not be
taken by Level B Harassment. As
mentioned previously, marine mammal
behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context specific
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(affected by differences in acoustic
conditions; differences between species
and populations; differences in gender,
age, reproductive status, or social
behavior; or the prior experience of the
individuals), which does not support
the use of a step function to estimate
behavioral harassment.
Unlike step functions, acoustic risk
continuum functions (which are also
called ‘‘exposure-response functions,’’
‘‘dose-response functions,’’ or ‘‘stressresponse functions’’ in other risk
assessment contexts) allow for
probability of a response that NMFS
would classify as harassment to occur
over a range of possible received levels
(instead of one number) and assume that
the probability of a response depends
first on the ‘‘dose’’ (in this case, the
received level of sound) and that the
probability of a response increases as
the ‘‘dose’’ increases (see Figure 3a).
The Navy and NMFS have previously
used acoustic risk functions to estimate
the probable responses of marine
mammals to acoustic exposures for
other training and research programs.
Examples of previous application
include the Navy FEISs on the
SURTASS LFA sonar (U.S. Department
of the Navy, 2001c); the North Pacific
Acoustic Laboratory experiments
conducted off the Island of Kauai (Office
of Naval Research, 2001), the
Supplemental EIS for SURTASS LFA
sonar (U.S. Department of the Navy,
2007d) and the FEIS for the Navy’s
Hawaii Range Complex (U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2008). As
discussed in the Effects section, factors
other than received level (such as
distance from or bearing to the sound
source) can affect the way that marine
mammals respond; however, data to
support a quantitative analysis of those
(and other factors) do not currently
exist. NMFS will continue to modify
these criteria as new data become
available.
The particular acoustic risk functions
developed by NMFS and the Navy (see
Figures 3a and b) estimate the
probability of behavioral responses to
MFAS/HFAS (interpreted as the
percentage of the exposed population)
that NMFS would classify as harassment
for the purposes of the MMPA given
exposure to specific received levels of
MFAS/HFAS. The mathematical
function (below) underlying this curve
is a cumulative probability distribution
adapted from a solution in Feller (1968)
and was also used in predicting risk for
the Navy’s SURTASS LFA MMPA
authorization as well.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
−A
L−B
1−
K
R=
−2 A
L−B
1−
K
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Where:
R = Risk (0–1.0)
L = Received level (dB re: 1 µPa)
B = Basement received level = 120 dB re: 1
µPa
K = Received level increment above B where
50 percent risk = 45 dB re: 1 µPa
A = Risk transition sharpness parameter = 10
(odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 8
(mysticetes)
In order to use this function to
estimate the percentage of an exposed
population that would respond in a
manner that NMFS classifies as Level B
Harassment, based on a given received
level, the values for B, K and A need to
be identified.
B Parameter (Basement)—The B
parameter is the estimated received
level below which the probability of
disruption of natural behavioral
patterns, such as migration, surfacing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering,
to a point where such behavioral
patterns are abandoned or significantly
altered approaches zero for the MFAS/
HFAS risk assessment. At this received
level, the curve would predict that the
percentage of the exposed population
that would be taken by Level B
Harassment approaches zero. For
MFAS/HFAS, NMFS has determined
that B = 120 dB. This level is based on
a broad overview of the levels at which
many species have been reported
responding to a variety of sound
sources.
K Parameter (representing the 50
percent Risk Point)—The K parameter is
based on the received level that
corresponds to 50 percent risk, or the
received level at which we believe 50
percent of the animals exposed to the
designated received level will respond
in a manner that NMFS classifies as
Level B Harassment. The K parameter (K
= 45 dB) is based on three datasets in
which marine mammals exposed to
mid-frequency sound sources were
reported to respond in a manner that
NMFS would classify as Level B
Harassment. There is widespread
consensus that marine mammal
responses to MFA sound signals need to
be better defined using controlled
exposure experiments (Cox et al., 2006;
Southall et al., 2007). The Navy is
contributing to an ongoing behavioral
response study in the Bahamas that is
expected to provide some initial
information on beaked whales, the
species identified as the most sensitive
to MFAS. NMFS is leading this
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
international effort with scientists from
various academic institutions and
research organizations to conduct
studies on how marine mammals
respond to underwater sound
exposures. Additionally, the Navy plans
to tag whales in conjunction with the
2008 RIMPAC exercises. Until
additional data are available, however,
NMFS and the Navy have determined
that the following three data sets are
most applicable for the direct use in
establishing the K parameter for the
MFAS/HFAS risk function. These data
sets, summarized below, represent the
only known data that specifically relate
altered behavioral responses (that NMFS
would consider Level B Harassment) to
exposure—at specific received levels—
to MFA sonar and sources within or
having components within the range of
MFAS (1–10 kHz).
Even though these data are considered
the most representative of the proposed
specified activities, and therefore the
most appropriate on which to base the
K parameter (which basically
determines the midpoint) of the risk
function, these data have limitations,
which are discussed in Appendix J of
the Navy’s FEIS for AFAST.
1. Controlled Laboratory Experiments
with Odontocetes (SSC Dataset)—Most
of the observations of the behavioral
responses of toothed whales resulted
from a series of controlled experiments
on bottlenose dolphins and beluga
whales conducted by researchers at
SSC’s facility in San Diego, California
(Finneran et al., 2001, 2003, 2005;
Finneran and Schlundt, 2004; Schlundt
et al., 2000). In experimental trials
(designed to measure TTS) with marine
mammals trained to perform tasks when
prompted, scientists evaluated whether
the marine mammals still performed
these tasks when exposed to midfrequency tones. Altered behavior
during experimental trials usually
involved refusal of animals to return to
the site of the sound stimulus, but also
included attempts to avoid an exposure
in progress, aggressive behavior, or
refusal to further participate in tests.
Finneran and Schlundt (2004)
examined behavioral observations
recorded by the trainers or test
coordinators during the Schlundt et al.
(2000) and Finneran et al. (2001, 2003,
2005) experiments. These included
observations from 193 exposure sessions
(fatiguing stimulus level > 141 dB re 1
µPa) conducted by Schlundt et al.
(2000) and 21 exposure sessions
conducted by Finneran et al. (2001,
2003, 2005). The TTS experiments that
supported Finneran and Schlundt
(2004) are further explained below:
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60803
• Schlundt et al. (2000) provided a
detailed summary of the behavioral
responses of trained marine mammals
during TTS tests conducted at SSC San
Diego with 1-sec tones and exposure
frequencies of 0.4 kHz, 3 kHz, 10 kHz,
20 kHz and 75 kHz. Schlundt et al.
(2000) reported eight individual TTS
experiments. The experiments were
conducted in San Diego Bay. Because of
the variable ambient noise in the bay,
low-level broadband masking noise was
used to keep hearing thresholds
consistent despite fluctuations in the
ambient noise. Schlundt et al. (2000)
reported that ‘‘behavioral alterations,’’
or deviations from the behaviors the
animals being tested had been trained to
exhibit, occurred as the animals were
exposed to increasing fatiguing stimulus
levels.
• Finneran et al. (2001, 2003, 2005)
conducted 2 separate TTS experiments
using 1-sec tones at 3 kHz. The test
methods were similar to that of
Schlundt et al. (2000) except the tests
were conducted in a pool with very low
ambient noise level (below 50 dB re 1
µPa2/hertz [Hz]), and no masking noise
was used. In the first, fatiguing sound
levels were increased from 160 to 201
dB SPL. In the second experiment,
fatiguing sound levels between 180 and
200 dB SPL were randomly presented.
Bottlenose dolphins exposed to 1second (sec) intense tones exhibited
short-term changes in behavior above
received sound levels of 178 to 193 dB
re 1 µPa (rms), and beluga whales did
so at received levels of 180 to 196 dB
and above.
2. Mysticete Field Study (Nowacek et
al., 2004)—The only available and
applicable data relating mysticete
responses to exposure to mid-frequency
sound sources is from Nowacek et al.
(2004). Nowacek et al. (2004)
documented observations of the
behavioral response of North Atlantic
right whales exposed to alert stimuli
containing mid-frequency components
in the Bay of Fundy. Investigators used
archival digital acoustic recording tags
(DTAG) to record the behavior (by
measuring pitch, roll, heading, and
depth) of right whales in the presence
of an alert signal, and to calibrate
received sound levels. The alert signal
was 18 minutes of exposure consisting
of three 2-minute signals played
sequentially three times over. The three
signals had a 60 percent duty cycle and
consisted of: (1) Alternating 1-sec pure
tones at 500 Hz and 850 Hz; (2) a 2-sec
logarithmic down-sweep from 4,500 Hz
to 500 Hz; and (3) a pair of low (1,500
Hz)-high (2,000 Hz) sine wave tones
amplitude modulated at 120 Hz and
each 1-sec long. The purposes of the
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.053
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60804
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
alert signal were (a) to pique the
mammalian auditory system with
disharmonic signals that cover the
whales’ estimated hearing range; (b) to
maximize the signal to noise ratio
(obtain the largest difference between
background noise) and (c) to provide
localization cues for the whale. The
maximum source level used was 173 dB
SPL.
Nowacek et al. (2004) reported that
five out of six whales exposed to the
alert signal with maximum received
levels ranging from 133 to 148 dB re 1
µPa significantly altered their regular
behavior and did so in identical fashion.
Each of these five whales: (i)
Abandoned their current foraging dive
prematurely as evidenced by curtailing
their ‘‘bottom time’’; (ii) executed a
shallow-angled, high power (i.e.,
significantly increased fluke stroke rate)
ascent; (iii) remained at or near the
surface for the duration of the exposure,
an abnormally long surface interval; and
(iv) spent significantly more time at
subsurface depths (1–10 m) compared
with normal surfacing periods when
whales normally stay within 1 m (1.1
yd) of the surface.
3. Odontocete Field Data (Haro
Strait—USS SHOUP)—In May 2003,
killer whales (Orcinus orca) were
observed exhibiting behavioral
responses generally described as
avoidance behavior while the U.S. Ship
(USS) SHOUP was engaged in MFAS in
the Haro Strait in the vicinity of Puget
Sound, Washington. Those observations
have been documented in three reports
developed by Navy and NMFS (NMFS,
2005; Fromm, 2004a, 2004b; DON,
2003). Although these observations were
made in an uncontrolled environment,
the sound field that may have been
associated with the sonar operations
was estimated using standard acoustic
propagation models that were verified
(for some but not all signals) based on
calibrated in situ measurements from an
independent researcher who recorded
the sounds during the event. Behavioral
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
observations were reported for the group
of whales during the event by an
experienced marine mammal biologist
who happened to be on the water
studying them at the time. The
observations associated with the USS
SHOUP provide the only data set
available of the behavioral responses of
wild, non-captive animal upon actual
exposure to AN/SQS–53 sonar.
U.S. Department of Commerce
(National Marine Fisheries, 2005a); U.S.
Department of the Navy (2004b); Fromm
(2004a, 2004b) documented
reconstruction of sound fields produced
by USS SHOUP associated with the
behavioral response of killer whales
observed in Haro Strait. Observations
from this reconstruction included an
approximate closest approach time
which was correlated to a reconstructed
estimate of received level. Observations
from this reconstruction included an
estimate of 169.3 dB SPL which
represents the mean level at a point of
closest approach within a 500 m wide
area which the animals were exposed.
Within that area, the estimated received
levels varied from approximately 150 to
180 dB SPL.
Calculation of K Parameter—NMFS
and the Navy used the mean of the
following values to define the midpoint
of the function: (1) The mean of the
lowest received levels (185.3 dB) at
which individuals responded with
altered behavior to 3 kHz tones in the
SSC data set; (2) the estimated mean
received level value of 169.3 dB
produced by the reconstruction of the
USS SHOUP incident in which killer
whales exposed to MFA sonar (range
modeled possible received levels: 150 to
180 dB); and (3) the mean of the 5
maximum received levels at which
Nowacek et al. (2004) observed
significantly altered responses of right
whales to the alert stimuli than to the
control (no input signal) is 139.2 dB
SPL. The arithmetic mean of these three
mean values is 165 dB SPL. The value
of K is the difference between the value
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of B (120 dB SPL) and the 50 percent
value of 165 dB SPL; therefore, K = 45.
A Parameter (Steepness)—NMFS
determined that a steepness parameter
(A) = 10 is appropriate for odontocetes
and pinnipeds and A = 8 is appropriate
for mysticetes.
The use of a steepness parameter of
A = 10 for odontocetes for the MFAS/
HFAS risk function was based on the
use of the same value for the SURTASS
LFA risk continuum, which was
supported by a sensitivity analysis of
the parameter presented in Appendix D
of the SURTASS/LFA FEIS (U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001c). As
concluded in the SURTASS FEIS/EIS,
the value of A = 10 produces a curve
that has a more gradual transition than
the curves developed by the analyses of
migratory gray whale studies (Malme et
al., 1984; Buck and Tyack, 2000; and
SURTASS LFA Sonar EIS, Subchapters
1.43, 4.2.4.3 and Appendix D, and
National Marine Fisheries Service,
2008).
NMFS determined that a lower
steepness parameter (A = 8), resulting in
a shallower curve, was appropriate for
use with mysticetes and MFAS/HFAS.
The Nowacek et al. (2004) dataset
contains the only data illustrating
mysticete behavioral responses to a
sound source that encompasses
frequencies in the mid-frequency sound
spectrum. A shallower curve (achieved
by using A = 8) better reflects the risk
of behavioral response at the relatively
low received levels at which behavioral
responses of right whales were reported
in the Nowacek et al. (2004) data.
Compared to the odontocete curve, this
adjustment results in an increase in the
proportion of the exposed population of
mysticetes being classified as
behaviorally harassed at lower RLs,
such as those reported in and is
supported by the only dataset currently
available.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60805
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.015
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
60806
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Basic Application of the Risk
Function—The risk function is used to
estimate the percentage of an exposed
population that is likely to exhibit
behaviors that would qualify as
harassment (as that term is defined by
the MMPA applicable to military
readiness activities, such as the Navy’s
testing and training with MFA sonar) at
a given received level of sound. For
example, at 165 dB SPL (dB re: 1µPa
rms), the risk (or probability) of
harassment is defined according to this
function as 50 percent, and Navy/NMFS
applies that by estimating that 50
percent of the individuals exposed at
that received level are likely to respond
by exhibiting behavior that NMFS
would classify as behavioral
harassment. The risk function is not
applied to individual animals, only to
exposed populations.
The data primarily used to produce
the risk function (the K parameter) were
compiled from four species that had
been exposed to sound sources in a
variety of different circumstances. As a
result, the risk function represents a
general relationship between acoustic
exposures and behavioral responses that
is then applied to specific
circumstances. That is, the risk function
represents a relationship that is deemed
to be generally true, based on the
limited, best-available science, but may
not be true in specific circumstances. In
particular, the risk function, as currently
derived, treats the received level as the
only variable that is relevant to a marine
mammal’s behavioral response.
However, we know that many other
variables—the marine mammal’s
gender, age, and prior experience; the
activity it is engaged in during an
exposure event, its distance from a
sound source, the number of sound
sources, and whether the sound sources
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
are approaching or moving away from
the animal—can be critically important
in determining whether and how a
marine mammal will respond to a sound
source (Southall et al., 2007). The data
that are currently available do not allow
for incorporation of these other
variables in the current risk functions;
however, the risk function represents
the best use of the data that are
available.
As more specific and applicable data
become available for MFAS/HFAS
sources, NMFS can use these data to
modify the outputs generated by the risk
function to make them more realistic.
Ultimately, data may exist to justify the
use of additional, alternate, or multivariate functions. For example, as
mentioned previously, the distance from
the sound source and whether it is
perceived as approaching or moving
away can affect the way an animal
responds to a sound (Wartzok et al.,
2003). In the AFAST example, animals
exposed to received levels between 120
and 130 dB may be more than 65
nautical miles (131,651 yards (120381
m)) from a sound source; those
distances could influence whether those
animals perceive the sound source as a
potential threat, and their behavioral
responses to that threat. Though there
are data showing marine mammal
responses to sound sources at that
received level, NMFS does not currently
have any data that describe the response
of marine mammals to sounds at that
distance, much less data that compare
responses to similar sound levels at
varying distances (much less for MFAS/
HFAS). However, if data were to become
available, NMFS would re-evaluate the
risk function and incorporate any
additional variables into the ‘‘take’’
estimates.
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Harbor Porpoise Behavioral Harassment
Criteria
The information currently available
regarding these inshore species that
inhabit shallow and coastal waters
suggests a very low threshold level of
response for both captive and wild
animals. Threshold levels at which both
captive (e.g. Kastelein et al., 2000;
Kastelein et al., 2005; Kastelein et al.,
2006, Kastelein et al., 2008) and wild
harbor porpoises (e.g. Johnston, 2002)
responded to sound (e.g. acoustic
harassment devices (ADHs), acoustic
deterrent devices (ADDs), or other nonpulsed sound sources) is very low (e.g.
∼120 dB SPL), although the biological
significance of the disturbance is
uncertain. Therefore, a step function
threshold of 120 dB SPL was used to
estimate take of harbor porpoises
instead of the risk functions used for
other species (i.e., we assume for the
purpose of estimating take that all
harbor porpoises exposed to 120 dB or
higher MFAS/HFAS will be taken by
Level B behavioral harassment).
Explosive Detonation Criteria (for IEER)
The criteria for mortality, Level A
Harassment, and Level B Harassment
resulting from explosive detonations
were initially developed for the Navy’s
Sea Wolf and Churchill ship-shock trials
and have not changed since other
MMPA authorizations issued for
explosive detonations. The criteria,
which are applied to cetaceans and
pinnipeds, are summarized in Table 10.
Additional information regarding the
derivation of these criteria is available
in the Navy’s FEIS for the AFAST and
in the Navy’s CHURCHILL FEIS (U.S.
Department of the Navy, 2001c).
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Although NMFS does consider
behavioral harassment that could
potentially result from successive
explosive detonations, such as those
that would occur in gunnery exercises,
because of the spatio-temporal
separation (10–12 charges are detonated
over the course of 2–8 hours in an area
of up to 60 by 60 nm) of the charges
detonated in an IEER exercises,
behavioral harassment is considered
unlikely. Also, the pressure wave (23
psi) explosive TTS threshold radius is
very close to the size of the acoustic
energy threshold for sub-TTS
harassment—so many of the takes that
might have been counted as behavioral
harassments would already have been
captured as TTS takes anyway.
Additionally, a 1,000-yd exclusion zone
is utilized for the IEER exercises and the
distance from the source at which
animals would be exposed to the
behavioral harassment threshold is less
than 1,000 yds (approximately 500 yd).
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Estimates of Potential Marine Mammal
Exposures and Takes
Information regarding the models
used, the assumptions used in the
models, and the process of estimating
take is available in the Navy’s EIS/OEIS
for AFAST. Estimating the take that will
result from the proposed activities
entails the following general steps:
(1) In order to quantify the types of
take described in previous sections that
are predicted to result from the Navy’s
specified activities, the Navy first uses
a sound propagation model that predicts
the volume of water that will be
ensonified to a range of levels of
pressure and energy (of the metrics used
in the criteria) from MFAS/HFAS and
explosive detonations based on several
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
important pieces of information,
including:
• Characteristics of the sound sources
• Sonar source characteristics
include: Source level (with
horizontal and vertical directivity
corrections), source depth, center
frequency, source directivity
(horizontal/vertical beam width and
horizontal/vertical steer direction),
and ping spacing
• Explosive source characteristics
include: The weight of an
explosive, the type of explosive,
and the detonation depth
• Transmission loss (in 36
representative environmental
provinces) based on: Seasonal sound
speed profiles; seabed geoacoustics;
wind speed; and acoustics
(2) The accumulated energy and
maximum received sound pressure level
within the waters in which the sonar is
operating is sampled over a two
dimensional grid. The zone of influence
(ZOI) for a given threshold is estimated
by summing the areas represented by
each grid point for which the threshold
is exceeded. For behavioral response,
the percentage of animals likely to
respond corresponding to the maximum
received level is found, and the area of
the grid point is multiplied by that
percentage to find the adjusted area.
Those adjusted areas are summed across
all grid points to find the overall ZOI for
a particular source.
(3) The densities of each marine
mammal species, which are specific to
certain geographic areas and seasons if
data are available, are applied to the
summed zones of influence for a
particular training event to determine
how many times individuals of each
species are exposed to levels that exceed
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60807
the applicable criteria for injury or
harassment.
(4) Next, the criteria discussed in the
previous section are applied to the
estimated exposures to predict the
number of exposures that exceed the
criteria, i.e., the number of takes by
Level B Harassment, Level A
Harassment, and mortality.
(5) Last, NMFS and the Navy consider
the mitigation measures and modelcalculated estimates may be adjusted
based a post-model assessment. For
example, in some cases the raw
modeled numbers of exposures to levels
predicted to result in Level A
Harassment from exposure to sonar
might indicate that 1 fin whale would
be exposed to levels of sonar anticipated
to result in PTS—however, a fin whale
would need to be within approximately
10 m of the source vessel in order to be
exposed to these levels. Because of the
mitigation measures (watchstanders and
shutdown zone), size of fin whales, and
nature of fin whale behavior, it is highly
unlikely that a fin whale would be
exposed to those levels, and therefore
the Navy would not request
authorization for Level A Harassment of
1 fin whale. Table 11 contains the
Navy’s estimated take estimates. The
‘‘takes’’ reported in the take table and
proposed to be authorized are based on
estimates of marine mammal exposures
to levels above those indicated in the
criteria. Every separate take does not
necessarily represent a different
individual because some individual
marine mammals may be exposed more
than once, either within one day and
one exercise, or on different days from
different exercise types.
(6) Last, the Navy’s specified activities
have been described based on best
estimates of the number of MFAS/HFAS
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.016
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60808
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
hours that the Navy will conduct. The
exact number of hours may vary from
year to year, but will not exceed the 5year total indicated in Table 1 (by
multiplying the yearly estimate by 5) by
more than 10-percent. NMFS estimates
that a 10-percent increase in sonar hours
would result in approximately a 10percent increase in the number of takes,
and we have considered this possibility
and the effect of this additional sonar
use in our analysis.
NMFS notes here that the Navy
revised its request for incidental
harassment (since the application was
initially submitted and posted on
NMFS’ Web site) based on corrections to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
the acoustic analysis that resulted in
changes in the exposure estimates.
During intensive quality assurance of
the acoustic analysis calculations, the
following errors were corrected:
• Acoustic footprints for several of
the sound sources were not summing
correctly, leading to an underestimate of
exposures.
• Nearshore densities of several
species of marine mammals in the
northeast were improperly used to
estimate offshore densities resulting in
an overestimate of exposures.
• Modeling of maintenance of the
AN/BQQ–5/10 (submarine sonar)
improperly summed footprints that
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
were modeled for operations, leading to
a significant overestimate of the number
of marine mammal exposures. During
operations submarines are predicted to
ping infrequently, therefore each ping is
added independently with no overlap
between ping footprints. During
maintenance the BQQ–5/10 is predicted
to ping frequently, which leads to
significant overlap of the ping
footprints.
The analysis contained in this
proposed rule incorporates the revised
take estimates and, thereby, the abovementioned corrections.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60809
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.017
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60810
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Mortality
Evidence from five beaked whale
strandings, all of which have taken
place outside the AFAST Study Area,
and have occurred over approximately a
decade, suggests that the exposure of
beaked whales to MFAS in the presence
of certain conditions (e.g., multiple
units using tactical sonar, steep
bathymetry, constricted channels, strong
surface ducts, etc.) may result in
strandings, potentially leading to
mortality. Although these physical
factors believed to contribute to the
likelihood of beaked whale strandings
are not present, in their aggregate, in the
AFAST Study Area, scientific
uncertainty exists regarding what other
factors, or combination of factors, may
contribute to beaked whale strandings.
Accordingly, to allow for scientific
uncertainty regarding contributing
causes of beaked whale strandings and
the exact behavioral or physiological
mechanisms that can lead to the
ultimate physical effects (stranding and/
or death), the Navy has requested
authorization for take, by serious injury
or mortality, of 10 beaked whales over
the course of the 5-yr regulations.
Neither NMFS nor the Navy anticipates
that marine mammal strandings or
mortality will result from the operation
of mid-frequency sonar during Navy
exercises within the AFAST Study Area.
Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
Unless the source is stationary and/or
continuous over a long duration in one
area, the effects of the introduction of
sound into the environment are
generally considered to have a less
severe impact on marine mammal
habitat than the physical alteration of
the habitat. AFAST activities primarily
include the operation of active sonar
sources at various locations and times
along the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico
Coasts throughout the year, although
IEER exercises (169 2–8 hour exercises
per year) may also include the
detonation of several explosive
sonobuoys, which utilize a 4.1-lb
charge. In addition to the physical
alteration of habitat, NMFS considers
the effects of the action on prey species
when analyzing the effects of the action
on marine mammal habitat. Based on
the information below and the
supporting information included in the
Navy’s DEIS, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the AFAST activities
will not have significant or long term
impacts on marine mammal habitat.
However, the determination of whether
an activity will adversely modify
designated critical habitat is reached
through a separate process, which
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
would be completed before an MMPA
authorization would be issued.
Right Whale Critical Habitat
Please see the Negligible Impact
Determination Section for a discussion
of the nature and extent of effects
proposed to occur in designated right
whale critical habitat. The NMFS
Endangered Species Division will make
a determination pursuant to the ESA
regarding whether the Navy’s actions
are likely to result in the destruction or
adverse modification of right whale
critical habitat prior to the issuance (if
appropriate) of an LOA.
Effects on Fish
Mid-Frequency and High-Frequency
Active Sonar
The Navy’s DEIS (Section 4.7)
includes a detailed discussion of the
effects of sonar on marine fish. In
summary, studies have indicated that
acoustic communication and orientation
of fish may be restricted by
anthropogenic sound in their
environment. However, most marine
fish species are not expected to be able
to detect sounds in the mid-frequency
range of the operational sonars used in
the Proposed Action, and therefore, the
sound sources are not likely to mask key
environmental sounds. The few fish
species that have been shown to be able
to detect mid-frequencies do not have
their best sensitivities in the range of the
operational sonars. Additionally, vocal
marine fish largely communicate below
the range of mid-frequency levels used
in the Proposed Action.
Though mortality has been shown to
occur in one species, a hearing
specialist, as a result of exposure to nonimpulsive sources, the available
evidence does not suggest that
exposures such as those anticipated
from MFAS/HFAS would result in
significant fish mortality on a
population level. The mortality that was
observed was considered insignificant
in light of natural daily mortality rates.
Experiments have shown that exposure
to loud sound can result in significant
threshold shifts in certain fish that are
classified as hearing specialists (but not
those classified as hearing generalists).
Threshold shifts are temporary, and
considering the best available data, no
data exist that demonstrate any longterm negative effects on marine fish
from underwater sound associated with
sonar activities. Further, while fish may
respond behaviorally to mid-frequency
sources, this behavioral modification is
only expected to be brief and not
biologically significant. Based on the
evaluation presented in the Navy’s DEIS
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and summarized here, the likelihood of
significant effects to individual fish
from active sonar is low.
Explosive Detonations (IEER)
There are currently no wellestablished thresholds for estimating
effects to fish from explosives other than
mortality models. Fish that are located
in the water column, in proximity to the
source of detonation could be injured,
killed, or disturbed by the impulsive
sound and possibly temporarily leave
the area. Continental Shelf Inc. (2004)
summarized a few studies conducted to
determine effects associated with
removal of offshore structures (e.g., oil
rigs) in the Gulf of Mexico. Their
findings revealed that at very close
range, underwater explosions are lethal
to most fish species regardless of size,
shape, or internal anatomy. For most
situations, cause of death in fishes has
been massive organ and tissue damage
and internal bleeding. At longer range,
species with gas-filled swimbladders
(e.g., snapper, cod, and striped bass) are
more susceptible than those without
swimbladders (e.g., flounders, eels).
Studies also suggest that larger fishes
are generally less susceptible to death or
injury than small fishes. Moreover,
elongated forms that are round in cross
section are less at risk than deep-bodied
forms; and orientation of fish relative to
the shock wave may affect the extent of
injury. Open water pelagic fish (e.g.,
mackerel) also seem to be less affected
than reef fishes. The results of most
studies are dependent upon specific
biological, environmental, explosive,
and data recording factors. The Navy’s
explosive sonobuoys that are proposed
for use in IEER exercises are relatively
small (4.1 lb) compared to charges used
in many other activities, both military
and construction-based.
The huge variations in the fish
population, including numbers, species,
sizes, and orientation and range from
the detonation point, make it very
difficult to accurately predict mortalities
at any specific site of detonation. 872
explosive sonobuoys, deployed in 169
2–8 hour exercises spread
approximately evenly across all
OPAREAs, are proposed to be detonated
per year in the AFAST Study Area. Most
fish species experience large numbers of
natural mortalities, especially during
early life-stages, and any small level of
mortality caused by the AFAST
activities involving the explosive source
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) will likely be
insignificant to the population as a
whole.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Analysis and Negligible Impact
Determination
Pursuant to NMFS regulations
implementing the MMPA, an applicant
is required to estimate the number of
animals that will be ‘‘taken’’ by the
specified activities (i.e., takes by
harassment only, or takes by
harassment, injury, and/or death). This
estimate informs the analysis that NMFS
must perform to determine whether the
activity will have a ‘‘negligible impact’’
on the affected species or stock. Level B
(behavioral) harassment occurs at the
level of the individual(s) and does not
assume any resulting population-level
consequences, though there are known
avenues through which behavioral
disturbance of individuals can result in
population-level effects (for example:
pink-footed geese (Anser
brachyrhynchus) in undisturbed habitat
gained body mass and had about a 46
percent reproductive success compared
with geese in disturbed habitat (being
consistently scared off the fields on
which they were foraging) which did
not gain mass and has a 17 percent
reproductive success). A negligible
impact finding is based on the lack of
likely adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of Level B harassment takes, alone, is
not enough information on which to
base an impact determination. In
addition to considering estimates of the
number of marine mammals that might
be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral
harassment, NMFS must consider other
factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration,
etc.), the context of any responses
(critical reproductive time or location,
migration, etc.), or any of the other
variables mentioned in the first
paragraph (if known), as well as the
number and nature of estimated Level A
takes, the number of estimated
mortalities, and effects on habitat.
Generally speaking, and especially with
other factors being equal, the Navy and
NMFS anticipate more severe effects
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
from takes resulting from exposure to
higher received levels (though this is in
no way a strictly linear relationship
throughout species, individuals, or
circumstances) and less severe effects
from takes resulting from exposure to
lower received levels.
The Navy’s specified activities have
been described based on best estimates
of the number of MFAS/HFAS hours
that the Navy will conduct. The exact
number of hours (or torpedoes, or pings,
whatever unit the source is estimated
in) may vary from year to year, but will
not exceed the 5-year total indicated in
Table 1 (by multiplying the yearly
estimate by 5) by more than 10 percent.
NMFS estimates that a 10 percent
increase in sonar hours (torpedoes,
pings, etc.) would result in
approximately a 10 percent increase in
the number of takes, and we have
considered this possibility and the effect
of the additional sonar use in our
analysis.
Taking the above into account,
considering the sections discussed
below, and dependent upon the
implementation of the proposed
mitigation measures, NMFS has
preliminarily determined that Navy
training exercises utilizing MFAS/HFAS
and underwater detonations (IEER) will
have a negligible impact on the marine
mammal species and stocks present in
the AFAST.
Behavioral Harassment
As discussed in the Potential Effects
of Exposure of Marine Mammals to
MFAS/HFAS and illustrated in the
conceptual framework, marine
mammals can respond to MFAS/HFAS
in many different ways, a subset of
which qualifies as harassment (see
Behavioral Harassment Section). One
thing that the take estimates do not take
into account is the fact that most marine
mammals will likely avoid strong sound
sources to one extent or another.
Although an animal that avoids the
sound source will likely still be taken in
some instances (such as if the avoidance
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60811
results in a missed opportunity to feed,
interruption of reproductive behaviors,
etc.) in other cases avoidance may result
in fewer instances of take than were
estimated or in the takes resulting from
exposure to a lower received level than
was estimated, which could result in a
less severe response. For MFAS/HFAS,
the Navy provided information (Table
12) estimating what percentage of the
total takes that will occur within the 10–
dB bins (without considering mitigation
or avoidance) that are within the
received levels considered in the risk
continuum and for TTS and PTS. This
table applies specifically to 53C sonar
(the most powerful source), with less
powerful sources the percentages would
increase slightly in the lower received
levels and correspondingly decrease in
the higher received levels. As
mentioned above, an animal’s exposure
to a higher received level is more likely
to result in a behavioral response that is
more likely to adversely affect the
health of the animals.
As mentioned previously, the Navy
developed planning awareness areas
(PAAs) based on important bathymetric
and consistent oceanographic features
(see Mitigation). The incorporation of
the Navy’s proposed PAAs into their
planning process along with the plan
not to conduct more than 4 major
exercises within these areas should
ultimately result in a reduction in the
number of marine mammals exposed to
MFAS/HFAS (because these PAAs are
anticipated to have higher densities of
animals), a reduction in the number of
animals exposed while engaged in
feeding behaviors (because these areas
are particularly productive), and an
increased awareness of their potential
presence when conducting activities in
those important areas. Additionally, the
Navy’s plan to minimize both the
helicopter dipping and object detection
activities within the NARW critical
habitat during the time when the most
calves and mothers are present should
result in the minimization of exposure
of cow/calf pairs to MFAS/HFAS.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Because the Navy has only been
monitoring specifically to discern the
effects of MFAS/HFAS on marine
mammals since approximately 2006,
and because of the overall datagap
regarding the effects MFAS/HFAS on
marine mammals, not a lot is known
regarding, specifically, how marine
mammals in the AFAST Study Area will
respond to MFAS/HFAS. For the four
MTEs for which NMFS has received a
monitoring report, no instances of
obvious behavioral disturbance were
observed by the Navy watchstanders in
the 700+ hours of effort in which 79
sightings of marine mammals were
made (10 during active sonar operation).
One cannot conclude from these results
that marine mammals were not harassed
from MFAS/HFAS, as a portion of
animals within the area of concern were
not seen (especially those more cryptic,
deep-diving species, such as beaked
whales or Kogia sp.) and some of the
non-biologist watchstanders might not
be well-qualified to characterize
behaviors. However, one can say that
the animals that were observed did not
respond in any of the obviously more
severe ways, such as panic, aggression,
or anti-predator response.
In addition to the monitoring that will
be required pursuant to this LOA, which
is specifically designed to help us better
understand how marine mammals
respond to sound, the Navy and NMFS
have developed, funded, and begun
conducting a controlled exposure
experiment with beaked whales in the
Bahamas. Separately, the Navy plans to
conduct an opportunistic tagging
experiment with beaked whales in the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
area of the 2008 Rim of the Pacific
training exercises in the HRC.
Diel Cycle
As noted previously, many animals
perform vital functions, such as feeding,
resting, traveling, and socializing on a
diel cycle (24-hr cycle). Substantive
behavioral reactions to noise exposure
(such as disruption of critical life
functions, displacement, or avoidance of
important habitat) are more likely to be
significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days
(Southall et al., 2007). Consequently, a
behavioral response lasting less than
one day and not recurring on
subsequent days is not considered
particularly severe unless it could
directly affect reproduction or survival
(Southall et al., 2007).
In the previous section, we discussed
the fact that potential behavioral
responses to MFAS/HFAS that fall into
the category of harassment could range
in severity. By definition, the takes by
behavioral harassment involve the
disturbance of a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild by
causing disruption of natural behavioral
patterns (such as migration, surfacing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering)
to a point where such behavioral
patterns are abandoned or significantly
altered. These reactions would,
however, be more of a concern if they
were expected to last over 24 hours or
be repeated in subsequent days. For
hull-mounted sonar (the highest power
source), approximately 60% of the
hours of source use are comprised of
Independent Unit Level Training or
maintenance activities that occur in
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
events of 6 hours or less. Coordinated
Unit Level Training or Strike Group
Training events typically last more than
one day, however, sonar use is not
continuous and the exercises take place
over very large areas, between 30 nm x
30 nm areas and 180 nm x 180 nm areas
(900–32,400 nm2). Additionally, during
ASW exercises (times of continuous
sonar use) vessels with hull-mounted
sonar are typically moving at speeds of
10–12 knots. When this is combined
with the fact that the majority of the
cetaceans in the AFAST study area
would not likely remain in the same
area for successive days (especially an
area in waters beyond 22 km from shore
or greater than 600 ft deep, which is
where the majority of the exercises take
place), it is unlikely that animals would
be exposed to MFAS/HFAS at levels or
for a duration likely to result in a
substantive response that would then be
carried on for more than one day or on
successive days.
TTS
NMFS and the Navy have estimated
that some individuals of some species of
marine mammals may sustain some
level of TTS from MFAS/HFAS. As
mentioned previously, TTS can last
from a few minutes to days, be of
varying degree, and occur across various
frequency bandwidths. Table 11
indicates the estimated number of
animals that might sustain TTS from
exposure to MFAS/HFAS. The TTS
sustained by an animal is primarily
classified by three characteristics:
• Frequency—Available data (of midfrequency hearing specialists exposed to
mid to high frequency sounds—Southall
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.018
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60812
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
sources are classified). TTS from
explosives would be broadband. Tables
13a and b summarize the vocalization
data for each species.
• Degree of the shift (i.e., how many
dB is the sensitivity of the hearing
reduced by)—generally, both the degree
of TTS and the duration of TTS will be
greater if the marine mammal is exposed
to a higher level of energy (which would
occur when the peak dB level is higher
or the duration is longer). The threshold
for the onset of TTS (> 6 dB) is 195 dB
(SEL), which might be received at
distances of up to 275–500 m from the
most powerful MFAS source, the AN/
SQS–53 (the maximum ranges to TTS
from other sources would be less). An
animal would have to approach closer
to the source or remain in the vicinity
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
of the sound source appreciably longer
to increase the received SEL, which
would be difficult considering the
watchstanders and the nominal speed of
a sonar vessel (10–12 knots). Of all TTS
studies, some using exposures of almost
an hour in duration or up to 217 SEL,
most of the TTS induced was 15 dB or
less, though Finneran et al. (2007)
induced 43 dB of TTS with a 64-sec
exposure to a 20 kHz source (MFAS
emits a 1-s ping 2 times/minute).
• Duration of TTS (Recovery time)—
see above. Of all TTS laboratory studies,
some using exposures of almost an hour
in duration or up to 217 SEL, almost all
recovered within 1 day (or less, often in
minutes), though in one study (Finneran
et al. (2007)), recovery took 4 days.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.019
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
et al., 2007) suggest that most TTS
occurs in the frequency range of the
source up to one octave higher than the
source (with the maximum TTS at 1⁄2
octave above). The two hull-mounted
MFAS sources, the DICASS sonobuoys,
and the helicopter dipping sonar have
center frequencies between 3.5 and 8
kHz and the other unidentified MF
sources are, by definition, less than 10
kHz, which suggests that TTS induced
by any of these MF sources would be in
a frequency band somewhere between
approximately 2 and 20 kHz. There are
far fewer hours of HF source use and the
sounds would attenuate more quickly,
but if an animal were to incur TTS from
these sources, it would cover a higher
frequency range (don’t know exactly
because center frequencies of HF
60813
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.020
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60814
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
60815
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.021
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
60816
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Based on the range of degree and
duration of TTS reportedly induced by
exposures to non-pulse sounds of
energy higher than that to which freeswimming marine mammals in the field
are likely to be exposed during MFAS/
HFAS training exercises, it is unlikely
that marine mammals would sustain a
TTS from MFAS that alters their
sensitivity by more than 20 dB for more
than a few days (and the majority would
be far less severe). Also, for the same
reasons discussed in the Diel Cycle
section, and because of the short
distance within which animals would
need to approach the sound source, it is
unlikely that animals would be exposed
to the levels necessary to induce TTS in
subsequent time periods such that their
recovery were impeded. Additionally
(see Tables 13a and 13b), though the
frequency range of TTS that marine
mammals might sustain would overlap
with some of the frequency ranges of
their vocalization types, the frequency
range of TTS from MFAS (the source
from which TTS would more likely be
sustained because the higher source
level and slower attenuation make it
more likely that an animal would be
exposed to a higher level) would not
usually span the entire frequency range
of one vocalization type, much less span
all types of vocalizations. It is worth
noting that TTS from MFAS could
potentially result in reduced sensitivity
to the vocalizations of killer whales
(potential predators). If impaired,
marine mammals would typically be
aware of their impairment and
implement behaviors to compensate for
it (see Communication Impairment
Section), though these compensations
may incur energetic costs.
Acoustic Masking or Communication
Impairment
Table 13 is also informative regarding
the nature of the masking or
communication impairment that could
potentially occur from MFAS (again,
center frequencies are 3.5 and 7.5 kHz
for the two types of hull-mounted
sonar). However, masking only occurs
during the time of the signal (and
potential secondary arrivals of indirect
rays), versus TTS, which occurs
continuously for its duration. Standard
MFAS sonar pings last on average one
second and occur about once every 24–
30 seconds for hull-mounted sources.
When hull-mounted sonar is used in the
Kingfisher mode, pulse length is shorter,
but pings are much closer together (both
in time and space, since the vessel goes
slower when operating in this mode).
For the sources for which we know the
pulse length, most are significantly
shorter than hull-mounted sonar, on the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
order of several microseconds to 10s of
microseconds. For hull-mounted sonar,
though some of the vocalizations that
marine mammals make are less than one
second long, there is only a 1 in 24
chance that they would occur exactly
when the ping was received, and when
vocalizations are longer than one
second, only parts of them are masked.
Alternately, when the pulses are only
several microseconds long, the majority
of most animals’ vocalizations would
not be masked. Masking effects from
MFAS/HFAS are expected to be
minimal. If masking or communication
impairment were to occur briefly, it
would be in the frequency range of
MFAS, which overlaps with some
marine mammal vocalizations; however,
it would likely not mask the entirety of
any particular vocalization or
communication series because the pulse
length, frequency, and duty cycle of the
MFAS/HFAS signal does not perfectly
mimic the characteristics of any marine
mammal’s vocalizations.
PTS, Injury, or Mortality
The Navy’s model estimated that the
following numbers of individuals of the
indicated species would be exposed to
levels of MFAS/HFAS associated with
the likelihood of resulting in PTS:
bottlenose dolphin-47; pantropical
spotted dolphin-13; Atlantic spotted
dolphin-27; spinner dolphin-2; Clymene
dolphin-4; striped dolphin-10; common
dolphin-5; Risso’s dolphin-7; and pilot
whales (long-finned and short-finned)—
9. However, these estimates do not take
into consideration either the mitigation
measures or the likely avoidance
behaviors of some of the animals
exposed. NMFS believes that many
marine mammals would deliberately
avoid exposing themselves to the
received levels necessary to induce
injury (i.e., approaching to within
approximately 10 m (10.9 yd) of the
source) by moving away from or at least
modifying their path to avoid a close
approach. Additionally, in the unlikely
event that an animal approaches the
sonar vessel at a close distance, NMFS
believes that the mitigation measures
(i.e., shutdown/powerdown zones for
MFAS/HFAS) further ensure that
animals would not be exposed to
injurious levels of sound. As discussed
previously, the Navy utilizes both aerial
(when available) and passive acoustic
monitoring (during all ASW exercises)
in addition to watchstanders on vessels
to detect marine mammals for
mitigation implementation and
indicated that they are capable of
effectively monitoring a 1000-meter
(1,093-yd) safety zone at night using
night vision goggles, infrared cameras,
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and passive acoustic monitoring. When
these two points are considered, NMFS
does not believe that any marine
mammals will incur PTS from exposure
to MFAS/HFAS.
The Navy’s model estimated that 12
total animals (dolphins) would be
exposed to explosive detonations (from
IEER) at levels that could result in
injury—however, those estimates do not
consider mitigation measures.
Surveillance during the exercises for
which injury was estimated (which
includes aerial and passive acoustic
detection methods, when available, to
ensure clearance) begins half an hour
before the exercise and extends to 1000
yds (914 m) from the source. Because of
the behavior and visibility of dolphins
and the half hour of monitoring that
occurs prior to detonation, NMFS does
not think that any animals will be
exposed to levels of sound or pressure
that will result in injury from explosive
detonations.
As discussed previously, marine
mammals could potentially respond to
MFAS at a received level lower than the
injury threshold in a manner that
indirectly results in the animals
stranding. The exact mechanisms of this
potential response, behavioral or
physiological, are not known. However,
based on the number of occurrences
where strandings have been definitively
associated with military sonar versus
the number of hours of sonar that have
been conducted, we suggest that the
probability is small that this will occur.
Additionally, a sonar shutdown
protocol for strandings involving live
animals milling in the water minimizes
the chances that these types of events
turn into mortalities.
Though NMFS does not expect it to
occur, because of the uncertainty
surrounding the mechanisms that link
exposure to MFAS to stranding
(especially in beaked whales), NMFS is
proposing to authorize the injury or
mortality of 10 beaked whales over the
course of the 5-yr regulations. The
Navy’s incorporation of the PAAs (some
of which include steep bathymetry,
certain variations of which have been
implicated as contributing factors in
marine mammal strandings) into
exercise planning and their plan to not
conduct major exercises in them could
potentially further reduce the likelihood
of strandings in association with MFAS
operation.
40 Years of Navy Training Exercises
Using MFAS/HFAS in the AFAST Study
Area
The Navy has been conducting
MFAS/HFAS training exercises in the
AFAST Study Area for over 40 years,
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
and the proposed action is the ‘‘No
Action’’ alternative in the Navy’s DEIS,
i.e., continuing sonar operation in the
manner and at the levels used in recent
years. Although monitoring specifically
in conjunction with training exercises to
determine the effects of sonar on marine
mammals was not being conducted by
the Navy prior to 2006 and the
symptoms indicative of potential
acoustic trauma were not as well
recognized prior to the mid-nineties,
people have been collecting stranding
data in the AFAST Study Area for
approximately 30 years. Though not all
dead or injured animals are expected to
end up on the shore (some may be eaten
or float out to sea), one might expect
that if marine mammals were being
harmed by sonar with any regularity,
more evidence would have been
detected over the 40-yr period.
Model Overestimation
When analyzing the results of the
acoustic effects modeling to provide an
estimate of effects, it is important to
understand that there are limitations to
the ecological data and to the acoustic
model that likely result in an
overestimation of the total exposures to
marine mammals. NMFS considers
these limitations qualitatively when
analyzing effects. Specifically, the
modeling results are likely
overestimates for the following reasons:
• Acoustic footprints for sonar
sources near land are not reduced to
account for the land mass, where marine
mammals would not be exposed to
underwater sound.
• The acoustic footprint for each
sonar source is modeled independently
and, therefore, does not account for
overlap it would have with other sonar
systems used during the same active
sonar activity (especially applicable
during coordinated unit level training or
strike group training). As a
consequence, the calculated acoustic
footprint is larger than the actual
acoustic footprint, which can be
significant when considering the range
over which a behavioral effect may
occur.
• Acoustic exposures do not reflect
implementation of mitigation measures,
such as reducing sonar source levels
when marine mammals are present.
• In this analysis, the acoustic
footprint is assumed to extend from the
water surface to the ocean bottom. In
reality, the acoustic footprint radiates
from the source like a bubble, and a
marine animal may be outside this
region.
• Marine mammal densities were
averaged across specific active sonar
activity areas and, therefore, are evenly
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
distributed without consideration for
animal grouping or patchiness.
• The model also does not consider
the likely avoidance behaviors of marine
mammals in the proximity of an intense
sound source.
Species-Specific Analysis
In the discussions below, the
‘‘acoustic analysis’’ refers to the Navy’s
analysis, which includes the use of
several models and other applicable
calculations as described in the
Estimates of Potential Marine Mammal
Exposure section. The numbers
predicted by the ‘‘acoustic analysis’’ are
based on a uniform and stationary
distribution of marine mammals and do
not take into consideration the
implementation of mitigation measures
or potential avoidance behaviors of
marine mammals, and therefore, are
likely overestimates of potential
exposures to the indicated thresholds
(PTS, TTS, behavioral harassments).
Consequently, NMFS has factored in the
mitigation measures and avoidance to
make both quantitative and qualitative
adjustments to the take estimates
predicted by the Navy’s ‘‘acoustic
analysis’’. The revised take estimates
(and proposed take authorization)
depict a more realistic scenario than
those adopted directly from the Navy’s
acoustic analysis.
Although NMFS is not required to
identify the number of animals that will
be taken specifically by TTS versus
behavioral harassment (Level B
Harassment takes include both), we
have attempted to make more realistic
estimates by quantitatively refining the
Navy’s TTS estimates by modifying the
estimate produced by the acoustic
analysis by a specific amount if certain
circumstances are present as described
below:
For MFAS/HFAS, some animals are
likely to avoid the source to some
degree (which could decrease the
number exposed to TTS levels). Adding
to that, in the following circumstances
(discussed in more detail in the
individual sections below) the indicated
multipliers were applied to the TTS
estimates predicted by the acoustic
analysis:
• When animals are highly visible
(such as melon-headed whales,
humpback whales), we assume that
lookouts will see them in time to cease
sonar operation before the animals are
exposed to levels associated with TTS,
which reach to about 140 m from the
sonar source. In this case we estimate 0
animals will incur TTS.
• When animals are deep divers and
very cryptic at the surface (such as
beaked whales), though some may avoid
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60817
the source, we assume that most will
not be sighted, and therefore we
estimated that 50–100% of the number
predicted by the Navy’s acoustic
analysis might actually incur TTS.
• When animals are more likely to be
visually detected than beaked whales,
but less likely than the highly visible
species, we estimate that 0–100% of the
number of these species (sperm whales,
some pinnipeds) predicted by the
Navy’s acoustic analysis might actually
incur TTS.
• Though dolphins are highly visible,
because the mitigation includes a
provision to allow bow-riding, not all
TTS take of dolphins will necessarily be
avoided. Therefore, we estimated that
0–50% of the number of dolphins
predicted by the Navy’s acoustic
analysis might actually incur TTS.
North Atlantic Right Whale
Acoustic analysis (here and below,
‘‘acoustic analysis’’ refers to the Navy’s
process, including primarily the Navy’s
model, that results in the take estimates
submitted to NMFS—further analysis by
NMFS may result in minor adjustments
of some of the numbers) indicates that
up to 666 exposures of North Atlantic
right whales to sound levels likely to
result in Level B harassment may occur.
This estimate represents the total
number of exposures and not
necessarily the number of individuals
exposed, as a single individual may be
exposed multiple times over the course
of a year (additionally, as mentioned
above, the number may be an
overestimate). Although 4 of the
modeled Level B Harassment takes were
predicted to be in the form of TTS,
NMFS believes it is unlikely that any
right whales will incur TTS because of
the distance within which they would
have to approach the sonar source
(depending on conditions, within a
range of 275–500 m for the most
powerful source), the fact that many
animals will likely avoid sonar sources
to some degree, and the likelihood that
Navy monitors would detect these
animals prior to an approach within this
distance and implement sonar
powerdown or shutdown. Navy
lookouts will likely detect a group of
North Atlantic right whales out to 914
m (1,000 yd) given their large size
(Leatherwood and Reeves, 1982),
surface behavior, pronounced blow, and
mean group size of approximately three
animals. The probability of trackline
detection in Beaufort Sea States of 6 or
less is 0.90 or 90 percent (Barlow, 2003).
A small number (30: 20 in the SE and
10 in the NE) of the predicted takes of
North Atlantic right whales would
likely occur within critical habitat for
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60818
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
the North Atlantic Right Whale, which
has been designated in three areas: (1)
Coastal Florida and Georgia (Sebastian
Inlet, Florida, to the Altamaha River,
Georgia)—calving grounds; (2) The
Great South Channel, east of Cape
Cod—feeding and nursery grounds; and
(3) Cape Cod and Massachusetts Bays—
feeding and nursery grounds.
In the Northeast, the Navy has
proposed to largely avoid conducting
any training or sonar use in the critical
habitat, with one exception. Torpedo
exercises (a maximum of 32 MK–48
torpedo runs at 15 minutes each or up
to 24 lightweight MK–46 or MK–54
torpedoes) would occur in August–
December (when right whales are less
likely to be present), as worked out
during a previous section 7
consultation. The Navy has included
special mitigation measures for
TORPEXs conducted in the Northeast.
In the Southeast critical habitat, the
Navy has also proposed to largely avoid
conducting any training or sonar use in
critical habitat, with two exceptions.
Maintenance of helicopter dipping
sonars occasionally occurs
(approximately 30 events at 2–4 hours
each) in the portion of the helicopter
dipping sonar training area that overlaps
with NARW critical habitat. In addition,
the Navy would conduct approximately
40 ship object detection/navigational
sonar training exercises (1–2 hours
each) annually while entering/exiting
port (within approximately 1 mile of the
shore). This activity could occur yearround (i.e., not all of them would occur
during the time that right whales are
concentrated in the critical habitat,
December–April). All ASW training,
except shore-based helicopter dipping
sonar, occurs more than 12 nm from
shore and usually in greater than 600 ft
of water.
Due to the importance of right whale
critical habitat for reproductive
activities and feeding, takes that occur
in those areas would be considered
more likely to have more potentially
severe effects than takes that occur
while whales are just moving through
and not involved in reproductive or
feeding behaviors. However, the
estimated takes in these areas are low
(30 total, 20 in the SE, 10 in the NE).
Additionally, NMFS and the Navy have
included mitigation measures to
minimize impacts (both number and
severity) both in the northeast and
Southeast designated right whale
critical habitat (see Mitigation section).
Acoustic analysis indicates that no
right whales will be exposed to sound
levels likely to result in Level A
harassment. Modeling of the explosive
sonobuoys predicts no potential for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
injury or mortality to right whales. As
noted previously, regardless of what the
model predicts, NMFS believes that the
Navy watchstanders would detect a
right whale and implement sonar
powerdown or shutdown well before an
animal was able to approach within the
distance necessary to be injured
(approximately 10 m from a hullmounted sonar).
Fleet Area Control and Surveillance
Facility Jacksonville coordinates Navy
ship and aircraft clearance into the
Northern Right Whale Critical Habitat
and the surrounding Operating Area
(OPAREA) based on season, water
temperature, weather conditions, and
frequency of whale sightings, and
provides Northern Right Whale sighting
reports to ships, submarines and
aircraft. Through coordination with the
Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation
Commission (FWCC), Georgia
Department of Natural Resources
(GDNR), New England Aquarium Early
Warning System (EWS) and others, Fleet
Area Control and Surveillance Facility
Jacksonville organized a
communications network and reporting
system that ensures the widest possible
exchange and dissemination of Northern
Right Whale sighting information to
Department of Defense (DoD) and
civilian shipping.
Approximately 350 right whales,
including about 70 mature females, are
thought to occur in the western North
Atlantic (Kraus et al., 2005). The most
recent stock assessment report states
that in a review of the photo-ID
recapture database for October 2005,
306 individually recognized whales
were known to be alive during 2001
(Waring et al., 2007). This number
represents a minimum population size,
and no abundance estimate with an
associated coefficient of variation has
been calculated for this population
(Waring et al., 2007). Right whales are
not normally expected to occur in the
Gulf of Mexico.
Based on the Navy’s modeled take
estimates, it is possible that nearly every
North Atlantic right whale in the stock
might be harassed (Level B) one or two
times during the course of one year, or
alternately, fewer animals might be
harassed more than one or two times per
year. However, as discussed above,
Coordinated Unit Level Exercises and
Strike Group Exercises utilizing surface
vessels (i.e., the exercises that utilize
multiple surface vessels and last for
multiple days) occur farther than 12 nm
from shore and do not occur in the NE
OPAREA at all, which means that they
do not occur in or directly adjacent to
the right whale critical habitat.
Therefore, any takes that occur in the
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
critical habitat would likely be short
term and at a lower received level (hullmounted source on surface vessel is
highest power) and would likely not
affect annual rates of recruitment or
survival.
Last, in the unanticipated event that
an injured or entangled North Atlantic
right whale is encountered by the Navy
at sea during training exercises, the
Navy will cease sonar operation within
14 nm (Atlantic) or 17 nm (Gulf of
Mexico) of the animal in order to ensure
that Navy activities do not add to the
stress of an already at risk and
weakened (regardless of the original
cause) animal. These are the respective
estimated distances at which a marine
mammal would receive approximately
145 dB SPL, the level at which the risk
function predicts 1% of the animals
exposed would respond in a manner
that NMFS considers Level B
harassment. Navy training will not
resume in the area until the animal dies
or swims away of its own volition.
Humpback Whale
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
4,198 exposures of humpback whales to
sound levels likely to result in Level B
harassment may occur. This estimate
represents the total number of exposures
and not necessarily the number of
individuals exposed, as a single
individual may be exposed multiple
times over the course of a year.
Although 30 of the modeled Level B
Harassment takes were predicted to be
in the form of TTS, NMFS believes it is
unlikely that any humpback whales will
incur TTS because of the distance
within which they would have to
approach the sonar source (depending
on conditions, within a range of 275–
500 m for the most powerful source), the
fact that many animals will likely avoid
sonar sources to some degree, and the
likelihood that Navy monitors would
detect these animals prior to an
approach within this distance and
implement sonar powerdown or
shutdown. Navy lookouts will likely
detect a group of humpback whales out
to 914 m (1,000 yd) given their large size
(Leatherwood and Reeves, 1982),
surface behavior, and pronounced blow.
In the North Atlantic Ocean,
humpbacks are found from spring
through fall on feeding grounds that are
located from south of New England to
northern Norway (NMFS, 1991). The
Gulf of Maine is one of the principal
summer feeding grounds for humpback
whales in the North Atlantic. The
largest numbers of humpback whales
are present from mid-April to midNovember. Feeding locations off the
northeastern United States include
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Stellwagen Bank, Jeffreys Ledge, the
Great South Channel, the edges and
shoals of Georges Bank, Cashes Ledge,
Grand Manan Banks, the banks on the
Scotian Shelf, the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
and the Newfoundland Grand Banks
(CETAP, 1982; Whitehead, 1982;
Kenney and Winn, 1986; Weinrich et
al., 1997). Feeding most often occurs in
relatively shallow waters over the inner
continental shelf and sometimes in
deeper waters. Large multi-species
feeding aggregations (including
humpback whales) have been observed
over the shelf break on the southern
edge of Georges Bank (CETAP, 1982;
Kenney and Winn, 1987) and in shelf
break waters off the U.S. mid-Atlantic
coast (Smith et al., 1996).
Acoustic analysis indicates that no
humpback whales will be exposed to
sound levels likely to result in Level A
harassment. Modeling of the explosive
sonobuoys predicts no potential injury
or mortality to humpback whales.
Humpback whales in the North
Atlantic are thought to belong to five
different feeding stocks: Gulf of Maine,
Gulf of St. Lawrence, Newfoundland/
Labrador, western Greenland, and
Iceland. The current best estimate of
population size for humpback whales in
the North Atlantic, including the Gulf of
Maine Stock, is 11,570 individuals
(Waring et al., 2007). The best
abundance estimate for the Gulf of
Maine humpback stock is 902
individuals (Waring et al., 2007). During
the winter, most of the North Atlantic
population of humpback whales is
believed to migrate south to calving
grounds in the West Indies region
(Whitehead and Moore, 1982; Smith et
al., 1999; Stevick et al., 2003). During
this time individuals from the various
feeding stocks mix through migration
routes as well as on the feeding grounds.
Although the population composition of
the mid-Atlantic is apparently
dominated by Gulf of Maine whales, the
mixing of multiple stocks through the
migratory season suggests that
exposures in the Mid-Atlantic and
Southeast are likely spread across all of
the North Atlantic populations.
Sufficient data to estimate the
percentage of exposures to each stock is
currently not available, however, the
estimated takes are spread across the
different OPAREAs and time such that
focused and harmful impacts to one
particular stock are not anticipated.
As mentioned previously, important
feeding areas for humpbacks are located
in the Northeast. Stellwagen Banks
Sanctuary contains some of this
important area and the Navy does not
currently plan to conduct any activities
in this area. Additionally, the Navy has
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
designated PAAs in the Northeast that
include some of these important feeding
areas and these areas will be considered
in the planning of exercises.
Sei Whale
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
1,054 exposures of sei whales to sound
levels likely to result in Level B
harassment may occur. This estimate
represents the total number of exposures
and not necessarily the number of
individuals exposed, as a single
individual may be exposed multiple
times over the course of a year.
Although 2 of the modeled Level B
Harassment takes were predicted to be
in the form of TTS, NMFS believes it is
unlikely that any sei whales will incur
TTS because of the distance within
which they would have to approach the
sonar source (depending on conditions,
within a range of 275–500 m for the
most powerful source), the fact that
many animals will likely avoid sonar
sources to some degree, and the
likelihood that Navy monitors would
detect these animals prior to an
approach within this distance and
implement sonar powerdown or
shutdown. Navy lookouts will likely
detect a group of sei whales out to 914
m (1,000 yd) given their large size
(Leatherwood and Reeves, 1982), group
size (3 or more), and pronounced blow.
No areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for sei whales
have been identified in the AFAST
Study Area. Modeling of the explosive
sonobuoys also predicts no potential for
injury or mortality to sei whales.
Sei whales in the North Atlantic
belong to three stocks: Nova Scotia,
Iceland-Denmark Strait, and Northeast
Atlantic (Perry et al., 1999). The Nova
Scotia Stock occurs in U.S. Atlantic
waters (Waring et al., 2007). There are
no recent abundance estimates for the
Nova Scotia stock (Waring et al., 2007).
Fin and Blue Whales
There are no population estimates for
blue whales for the Western North
Atlantic except for the Gulf of Saint
Lawrence (Waring et al., 2002), for
which the estimate is 308. Blue whales
are known to occur throughout the
deeper waters of the Atlantic, beyond
the U.S. EEZ (Clark 1995, Clark and
Gagnon 2004). Comparisons can be
made between blue and fin whales
based on behavior, areas where they are
typically found, and feeding habits. The
fin whale abundance estimate is the
most analogous representation for blue
whale abundance within the study area.
Therefore, the number of takes
estimated for blue whales, as well as
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60819
overall conclusions, should be similar to
those estimated for fin whales.
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
881 fin whales and 801 blue whales may
be exposed to sound levels likely to
result in Level B harassment. This
estimate represents the total number of
exposures and not necessarily the
number of individuals exposed, as a
single individual may be exposed
multiple times over the course of a year.
Although 2 of the modeled Level B
Harassment takes (for fin whales) were
predicted to be in the form of TTS,
NMFS believes it is unlikely that any fin
(or blue) whales will incur TTS because
of the distance within which they
would have to approach the sonar
source (depending on conditions,
within a range of 275–500 m for the
most powerful source), the fact that
many animals will likely avoid sonar
sources to some degree, and the
likelihood that Navy monitors would
detect these animals prior to an
approach within this distance and
implement sonar powerdown or
shutdown. Navy lookouts will likely
detect a group of fin (or blue) whales out
to 914 m (1,000 yd) given their large size
and pronounced blow (Barlow 2003
estimated a high rate of detection for fin
whales: 0.90 in Beaufort sea states of 6
or less). No areas of specific importance
for reproduction or feeding for fin (or
blue) whales have been identified in the
AFAST Study Area. Also, acoustic
analysis predicts that no fin whales will
be exposed to sound or explosive levels
likely to result either in Level A
harassment or mortality.
Fin whales are currently considered
as a single stock in the western North
Atlantic. The best abundance estimate
for the Western North Atlantic stock of
fin whales is 2,814 (Waring et al., 2007).
Minke Whales
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
414 exposures of minke whales to sound
levels likely to result in Level B
harassment may occur. This estimate
represents the total number of exposures
and not necessarily the number of
individuals exposed, as a single
individual may be exposed multiple
times over the course of a year. Acoustic
analysis indicates that 1 of the modeled
Level B Harassment takes would be in
the form of TTS. Though minke whales
would have to approach the sonar
source within a range of 275–500 m (for
the most powerful source) to incur TTS
and many animals will likely avoid
sonar sources to some degree, these
animals have relatively cryptic behavior
and profile at the surface and therefore
could potentially be missed by the
lookouts at this distance. Therefore,
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60820
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
NMFS thinks that one minke whale may
incur TTS. No areas of specific
importance for reproduction or feeding
for minke whales have been identified
in the AFAST Study Area. Also,
acoustic analysis predicts that no minke
whales will be exposed to sound or
explosive levels likely to result either in
Level A harassment or mortality. The
best available abundance estimate for
minke whales from the Canadian East
Coast stock is 2,998 animals (Waring et
al., 2007). The minke whale is not
expected in the Gulf of Mexico.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Bryde’s Whale
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
34 exposures of Bryde’s whales to sound
levels likely to result in Level B
harassment may occur. This estimate
represents the total number of exposures
and not necessarily the number of
individuals exposed, as a single
individual may be exposed multiple
times over the course of a year.
Although acoustic modeling estimated
that one of the Level B Harassment takes
would be in the form of TTS, NMFS
believes it is unlikely that any Bryde’s
whales would incur TTS or be injured
because of the distance within which
they would have to approach the sonar
source (depending on conditions,
within a range of 275–500 m for the
most powerful source for TTS, 10 m for
injury), the fact that many animals will
likely avoid sonar sources to some
degree, and the likelihood that Navy
monitors would detect these animals
prior to an approach within this
distance and implement sonar
powerdown or shutdown. Navy
lookouts will likely detect a group of
Bryde’s whales out to 914 m (1,000 yd)
given their large size and pronounced
blow. Acoustic analysis predicts that no
Bryde’s whales will be exposed to
sound levels or explosive detonations
likely to result either in TTS, Level A
harassment, or mortality. No areas of
specific importance for reproduction or
feeding for Bryde’s whales have been
identified in the AFAST Study Area.
The best abundance estimate for Bryde’s
whales within the northern Gulf of
Mexico is 40.
Sperm Whales
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
9741 (estimated 342 in GOM) exposures
of sperm whales to sound levels likely
to result in Level B harassment may
occur. This estimate represents the total
number of exposures and not
necessarily the number of individuals
exposed, as a single individual may be
exposed multiple times over the course
of a year. Although 63 of the modeled
Level B Harassment takes were
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
predicted to be in the form of TTS,
NMFS believes it is unlikely that all of
the estimated sperm whales will incur
TTS because of the distance within
which they would have to approach the
sonar source (depending on conditions,
within a range of 275–500 m for the
most powerful source), the fact that
many animals will likely avoid sonar
sources to some degree, and the
likelihood that Navy monitors would
detect these animals prior to an
approach within this given their large
size, pronounced blow, and average
group size (7). However, because of their
long, deep diving behavior (up to 2-hour
dives), NMFS believes that some
animals may approach undetected
within the distance in which TTS
would likely be incurred. Therefore,
NMFS estimates that 0–32 sperm whales
may incur some degree of TTS from
exposure to MFAS/HFAS.
The region of the Mississippi River
Delta (Desoto Canyon) has been
recognized for high densities of sperm
whales and appears to represent an
important calving and nursery area for
these animals (Townsend, 1935; Collum
and Fritts, 1985; Mullin et al., 1994a;
¨
Wursig et al., 2000; Baumgartner et al.,
2001; Davis et al., 2002; Mullin et al.,
2004; Jochens et al., 2006). Sperm
whales typically exhibit a strong affinity
for deep waters beyond the continental
shelf, though in the area of the
Mississippi Delta they also occur on the
outer continental shelf break. However,
there is a PAA designated immediately
seaward of the continental shelf
associated with the Mississippi Delta, in
which the Navy plans to conduct no
more than 1 major exercise and which
they plan to take into consideration in
the planning of unit-level exercises, and
therefore NMFS does not expect that
impacts will be focused, extensive, or
severe in the sperm whale calving area.
Acoustic analysis predicts that no
sperm whales will be exposed to sound
or explosive levels likely to result either
in Level A harassment or mortality. The
best abundance estimate for sperm
whales for the western North Atlantic is
4,804 and in the northern GOMEX is
1,349 individuals (Mullin and Fulling,
2004).
Pygmy and Dwarf Sperm Whales
Due to the difficulty in differentiating
these two species at sea, an estimate of
the effects on the two species have been
combined (as have abundance estimates
in NMFS’ stock assessment reports).
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
4384 exposures of Kogia spp. to sound
levels likely to result in Level B
harassment may occur. This estimate
represents the total number of exposures
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and not necessarily the number of
individuals exposed, as a single
individual may be exposed multiple
times over the course of a year. 44 of the
modeled Level B Harassment takes were
predicted to be in the form of TTS.
NMFS believes it is unlikely that all 44
whales will incur TTS because of the
distance within which they would have
to approach the sonar source
(depending on conditions, within a
range of 275–500 m for the most
powerful source), the fact that many
animals will likely avoid sonar sources
to some degree, and the likelihood that
Navy monitors would detect some of
these animals prior to an approach
within this distance and implement
sonar powerdown or shutdown.
However, because of their deep diving
behavior (longer time below the surface)
and relatively cryptic behavior/profile at
the surface, NMFS estimates that 22–44
animals may approach undetected
within the distance in which TTS
would likely be incurred. As mentioned
above, some Kogia sp. vocalizations
might overlap with the MFAS/HFAS
TTS frequency range (2–20 kHz), but the
limited information for Kogia sp.
indicates that their clicks are at a much
higher frequency and that their
maximum hearing sensitivity is between
90 and 150 kHz. It is worth noting that
TTS in the range induced by MFAS
would reduce sensitivity in the band
that killer whales click and echolocate
in. However, as noted previously, NMFS
does not anticipate TTS of a long
duration or severe degree to occur as a
result of exposure to MFA/HFAS.
No areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for Kogia spp.
have been identified in the AFAST
Study Area. Also, acoustic analysis
predicts that no pygmy or dwarf sperm
whales will be exposed to sound or
explosive levels likely to result either in
Level A harassment or mortality. The
best abundance estimate for both
species combined in the western North
Atlantic is 395 individuals, and
combined in the Northern Gulf of
Mexico, the best abundance estimate is
742.
Beaked Whales
Due to the difficulty in differentiating
Mesoplodon species from each other, as
well as from Ziphius at sea, and because
of the lack of a population estimate for
bottlenose whales, estimates of the
effects on the six species of beaked
whales listed in Table 4 have been
combined (as have abundance estimates
in NMFS’s stock assessment reports).
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
2,665 exposures of beaked whales to
sound levels likely to result in Level B
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
harassment may occur. This estimate
represents the total number of exposures
and not necessarily the number of
individuals exposed, as a single
individual may be exposed multiple
times over the course of a year: 34 of the
modeled Level B Harassment takes were
predicted to be in the form of TTS.
NMFS believes it is unlikely that all 34
whales will incur TTS because of the
distance within which they would have
to approach the sonar source
(depending on conditions, within a
range of 275–500 m for the most
powerful source), the fact that many
animals will likely avoid sonar sources
to some degree, and the likelihood that
Navy monitors would detect a few of
these animals prior to an approach
within this distance and implement
sonar powerdown or shutdown.
However, because of their deep diving
behavior (longer time below the surface)
and cryptic behavior/profile at the
surface, NMFS believes that some
animals (estimate 17–34) may approach
undetected within the distance in which
TTS would likely be incurred. As
mentioned above and indicated in Table
13, some beaked whale vocalizations
might overlap with the MFAS/HFAS
TTS frequency range (2–20 kHz);
however, as noted previously, NMFS
does not anticipate TTS of a long
duration or severe degree to occur as a
result of exposure to MFA/HFAS. It is
worth noting that TTS in the range
induced by MFAS could reduce
sensitivity in the band that killer whales
click and echolocate in.
No areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for beaked
whales have been identified in the
AFAST Study Area. Also, acoustic
analysis predicts that no beaked whales
will be exposed to sound or explosive
levels likely to result either in Level A
harassment or mortality. The best
abundance estimate for Mesoplodon
species and Cuvier’s beaked whales in
the northern Gulf of Mexico are 106 and
95 animals, respectively. The best
abundance estimate for undifferentiated
beaked whales (Ziphius and
Mesoplodon species) in the Western
North Atlantic is 3,513.
Although NMFS does not expect
mortality of any of these six species to
occur as a result of the MFAS/HFAS
training exercises (see Mortality
paragraph above), because we intend to
authorize mortality, we consider the 10
potential mortalities from across the six
species potentially effected over the
course of 5 years in our negligible
impact determination (NMFS only
intends to authorize a total of 10 beaked
whale mortality takes, but since they
could be of any of the species, we
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
consider the effects of 10 mortalities of
any of the six species).
Social Pelagic Species (Except Pilot
Whales)
Acoustic analysis predicts that the
following numbers of behavioral
harassments of the associated species
will occur: 502 (false killer whales), 499
(killer whales), 263 (Pygmy killer
whales), and 1,533 (melon-headed
whales), including the following
numbers of TTS, respectively: 10, 41, 7,
22. This estimate represents the total
number of exposures and not
necessarily the number of individuals
exposed, as a single individual may be
exposed multiple times over the course
of a year. Although 80 (total) of the
modeled Level B Harassment takes for
these four species were predicted to be
in the form of TTS, NMFS believes it is
unlikely that any individuals of these
species will incur TTS because of the
distance within which they would have
to approach the sonar source
(depending on conditions, within a
range of 275–500 m for the most
powerful source), the fact that many
animals will likely avoid sonar sources
to some degree, and the likelihood that
Navy monitors would detect these
animals prior to an approach within this
distance and implement sonar
powerdown or shutdown. Navy
lookouts will likely detect a group of
any of these four social pelagic species
out to 914 m (1,000 yd) given their large
size, gregarious behavior, and large
average group size. No areas of specific
importance for reproduction or feeding
for these whales have been identified in
the AFAST Study Area.
Acoustic analysis predicts that no
individuals of these 4 species will be
exposed to sound or explosive levels
likely to result either in Level A
harassment or mortality. These species
are rare or extralimital in the Northwest
Atlantic Ocean and estimated takes for
these species are anticipated to occur in
the GOM. Following are the best
estimates of abundance for these species
in the GOM: false killer whales—1,038;
killer whales—133; pygmy killer
whales—408; melon-headed whales—
3,451.
Pilot Whales
An estimate of the effects on these
two species has been combined (as have
abundance estimates in NMFS’s stock
assessment reports). Acoustic analysis
indicates that up to 127,266 exposures
of pilot whales to sound levels likely to
result in Level B harassment may occur.
This estimate represents the total
number of exposures and not
necessarily the number of individuals
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60821
exposed, as a single individual may be
exposed multiple times over the course
of a year. Although 1,104 of the
modeled Level B Harassment takes for
pilot whales were predicted to be in the
form of TTS, NMFS believes it is
unlikely that any individuals of these
species will incur TTS because of the
distance within which they would have
to approach the sonar source (275–500
m for the most powerful source), the fact
that many animals will likely avoid
sonar sources to some degree, and the
likelihood that Navy monitors would
detect these animals prior to an
approach within this distance and
implement sonar powerdown or
shutdown. Navy lookouts will likely
detect a group of pilot whales out to 914
m (1,000 yd) given their large size,
gregarious behavior, and large average
group size. Although the model
predicted that 1 animal would be
exposed to sound levels that would
result in Level A Harassment (PTS—
injury), NMFS does not believe that any
animals would be exposed to these
levels for the same reasons listed in the
previous sentence (and animals would
need to approach within 10 m of the
sonar dome). No areas of specific
importance for reproduction or feeding
for pilot whales have been identified in
the AFAST Study Area.
Acoustic analysis predicts that no
pilot whales will be exposed to sound
or explosive levels likely to result in
mortality. The best estimate of
abundance for pilot whales (combined
short-finned and long-finned) in the
western North Atlantic is 31,139
individuals, with a minimum
population estimate of 24,866 (Waring
et al., 2007). The best estimate of
abundance for the short-finned pilot
whale in the northern Gulf of Mexico is
2,388 individuals, with a minimum
population estimate of 1,628 (Mullin
and Fulling, 2004; Waring et al., 2006).
Dolphins
The acoustic analysis predicts that the
following numbers of behavioral
harassments of the associated species
will occur: 2705 (rough-toothed
dolphin), 605530 (bottlenose dolphins),
138394 (pantropical spotted dolphin),
376070 (Atlantic spotted dolphin),
21147 (spinner dolphin), 45302
(Clymene dolphin), 173675 (striped
dolphin), 95548 (common dolphin), 320
(Fraser’s dolphin), 94001 (Risso’s
dolphins), 20647 (Atlantic white-sided
dolphins), and 26243 (white-beaked
dolphin). This estimate represents the
total number of exposures and not
necessarily the number of individuals
exposed, as a single individual may be
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60822
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
proposed mitigation has a provision that
allows the Navy to continue operation
of MFAS if the animals are clearly bowriding even after the Navy has initially
maneuvered to try and avoid closing
with the animals. Since these animals
sometimes bow-ride and could
potentially be exposed to levels
associated with TTS as they approach or
depart from bow-riding, we estimate
that half or less of the number of
animals modeled for MFAS/HFAS TTS
might actually sustain TTS (see table
11). As mentioned above and indicated
in Table 13, some dolphin vocalizations
might overlap with the MFAS/HFAS
TTS frequency range (2–20 kHz),
however, as noted previously, NMFS
does not anticipate TTS of a long
duration or severe degree to occur as a
result of exposure to MFA/HFAS.
No areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for dolphins
have been identified in the AFAST
Study Area.
Although acoustic analysis predicted
that a small number of several dolphin
species would be exposed to levels of
sound or explosive detonations likely to
result in Level A harassment, for the
same reasons stated above (mitigation,
avoidance, dolphin behavior), NMFS
believes it is unlikely any animals
would actually approach within the
necessary distance undetected (10 m for
sonar, 79–180 m for IEER) to be exposed
to injurious levels. Of note, the
directionality of the sonar dome is such
that dolphins would not likely be
exposed to injurious levels of sound
while bow-riding. No mortalities from
MFAS/HFAS or IEER were predicted.
Table 14 summarizes the best
abundance estimates for the different
dolphin stocks, except for the bottlenose
dolphin, which is addressed below.
The western North Atlantic includes
both coastal and offshore bottlenose
dolphin stocks. The best estimate for the
western North Atlantic coastal stock of
bottlenose dolphins is 15,620 and the
best estimate for the western North
Atlantic offshore stock of bottlenose
dolphins is 81,588 (Waring et al., 2007).
Torres et al. (2003) found that the
offshore morphotype was found
exclusively seaward of 34 km (18 NM)
and in waters deeper than 34 m, though
more recent studies have sampled
offshore animals as close as 7.3 km (4
NM) from shore in water depths of 13
m (43 ft) (Garrison et al., 2003). Due to
the apparent mixing of the coastal and
offshore stocks of bottlenose dolphins
along the Atlantic coast it is impossible
to estimate the percentage of each stock
potentially exposed to sonar from
AFAST. The general distribution of
AFAST training activities suggests that
the majority of estimated exposures to
bottlenose dolphins will be to the
offshore stock, however some small
proportion of exposures will likely
apply to the coastal stock as well.
In the northern GOMEX, the stocks of
concern include the continental shelf
and oceanic stocks. The continental
shelf stock is thought to overlap with
both the oceanic stock as well as coastal
stocks in some areas (Waring et al.,
2007); however, the coastal stock is
generally limited to less than 20 m (66
ft) water depths and therefore is not
expected to be exposed to sonar from
AFAST. The best abundance estimate
for the continental shelf stock is 25,320
(Waring et al., 2007), The estimated
abundance for bottlenose dolphins in
oceanic waters, pooled from 1996 to
2001, is 2,239 (Mullin and Fulling,
2004). The oceanic stock is
provisionally defined for bottlenose
dolphins inhabiting waters greater than
200 m (656 ft) (Waring et al., 2007).
While the two stocks may overlap to
some degree the Navy estimates, based
on the distribution of AFAST activities,
that most of the predicted exposures
will occur to the oceanic stock with the
few remaining exposures applying to
the continental stock.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Harbor Porpoises
Acoustic analysis indicates that up to
153,481 exposures of harbor porpoises
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.022
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
exposed multiple times over the course
of a year.
Although a portion (see table 11) of
the modeled Level B Harassment takes
for all of these species were predicted to
be in the form of TTS, NMFS believes
it is unlikely that all of the individuals
estimated will incur TTS because of the
distance within which they would have
to approach the sonar source
(depending on conditions, within a
range of 275–500 m for the most
powerful source), the fact that many
animals will likely avoid sonar sources
to some degree, and the likelihood that
Navy monitors would detect these
animals prior to an approach within this
distance and implement sonar
powerdown or shutdown. Navy
lookouts will likely detect a group of
dolphins out to 914 m (1,000 yd) given
their relatively short dives and large
average group size. However, the Navy’s
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
to sound levels likely to result in Level
B harassment may occur. This estimate
represents the total number of exposures
and not necessarily the number of
individuals exposed, as a single
individual may be exposed multiple
times over the course of a year. Of note,
the Level B harassment threshold for
harbor porpoises is 120 dB rms, i.e. any
animal exposed above that level is
considered to be taken, which means
that the vast majority of the estimated
takes will occur at relatively low levels
(120–140 dB). Although 11 of the
modeled Level B Harassment takes for
all of these species were predicted to be
in the form of TTS, NMFS believes it is
unlikely that any of the individuals
estimated will incur TTS because of the
distance within which they would have
to approach the sonar source
(depending on conditions, within a
range of 275–500 m for the most
powerful source), the fact that many
animals will likely avoid sonar sources
to some degree, and the likelihood that
Navy monitors would detect these
animals prior to an approach within this
distance and implement sonar
powerdown or shutdown. Navy
lookouts will likely detect a group of
harbor porpoises out to 914 m (1,000 yd)
given their relatively short dives and
large average group size.
Acoustic analysis predicts that no
harbor porpoises will be exposed to
sound levels or explosive detonations
likely to result either in Level A
harassment or mortality. No areas of
specific importance for reproduction or
feeding for harbor porpoises have been
identified in the AFAST Study Area.
The best abundance estimate for the
Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of
harbor porpoises is 89,700 individuals.
Pinnipeds
The acoustic analysis predicts that the
following numbers of behavioral
harassments of the associated species
will occur: 7,859 (gray seal), 12,659
(harbor seal), 15,718 (hooded seal), and
11,002 (harp seal). This estimate
represents the total number of exposures
and not necessarily the number of
individuals exposed, as a single
individual may be exposed multiple
times over the course of a year. A small
number (31, 29, 62, and 43,
respectively) of the modeled Level B
Harassment takes for these species were
predicted to be in the form of TTS.
Because the TTS threshold for these
species is lower than for cetaceans (i.e.,
the distance from the source at which
they might incur TTS is larger) and
because they are typically more difficult
to detect, NMFS concurs with the Navy
that up to the indicated number of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
pinnipeds could be exposed to levels of
sonar associated with TTS. As
mentioned above and indicated in Table
13, some pinniped vocalizations might
overlap with the MFAS/HFAS TTS
frequency range (2–20 kHz); however, as
noted previously, NMFS does not
anticipate TTS of a long duration or
severe degree to occur as a result of
exposure to MFA/HFAS.
No areas of specific importance for
reproduction or feeding for pinnipeds
have been identified in the AFAST
Study Area. Acoustic analysis predicts
that no pinnipeds will be exposed to
sound levels or explosive detonations
likely to result in Level A harassment or
mortality. Best estimates for the north
Atlantic for the hooded and harp seals
are, respectively, 592,100 and 5.9
million. The best estimate for the
western north Atlantic stock of the
harbor seal is 99,340. There is no
current best estimate for gray seals in
the north Atlantic, though Canada’s
DFO estimated 99,340 in 1995.
Preliminary Determination
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat and dependent upon
the implementation of the mitigation
and monitoring measures, NMFS
preliminarily finds that the total taking
from Navy training exercises utilizing
MFAS/HFAS and underwater
explosives (IEER) in the AFAST Study
Area will have a negligible impact on
the affected species or stocks. NMFS has
proposed regulations for these exercises
that prescribe the means of affecting the
least practicable adverse impact on
marine mammals and their habitat and
set forth requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of that taking.
Subsistence Harvest of Marine
Mammals
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the issuance of 5-yr regulations and
subsequent LOAs for Navy training
exercises in the AFAST Study Area
would not have an unmitigable adverse
impact on the availability of the affected
species or stocks for subsistence use,
since there are no such uses in the
specified area.
ESA
There are six marine mammal species
and six sea turtle species that are listed
as endangered under the ESA with
confirmed or possible occurrence in the
study area: humpback whale, North
Atlantic right whale, sei whale, fin
whale, blue whale, sperm whale,
loggerhead sea turtle, the green sea
turtle, hawksbill sea turtle, leatherback
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60823
sea turtle, the Kemp’s ridley sea turtle,
and the olive ridley sea turtle. The Navy
has begun consultation with NMFS
pursuant to section 7 of the ESA, and
NMFS will also consult internally on
the issuance of an LOA under section
101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA for AFAST
activities. Consultation will be
concluded prior to a determination on
the issuance of the final rule and an
LOA.
NEPA
NMFS has participated as a
cooperating agency on the Navy’s Draft
Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS)
for AFAST, which was published on
February 15, 2008. The Navy’s DEIS is
posted on NMFS’s website: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. NMFS intends to adopt
the Navy’s Final EIS (FEIS), if adequate
and appropriate. Currently, we believe
that the adoption of the Navy’s FEIS
will allow NMFS to meet its
responsibilities under NEPA for the
issuance of an LOA for AFAST. If the
Navy’s FEIS is deemed not to be
adequate, NMFS would supplement the
existing analysis and document to
ensure that we comply with NEPA prior
to the issuance of the final rule or LOA.
Classification
This action does not contain a
collection of information requirement
for purposes of the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
Pursuant to the procedures
established to implement section 6 of
Executive Order 12866, the Office of
Management and Budget has
determined that this proposed rule is
significant.
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility
Act, the Chief Counsel for Regulation of
the Department of Commerce has
certified to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration that this rule, if
adopted, would not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. The
Regulatory Flexibility Act requires
Federal agencies to prepare an analysis
of a rule’s impact on small entities
whenever the agency is required to
publish a notice of proposed
rulemaking. However, a Federal agency
may certify, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. section
605(b), that the action will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
The Navy is the entity that will be
affected by this rulemaking, not a small
governmental jurisdiction, small
organization or small business, as
defined by the Regulatory Flexibility
Act. Any requirements imposed by a
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
60824
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Letter of Authorization issued pursuant
to these regulations, and any monitoring
or reporting requirements imposed by
these regulations, will be applicable
only to the Navy. Because this action, if
adopted, would directly affect the Navy
and not a small entity, NMFS concludes
the action would not result in a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
Dated: September 25, 2008.
James Balsiger,
Acting Assistant Administrator for Fisheries,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
For reasons set forth in the preamble,
50 CFR part 216 is proposed to be
amended as follows:
PART 216—REGULATIONS
GOVERNING THE TAKING AND
IMPORTING OF MARINE MAMMALS
1. The authority citation for part 216
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.
2. Subpart V is added to part 216 to
read as follows:
Subpart V—Taking Marine Mammals
Incidental to U.S. Navy’s Atlantic Fleet
Active Sonar Training (AFAST)
Sec.
216.240 Specified activity and specified
geographic region.
216.241 Definitions.
216.242 Permissible methods of taking.
216.243 Prohibitions.
216.244 Mitigation.
216.245 Requirements for monitoring and
reporting.
216.246 Applications for Letters of
Authorization.
216.247 Letters of Authorization.
216.248 Renewal of Letters of
Authorization.
216.249 Modifications to Letters of
Authorization and adaptive
management.
Table 1 to Subpart V—‘‘Summary of
monitoring effort proposed in draft
Monitoring Plan for AFAST’’
Figure 1 to Subpart V [Reserved]
Figure 2 to Subpart V—‘‘AFAST Planning
Awareness Areas’’
Subpart V—Taking Marine Mammals
Incidental to U.S. Navy’s Atlantic Fleet
Active Sonar Training (AFAST)
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
§ 216.240 Specified activity and specified
geographical region.
(a) Regulations in this subpart apply
only to the U.S. Navy for the taking of
marine mammals that occurs in the area
outlined in paragraph (b) of this section
and that occur incidental to the
activities described in paragraph (c) of
this section.
(b) The taking of marine mammals by
the Navy is only authorized if it occurs
within the AFAST Study Area, which
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
extends east from the Atlantic Coast of
the U.S. to 45 degrees W. long. and
south from the Atlantic and Gulf of
Mexico Coasts to approximately 23
degrees N. lat., excluding the Bahamas
(see Figure 1–1 in the Navy’s
Application).
(c) The taking of marine mammals by
the Navy is only authorized if it occurs
incidental to the use of the following
mid-frequency active sonar (MFAS)
sources, high frequency active sonar
(HFAS) sources, or explosive sonobuoys
for U.S. Navy anti-submarine warfare
(ASW), mine warfare (MIW) training,
maintenance, or research, development,
testing, and evaluation (RDT&E) in the
amounts indicated below (+/¥10
percent):
(1) AN/SQS–53 (hull-mounted
sonar)—up to 16,070 hours over the
course of 5 years (an average of 3,214
hours per year).
(2) AN/SQS–56 (hull-mounted
sonar)—up to 8,420 hours over the
course of 5 years (an average of 1,684
hours per year).
(3) AN/SQS–56 or 53 (hull mounted
sonar in object detection mode)—up to
1,080 hours over the course of 5 years
(an average of 216 hours per year).
(4) AN/BQQ–10 or 5 (submarine
sonar)—up to 49,880 pings over the
course of 5 years (an average of 9,976
pings per year)(an average of 1 ping per
two hours during training events, 60
pings per hour for maintenance).
(5) AN/AQS–22 or 13 (helicopter
dipping sonar)—up to 14,760 dips over
the course of 5 years (an average of
2,952 dips per year—10 pings per fiveminute dip).
(6) SSQ–62 (Directional Command
Activated Sonobuoy System (DICASS)
sonobuoys)—up to 29,265 sonobuoys
over the course of 5 years (an average of
5,853 sonobuoys per year).
(7) MK–48 (heavyweight torpedoes)—
up to 160 torpedoes over the course of
5 years (an average of 32 torpedoes per
year).
(8) MK–46 or 54 (lightweight
torpedoes)—up to 120 torpedoes over
the course of 5 years (an average of 24
torpedoes per year).
(9) AN/SSQ–110A (IEER explosive
sonobuoy)—up to 4,360 sonobuoys over
the course of 5 years (an average of 872
buoys per year).
(10) AN/SQQ–32 (over the side minehunting sonar)—up to 22,370 hours over
the course of 5 years (an average of
4,474 hours per year).
(11) AN/SLQ–25 (NIXIE—towed
countermeasure)—up to 1,660 hours
over the course of 5 years (an average of
332 hours per year).
(12) AN/BQS–15 (submarine
navigation)—up to 2,250 hours over the
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
course of 5 years (an average of 450
hours per year)
(13) MK–1 or 2 or 3 or 4 (Submarinefired Acoustic Device Countermeasure
(ADC))—up to 1,125 ADCs over the
course of 5 years (an average of 225
ADCs per year)
(14) Noise Acoustic Emitters (NAE—
Sub-fired countermeasure)—up to 635
NAEs over the course of 5 years (an
average of 127 NAEs per year)
§ 216.241
Definitions.
The following definitions are utilized
in these regulations:
(a) Uncommon Stranding Event
(USE)—A stranding event that takes
place during a major training exercise
(MTE) and involves any one of the
following:
(1) Two or more individuals of any
cetacean species (not including mother/
calf pairs, unless of species of concern
listed in next bullet) found dead or live
on shore within a two-day period and
occurring within 30 miles of one
another.
(2) A single individual or mother/calf
pair of any of the following marine
mammals of concern: beaked whale of
any species, dwarf or pygmy sperm
whales, melon-headed whales, pilot
whales, right whales, humpback whales,
sperm whales, blue whales, fin whales,
or sei whales.
(3) A group of 2 or more cetaceans of
any species exhibiting indicators of
distress.
(b) Shutdown—The cessation of
MFAS/HFAS operation or detonation of
explosives within 14 nm (Atlantic
Ocean) or 17 nm (Gulf of Mexico) of any
live, in the water, animal involved in a
USE.
(c) Exhibiting Indicators of Distress—
Animals exhibiting an uncommon
combination of behavioral and
physiological indicators typically
associated with distressed or stranded
animals. This situation would be
identified by a qualified individual and
typically includes, but is not limited to,
some combination of the following
characteristics:
(1) Marine mammals continually
circling or moving haphazardly in a
tightly packed group—with or without a
member occasionally breaking away and
swimming towards the beach.
(2) Abnormal respirations including
increased or decreased rate or volume of
breathing, abnormal content or odor.
(3) Presence of an individual or group
of a species that has not historically
been seen in a particular habitat, for
example a pelagic species in a shallow
bay when historic records indicate that
it is a rare event.
(4) Abnormal behavior for that
species, such as abnormal surfacing or
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
swimming pattern, listing, and
abnormal appearance.
(d) Major Training Exercise—MTEs,
within the context of the AFAST
Stranding Plan, include:
(1) Southeastern Integrated Training
Initiative (SEASWITI)—4 events
annually, 5 to 7 days per entire event.
(2) Integrated ASW Course (IAC)—5
events annually, 2 to 5 days per entire
event.
(3) Group Sails—20 events annually,
2 to 3 days per entire event.
(4) Composite Training Unit Exercise
(COMPTUEX)—5 events annually, 21
days per entire event.
(5) Joint Task Force Exercise
(JTFEX)—2 events annually, 10 days per
entire event.
It should be noted that sonar is
typically not in use throughout an entire
event.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
§ 216.242
Permissible methods of taking.
(a) Under Letters of Authorization
issued pursuant to §§ 216.106 and
216.247, the Holder of the Letter of
Authorization (hereinafter ‘‘Navy’’) may
incidentally, but not intentionally, take
marine mammals within the area
described in § 216.240(b), provided the
activity is in compliance with all terms,
conditions, and requirements of these
regulations and the appropriate Letter of
Authorization.
(b) The activities identified in
§ 216.240(c) must be conducted in a
manner that minimizes, to the greatest
extent practicable, any adverse impacts
on marine mammals and their habitat.
(c) The incidental take of marine
mammals under the activities identified
in § 216.240(c) is limited to the
following species, by the indicated
method of take and the indicated
number of times (estimated based on the
authorized amounts of sound source
operation):
(1) Level B Harassment (+/¥10
percent of the take estimate indicated
below):
(i) Mysticetes:
(A) North Atlantic right whale
(Eubalaena glacialis)—666.
(B) Humpback whale (Megaptera
novaeangliae)—4,198.
(C) Minke whale (Balaenoptera
acutorostrata)—414.
(D) Sei whale (Balaenoptera
borealis)—1,054.
(E) Fin whale (Balaenoptera
physalus)—881.
(F) Blue whale (Balaenoptera
musculus)—801.
(F) Bryde’s whale (Balaenoptera
edeni)—34.
(ii) Odontocetes:
(A) Sperm whales (Physeter
macrocephalus)—9,741.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
(B) Pygmy or dwarf sperm whales
(Kogia breviceps or Kogia sima)—4,384.
(C) Beaked Whales (Cuvier’s, True’s,
Gervais’, Sowerby’s, Blainville’s,
Northern bottlenose whale) (Ziphius
cavirostris, Mesoplodon mirus, M.
europaeus, M. bidens, M. densirostris,
Hyperoodon ampullatus)—2665.
(D) Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno
bredanensis)—2705.
(E) Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops
truncatus)—605530.
(F) Pan-tropical dolphin (Stenella
attenuata)—138394.
(G) Atlantic spotted dolphin (Stenella
frontalis)—376070.
(H) Spinner dolphin (Stenella
longirostris)—21147.
(I) Clymene dolphin (Stenella
clymene)—45823.
(J) Striped dolphin (Stenella
coeruleoalba)—174583.
(K) Common dolphin (Delphinus
spp.)—96409.
(L) Fraser’s dolphin (Lagenodelphis
hosei)—320.
(M) Risso’s dolphin (Grampus
griseus)—94001.
(N) Atlantic white-sided dolphin
(Lagenorhynchus acutus)—20647.
(O) White-beaked dolphin
(Lagenorhynchus albirostris)—26243.
(P) Melon-headed whale
(Peponocephala electra)—1533.
(Q) Pygmy killer whale (Feresa
attenuata)—263.
(R) False killer whale (Pseudorca
crassidens)—502.
(S) Killer whale (Orcinus orca)—499.
(T) Pilot whales (Short-finned pilot or
long-finned) (Globicephala
macrorynchus or G. melas)—127266.
(U) Harbor porpoise (Phocoena
phocoena)—153481.
(iii) Pinnipeds:
(A) Gray seal (Halichoerus grypus)—
7859.
(B) Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina)—
12659.
(C) Hooded seal (Cystophora
cristata)—15718.
(D) Harp seal (Pagophilus
groenlandica)—11002.
(2) Level A Harassment and/or
mortality of no more than 10 beaked
whales (total), of any of the species
listed in § 216.242(c)(1)(ii)(C) over the
course of the 5-year regulations.
§ 216.243
Prohibitions.
No person in connection with the
activities described in § 216.240 may:
(a) Take any marine mammal not
specified in § 216.242(c);
(b) Take any marine mammal
specified in § 216.242(c) other than by
incidental take as specified in
§ 216.242(c)(1) and (2);
(c) Take a marine mammal specified
in § 216.242(c) if such taking results in
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60825
more than a negligible impact on the
species or stocks of such marine
mammal; or
(d) Violate, or fail to comply with, the
terms, conditions, and requirements of
these regulations or a Letter of
Authorization issued under §§ 216.106
and 216.247.
§ 216.244
Mitigation.
(a) The activity identified in
§ 216.240(a) must be conducted in a
manner that minimizes, to the greatest
extent practicable, adverse impacts on
marine mammals and their habitats.
(b) When conducting training,
maintenance, or RDT&E activities and
operating the sound sources identified
in § 216.240(a), the mitigation measures
contained in the Letter of Authorization
issued under §§ 216.106 and 216.247
must be implemented. These mitigation
measures include (but are not limited
to):
(1) Mitigation Measures for ASW and
MIW training:
(i) All lookouts onboard platforms
involved in ASW training events shall
review the NMFS-approved Marine
Species Awareness Training (MSAT)
material prior to use of midfrequency
active sonar.
(ii) All Commanding Officers,
Executive Officers, and officers standing
watch on the Bridge shall review the
MSAT material prior to a training event
employing the use of mid- or high
frequency active sonar.
(iii) Navy lookouts shall undertake
extensive training in order to qualify as
a watchstander in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA, 12968–B).
(iv) Lookout training shall include onthe-job instruction under the
supervision of a qualified, experienced
watchstander. Following successful
completion of this supervised training
period, Lookouts shall complete the
Personal Qualification Standard
program, certifying that they have
demonstrated the necessary skills (such
as detection and reporting of partially
submerged objects).
(v) Lookouts shall be trained in the
most effective means to ensure quick
and effective communication within the
command structure in order to facilitate
implementation of mitigation measures
if marine mammals are spotted.
(vi) On the bridge of surface ships,
there shall always be at least three
people on watch whose duties include
observing the water surface around the
vessel.
(vii) All surface ships participating in
ASW exercises shall, in addition to the
three personnel on watch noted
previously, have at all times during the
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60826
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
exercise at least two additional
personnel on watch as lookouts.
(viii) Personnel on lookout and
officers on watch on the bridge shall
have at least one set of binoculars
available for each person to aid in the
detection of marine mammals.
(ix) On surface vessels equipped with
mid-frequency active sonar, pedestal
mounted ‘‘Big Eye’’ (20x110) binoculars
shall be present and in good working
order.
(x) Personnel on lookout shall employ
visual search procedures employing a
scanning methodology in accordance
with the Lookout Training Handbook
(NAVEDTRA 12968–B). Surface
lookouts would scan the water from the
ship to the horizon and be responsible
for all contacts in their sector. In
searching the assigned sector, the
lookout would always start at the
forward part of the sector and search aft
(toward the back). To search and scan,
the lookout would hold the binoculars
steady so the horizon is in the top third
of the field of vision and direct the eyes
just below the horizon. The lookout
would scan for approximately five
seconds in as many small steps as
possible across the field seen through
the binoculars. They would search the
entire sector in approximately fivedegree steps, pausing between steps for
approximately five seconds to scan the
field of view. At the end of the sector
search, the glasses should be lowered to
allow the eyes to rest for a few seconds,
and then the lookout would search back
across the sector with the naked eye.
(xi) After sunset and prior to sunrise,
lookouts shall employ Night Lookouts
Techniques in accordance with the
Lookout Training Handbook. At night,
lookouts would not sweep the horizon
with their eyes because this method is
not effective when vessel is moving.
Lookouts would scan the horizon in a
series of movements that should allow
their eyes to come to periodic rests as
they scan the sector. When visually
searching at night, they should look a
little to one side and out of the corners
of their eyes, paying attention to the
things on the outer edges of their field
of vision.
(xii) Personnel on lookout shall be
responsible for reporting all objects or
anomalies sighted in the water
(regardless of the distance from the
vessel) to the Officer of the Deck, since
any object or disturbance (e.g., trash,
periscope, surface disturbance,
discoloration) in the water may be
indicative of a threat to the vessel and
its crew or indicative of a marine
species that may need to be avoided as
warranted.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:06 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
(xiii) Commanding Officers shall
make use of marine mammal detection
cues and information to limit
interaction with marine mammals to the
maximum extent possible consistent
with safety of the ship.
(xiv) All personnel engaged in passive
acoustic sonar operation (including
aircraft, surface ships, or submarines)
shall monitor for marine mammal
vocalizations and report the detection of
any marine mammal to the appropriate
watch station for dissemination and
appropriate action.
(xv) Units shall use training lookouts
to survey for marine mammals prior to
commencement and during the use of
active sonar.
(xvi) During operations involving
sonar, personnel shall utilize all
available sensor and optical systems
(such as Night Vision Goggles) to aid in
the detection of marine mammals.
(xvii) Navy aircraft participating in
exercises at sea shall conduct and
maintain, when operationally feasible
and safe, surveillance for marine
mammals as long as it does not violate
safety constraints or interfere with the
accomplishment of primary operational
duties.
(xviii) Aircraft with deployed
sonobuoys shall use only the passive
capability of sonobuoys when marine
mammals are detected within 200 yards
(182 m) of the sonobuoy.
(xix) Marine mammal detections shall
be reported immediately to assigned
Aircraft Control Unit (if participating)
for further dissemination to ships in the
vicinity of the marine mammals. This
action would occur when it is
reasonable to conclude that the course
of the ship will likely close the distance
between the ship and the detected
marine mammal.
(xx) Safety Zones—When marine
mammals are detected by any means
(aircraft, shipboard lookout, or
acoustically) the Navy shall ensure that
sonar transmission levels are limited to
at least 6 dB below normal operating
levels if any detected marine mammals
are within 1000 yards (914 m) of the
sonar dome (the bow).
(A) Ships and submarines shall
continue to limit maximum
transmission levels by this 6-dB factor
until the marine mammal has been seen
to leave the area, has not been detected
for 30 minutes, or the vessel has
transited more than 2,000 yards (1828
m) beyond the location of the last
detection.
(B) Should a marine mammal be
detected within or closing to inside 457
m (500 yd) of the sonar dome, active
sonar transmissions would be limited to
at least 10 dB below the equipment’s
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
normal operating level. Ships and
submarines shall continue to limit
maximum ping levels by this 10-dB
factor until the marine mammal has
been seen to leave the area, has not been
detected for 30 minutes, or the vessel
has transited more than 2000 yards
(1828 m) beyond the location of the last
detection.
(C) Should the marine mammal be
detected within or closing to inside 183
m (200 yd) of the sonar dome, active
sonar transmissions would cease. Sonar
shall not resume until the marine
mammal has been seen to leave the area,
has not been detected for 30 minutes, or
the vessel has transited more than 2,000
yards (1828 m) beyond the location of
the last detection.
(D) If the need for power-down should
arise as detailed in ‘‘Safety Zones’’
above, Navy shall follow the
requirements as though they were
operating at 235 dB—the normal
operating level (i.e., the first powerdown shall be to 229 dB, regardless of
at what level above 235 sonar was being
operated).
(xxi) Prior to start up or restart of
active sonar, operators shall check that
the Safety Zone radius around the
sound source is clear of marine
mammals.
(xxii) Sonar levels (generally)—The
Navy shall operate sonar at the lowest
practicable level, not to exceed 235 dB,
except as required to meet tactical
training objectives.
(xxiii) Helicopters shall observe/
survey the vicinity of an ASW
Operation for 10 minutes before the first
deployment of active (dipping) sonar in
the water.
(xxiv) Helicopters shall not dip their
sonar within 200 yards (183 m) of a
marine mammal and shall cease pinging
if a marine mammal closes within 200
yards (183 m) after pinging has begun.
(xxv) Submarine sonar operators shall
review detection indicators of closeaboard marine mammals prior to the
commencement of ASW training
activities involving active sonar.
(xxvi) Dolphin bowriding—If, after
conducting an initial maneuver to avoid
close quarters with dolphins, the ship
concludes that dolphins are deliberately
closing in on the ship to ride the
vessel’s bow wave, no further mitigation
actions would be necessary because
dolphins are out of the main
transmission axis of the active sonar
while in the shallow-wave area of the
vessel bow.
(xxvii) TORPEXs conducted in the
northeast North Atlantic right whale
critical habitat (as designated in 50 CFR
Part 226) shall implement the below
measures.
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
(A) All torpedo-firing operations shall
take place during daylight hours.
(B) During the conduct of each test,
visual surveys of the test area shall be
conducted by all vessels and aircraft
involved in the exercise to detect the
presence of marine mammals.
Additionally, trained observers shall be
placed on the submarine, spotter
aircraft, and the surface support vessel.
All participants shall report sightings of
any marine mammals, including
negative reports, prior to torpedo firings.
Reporting requirements shall be
outlined in the test plans and
procedures written for each individual
exercise, and shall be emphasized as
part of pre-exercise briefings conducted
with all participants.
(C) Observers shall receive NMFSapproved training in field identification,
distribution, and relevant behaviors of
marine mammals of the western north
Atlantic. Observers shall fill out
Standard Sighting Forms and the data
shall be housed at the Naval Undersea
Warfare Center Division Newport
(NUWCDIVNPT). Any sightings of
North Atlantic right whales shall be
immediately communicated to the
Sighting Advisory System (SAS). All
platforms shall have onboard a copy of:
(1) The Guide to Marine Mammals
and Turtles of the US Atlantic and Gulf
of Mexico (Wynne and Schwartz 1999).
(2) The NMFS Critical Sightings
Program placard.
(3) Right Whales, Guidelines to
Mariners placard.
(D) In addition to the visual
surveillance discussed above, dedicated
aerial surveys shall be conducted
utilizing a fixed-wing aircraft. An
aircraft with an overhead wing (i.e.,
Cessna Skymaster or similar) shall be
used to facilitate a clear view of the test
area. Two trained observers, in addition
to the pilot, shall be embarked on the
aircraft. Surveys shall be conducted at
an approximate altitude of 1000 ft (305
m) flying parallel track lines at a
separation of 1 nmi (1.85 km), or as
necessary to facilitate good visual
coverage of the sea surface. While
conducting surveillance, the aircraft
shall maintain an approximate speed of
100 knots (185 km/hr). Since factors that
affect visibility are highly dependent on
the specific time of day of the survey,
the flight operator will have the
flexibility to adjust the flight pattern to
reduce glare and improve visibility. The
entire test site shall be surveyed
initially, but once preparations are being
made for an actual test launch, survey
effort shall be concentrated over the
vicinity of the individual test location.
Further, for approximately ten minutes
immediately prior to launch, the aircraft
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
shall racetrack back and forth between
the launch vessel and the target vessel.
(E) Commencement of an individual
torpedo test scenario shall not occur
until observers from all vessels and
aircraft involved in the exercise have
reported to the Officer in Tactical
Command (OTC) and the OTC has
declared that the range is clear of
marine mammals. Should marine
mammals be present within or seen
moving toward the test area, the test
shall be either delayed or moved as
required to avoid interference with the
animals.
(F) The TORPEX shall be suspended
if the Beaufort Sea State exceeds 3 or if
visibility precludes safe operations.
(G) Vessel speeds:
(1) During transit through the
northeastern North Atlantic right whale
critical habitat, surface vessels and
submarines shall maintain a speed of no
more than 10 knots (19 km/hr) while not
actively engaged in the exercise
procedures.
(2) During TORPEX operations, a
firing vessel should, where feasible, not
exceed 10 knots. When a submarine is
used as a target, vessel speeds should,
where feasible, not exceed 18 knots.
However, on occasion, when surface
vessels are used as targets, the vessel
may exceed 18 kts in order to fully test
the functionality of the torpedoes. This
increased speed would occur for a short
period of time (e.g., 10–15 minutes) to
evade the torpedo when fired upon.
(H) In the event of an animal strike,
or if an animal is discovered that
appears to be in distress, the Navy shall
immediately report the discovery
through the appropriate Navy chain of
Command.
(xxviii) The Navy shall abide by the
following additional measures:
(A) The Navy shall avoid planning
major exercises in the specified
planning awareness areas (PAAs—see
Figure 2 of this Subpart) where feasible.
Should national security require the
conduct of more than four major
exercises (C2X, JTFEX, SEASWITI, or
similar scale event) in these areas
(meaning all or a portion of the exercise)
per year the Navy shall provide NMFS
with prior notification and include the
information in any associated afteraction or monitoring reports.
(B) The Navy shall conduct no more
than one of the four above-mentioned
major exercises (COMPTUEX, JTFEX,
SEASWITI or similar scale event) per
year in the Gulf of Mexico to the extent
operationally feasible. If national
security needs require more than one
major exercise to be conducted in the
Gulf of Mexico PAAs, the Navy shall
provide NMFS with prior notification
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60827
and include the information in any
associated after-action or monitoring
reports.
(C) The Navy shall include the PAAs
in the Navy’s Protective Measures
Assessment Protocol (PMAP)
(implemented by the Navy for use in the
protection of the marine environment)
for unit level situational awareness (i.e.,
exercises other than COMPTUEX,
JTFEX, SEASWITI) and planning
purposes.
(D) Helicopter Dipping Sonar—Unless
otherwise dictated by national security
needs, the Navy shall minimize
helicopter dipping sonar activities
within the southeastern areas of North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat (as
designated in 50 CFR Part 226) from
November 15–April 15.
(E) Object Detection Exercises—The
Navy shall implement the following
measures regarding object detection
activities in the southeastern areas of
the North Atlantic right whale critical
habitat:
(1) The Navy shall reduce the time
spent conducting object detection
exercises in the NARW critical habitat;
(2) Prior to conducting surface ship
object detection exercises in the
southeastern areas of the North Atlantic
right whale critical habitat during the
time of November 15—April 15, ships
shall contact FACSFACJAX to obtain
the latest right whale sighting
information. FACSFACJAX shall advise
ships of all reported whale sightings in
the vicinity of the critical habitat and
associated areas of concern (which
extend 9 km (5 NM) seaward of the
designated critical habitat boundaries).
To the extent operationally feasible,
ships shall avoid conducting training in
the vicinity of recently sighted right
whales. Ships shall maneuver to
maintain at least 500 yards separation
from any observed whale, consistent
with the safety of the ship.
(xxix) The Navy shall abide by the
letter of the ‘‘Stranding Response Plan
for Major Navy Training Exercises in the
AFAST Study Area’’ (available at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm), to include the
following measures:
(A) Shutdown Procedures—When an
Uncommon Stranding Event (USE—
defined in § 216.241) occurs during a
Major Training Exercise (MTE,
including SEASWITI, IAC, Group Sails,
JTFEX, or COMPTUEX) in the AFAST
Study Area, the Navy shall implement
the procedures described below.
(1) The Navy shall implement a
Shutdown (as defined § 216.241) when
advised by a NMFS Office of Protected
Resources Headquarters Senior Official
designated in the AFAST Stranding
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60828
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Communication Protocol that a USE
involving live animals has been
identified and that at least one live
animal is located in the water. NMFS
and Navy shall communicate, as
needed, regarding the identification of
the USE and the potential need to
implement shutdown procedures.
(2) Any shutdown in a given area
shall remain in effect in that area until
NMFS advises the Navy that the
subject(s) of the USE at that area die or
are euthanized, or that all live animals
involved in the USE at that area have
left the area (either of their own volition
or herded).
(3) If the Navy finds an injured or
dead animal of any species other than
North Atlantic right whale floating at
sea during an MTE, the Navy shall
notify NMFS immediately or as soon as
operational security considerations
allow. The Navy shall provide NMFS
with species or description of the
animal (s), the condition of the animal
(s) including carcass condition if the
animal(s) is/are dead), location, time of
first discovery, observed behaviors (if
alive), and photo or video (if available).
Based on the information provided,
NMFS shall determine if, and advise the
Navy whether a modified shutdown is
appropriate on a case-by-case basis.
(4) If the Navy finds an injured (or
entangled) right whale floating at sea
during an MTE, the Navy shall
implement shutdown procedures (14 or
17 nm, as defined below) around the
animal immediately (without waiting
for notification from NMFS). The Navy
shall then notify NMFS (pursuant to the
AFAST Communication Protocol, which
is still in development) immediately or
as soon as operational security
considerations allow. The Navy shall
provide NMFS with species or
description of the animal (s), the
condition of the animal (s) including
carcass condition if the animal(s) is/are
dead), location, time of first discovery,
observed behaviors (if alive), and photo
or video (if available). Subsequent to the
discovery of the injured whale, any
Navy platforms in the area shall report
any right whale sightings to NMFS (or
to a contact that can alert NMFS as soon
as possible). Based on the information
provided, NMFS may initiate/organize
an aerial survey (by requesting the
Navy’s assistance pursuant to the MOA
(see (xxix)(C) below) or by other
available means) to see if other right
whales are in the vicinity. Based on the
information provided by the Navy and,
if necessary, the outcome of the aerial
surveys, NMFS shall determine whether
a continued shutdown is appropriate on
a case-by-case basis. Though it will be
determined on a case-by-case basis after
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
Navy/NMFS discussion of the situation,
NMFS anticipates that the shutdown
will continue within 14 or 17 nm of a
live, injured/entangled right whale until
the animal dies or has not been seen for
at least 3 hours (either by NMFS staff
attending the injured animal or Navy
personnel monitoring the area around
where the animal was last sighted).
(5) If the Navy finds a dead right
whale floating at sea during an MTE, the
Navy shall notify NMFS (pursuant to
AFAST Stranding Communication
Protocol, which is still in development)
immediately or as soon as operational
security considerations allow. The Navy
shall provide NMFS with species or
description of the animal (s), the
condition of the animal (s) including
carcass condition if the animal(s) is/are
dead), location, time of first discovery,
observed behaviors (if alive), and photo
or video (if available). Subsequent to the
discovery of the dead whale, if the Navy
is operating sonar in the area they shall
use increased vigilance (in looking for
right whales) and all platforms in the
area shall report sightings of right
whales to NMFS as soon as possible.
Based on the information provided,
NMFS may initiate/organize an aerial
survey (by requesting the Navy’s
assistance pursuant to the memorandum
of agreement (see (xxix)(C) below) or by
other available means) to see if other
right whales are in the vicinity. Based
on the information provided by the
Navy and, if necessary, the outcome of
the aerial surveys, NMFS will determine
whether any additional protective
measures are necessary on a case-bycase basis.
(6) In the event, following a USE, that:
(a) Qualified individuals are attempting
to herd animals back out to the open
ocean and animals are not willing to
leave, or (b) animals are seen repeatedly
heading for the open ocean but turning
back to shore, NMFS and the Navy
should coordinate (including an
investigation of other potential
anthropogenic stressors in the area) to
determine if the proximity of MFAS/
HFAS training activities or explosive
detonations, though farther than 14 or
17 nm from the distressed animal(s), is
likely decreasing the likelihood that the
animals return to the open water. If so,
NMFS and the Navy shall further
coordinate to determine what measures
are necessary to further minimize that
likelihood and implement those
measures as appropriate.
(B) Within 72 hours of NMFS
notifying the Navy of the presence of a
USE, the Navy shall provide available
information to NMFS (per the AFAST
Communication Protocol) regarding the
location, number and types of acoustic/
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
explosive sources, direction and speed
of units using MFAS/HFAS, and marine
mammal sightings information
associated with training activities
occurring within 80 nm (148 km) and 72
hours prior to the USE event.
Information not initially available
regarding the 80 nm (148 km), 72 hours,
period prior to the event shall be
provided as soon as it becomes
available. The Navy shall provide NMFS
investigative teams with additional
relevant unclassified information as
requested, if available.
(C) Memorandum of Agreement
(MOA)—The Navy and NMFS shall
develop an MOA, or other mechanism
consistent with federal fiscal law
requirements (and all other applicable
laws), that allows the Navy to assist
NMFS with the Phase 1 and 2
Investigations of USEs through the
provision of in-kind services, such as
(but not limited to) the use of plane/
boat/truck for transport of personnel
involved in the stranding response or
investigation or animals, use of Navy
property for necropsies or burial, or
assistance with aerial surveys to discern
the extent of a USE. The Navy may
assist NMFS with the Investigations by
providing one or more of the in-kind
services outlined in the MOA, when
available and logistically feasible and
when the assistance does not negatively
affect Fleet operational commitments.
(2) Mitigation for IEER—The
following are protective measures for
use with Extended Echo Ranging/
Improved Extended Echo Ranging (EER/
IEER) given an explosive source
generates the acoustic wave used in this
sonobuoy.
(i) Navy crews shall conduct visual
reconnaissance of the drop area prior to
laying their intended sonobuoy pattern.
This search should be conducted below
500 yards (457 m) at a slow speed, if
operationally feasible and weather
conditions permit. In dual aircraft
training activities, crews are allowed to
conduct coordinated area clearances.
(ii) Navy crews shall conduct a
minimum of 30 minutes of visual and
acoustic monitoring of the search area
prior to commanding the first post
detonation. This 30-minute observation
period may include pattern deployment
time.
(iii) For any part of the briefed pattern
where a post (source/receiver sonobuoy
pair) will be deployed within 1,000
yards (914 m) of observed marine
mammal activity, deploy the receiver
ONLY and monitor while conducting a
visual search. When marine mammals
are no longer detected within 1,000
yards (914 m) of the intended post
position, co-locate the explosive source
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
sonobuoy (AN/SSQ–110A) (source) with
the receiver.
(iv) When able, Navy crews shall
conduct continuous visual and aural
monitoring of marine mammal activity.
This is to include monitoring of ownaircraft sensors from first sensor
placement to checking off station and
out of communication range of these
sensors.
(v) Aural Detection: If the presence of
marine mammals is detected aurally,
then that should cue the aircrew to
increase the diligence of their visual
surveillance. Subsequently, if no marine
mammals are visually detected, then the
Navy crew may continue multi-static
active search.
(vi) Visual Detection:
(A) If marine mammals are visually
detected within 1,000 yards (914 m) of
the explosive source sonobuoy (AN/
SSQ–110A) intended for use, then that
payload shall not be detonated.
(B) Navy Aircrews may utilize this
post once the marine mammals have not
been re-sighted for 30 minutes, or are
observed to have moved outside the
1,000 yards (914 m) safety buffer.
(C) Navy Aircrews may shift their
multi-static active search to another
post, where marine mammals are
outside the 1,000 yards (914 m) safety
buffer.
(vii) Navy Aircrews shall make every
attempt to manually detonate the
unexploded charges at each post in the
pattern prior to departing the operations
area by using the ‘‘Payload 1 Release’’
command followed by the ‘‘Payload 2
Release’’ command. Aircrews shall
refrain from using the ‘‘Scuttle’’
command when two payloads remain at
a given post. Aircrews shall ensure that
a 1,000 yard (914 m) safety buffer,
visually clear of marine mammals, is
maintained around each post as is done
during active search operations.
(viii) Navy Aircrews shall only leave
posts with unexploded charges in the
event of a sonobuoy malfunction, an
aircraft system malfunction, or when an
aircraft must immediately depart the
area due to issues such as fuel
constraints, inclement weather, and inflight emergencies. In these cases, the
sonobuoy will self-scuttle using the
secondary or tertiary method.
(ix) The navy shall ensure all
payloads are accounted for. Explosive
source sonobuoys (AN/SSQ–110A) that
cannot be scuttled shall be reported as
unexploded ordnance via voice
communications while airborne, then
upon landing via naval message.
(x) Mammal monitoring shall
continue until out of own-aircraft sensor
range.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
(3) Protective Measures related to
Vessel Transit and North Atlantic Right
Whales.
(i) Mid-Atlantic, Offshore of the
Eastern United States.
(A) All Navy vessels are required to
use extreme caution and operate at a
slow, safe speed consistent with mission
and safety during the months indicated
below and within a 37 km (20 nm) arc
(except as noted) of the specified
associated reference points:
(1) South and East of Block Island (37
km (20 NM) seaward of line between
41–4.49 N. lat. 071–51.15 W. long. and
41–18.58 N. lat. 070–50.23 W. long):
Sept–Oct and Mar–Apr.
(2) New York / New Jersey (40–30.64
N. lat. 073–57.76 W. long.): Sep–Oct and
Feb–Apr.
(3) Delaware Bay (Philadelphia) (38–
52.13 N. lat. 075–1.93 W. long.): Oct–
Dec and Feb–Mar.
(4) Chesapeake Bay (Hampton Roads
and Baltimore) (37–1.11 . lat. 075–57.56
W. long.): Nov–Dec and Feb–Apr.
(5) North Carolina (34–41.54 N. lat.
076–40.20 W. long.): Dec–Apr.
(6) South Carolina (33–11.84 N. lat.
079–8.99 W. long. and 32–43.39 N. lat.
079–48.72 W. long.): Oct–Apr.
(B) During the months indicated in
(A), above, Navy vessels shall practice
increased vigilance with respect to
avoidance of vessel-whale interactions
along the mid-Atlantic coast, including
transits to and from any mid-Atlantic
ports not specifically identified above.
(C) All surface units transiting within
56 km (30 NM) of the coast in the midAtlantic shall ensure at least two
watchstanders are posted, including at
least one lookout who has completed
required MSAT training.
(D) Navy vessels shall not knowingly
approach any whale head on and shall
maneuver to keep at least 457 m (1,500
ft) away from any observed whale,
consistent with vessel safety.
(ii) Southeast Atlantic, Offshore of the
Eastern United States—for the purposes
of the measures below (within (ii)), the
‘‘southeast’’ encompasses sea space
from Charleston, South Carolina,
southward to Sebastian Inlet, Florida,
and from the coast seaward to 148 km
(80 NM) from shore. North Atlantic right
whale critical habitat is the area from
31–15 N. lat. to 30–15 N. lat. extending
from the coast out to 28 km (15 NM),
and the area from 28–00 N. lat. to 30–
15 N. lat. from the coast out to 9 km (5
NM). All mitigation measures described
here that apply to the critical habitat
also apply to an associated area of
concern which extends 9 km (5 NM)
seaward of the designated critical
habitat boundaries.
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60829
(A) Prior to transiting or training in
the critical habitat or associated area of
concern, ships shall contact Fleet Area
Control and Surveillance Facility,
Jacksonville, to obtain latest whale
sighting and other information needed
to make informed decisions regarding
safe speed and path of intended
movement. Subs shall contact
Commander, Submarine Group Ten for
similar information.
(B) The following specific mitigation
measures apply to activities occurring
within the critical habitat and an
associated area of concern which
extends 9 km (5 NM) seaward of the
designated critical habitat boundaries:
(1) When transiting within the critical
habitat or associated area of concern,
vessels shall exercise extreme caution
and proceed at a slow safe speed. The
speed shall be the slowest safe speed
that is consistent with mission, training
and operations.
(2) Speed reductions (adjustments) are
required when a whale is sighted by a
vessel or when the vessel is within 9 km
(5 NM) of a reported new sighting less
then 12 hours old.
(3) Additionally, circumstances could
arise where, in order to avoid North
Atlantic right whale(s), speed
reductions could mean vessel must
reduce speed to a minimum at which it
can safely keep on course or vessels
could come to an all stop.
(4) Vessels shall avoid head-on
approaches to North Atlantic right
whale(s) and shall maneuver to
maintain at least 457 m (500 yd) of
separation from any observed whale if
deemed safe to do so. These
requirements do not apply if a vessel’s
safety is threatened, such as when a
change of course would create an
imminent and serious threat to a person,
vessel, or aircraft, and to the extent
vessels are restricted in the ability to
maneuver.
(5) Ships shall not transit through the
critical habitat or associated area of
concern in a North-South direction.
(6) Ships, surfaced subs, and aircraft
shall report any whale sightings to Fleet
Area Control and Surveillance Facility,
Jacksonville, by the most convenient
and fastest means. The sighting report
shall include the time, latitude/
longitude, direction of movement and
number and description of whale (i.e.,
adult/calf).
(iii) Northeast Atlantic, Offshore of
the Eastern United States
(A) Prior to transiting the Great South
Channel or Cape Cod Bay critical habitat
areas, ships shall obtain the latest right
whale sightings and other information
needed to make informed decisions
regarding safe speed. The Great South
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60830
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Channel critical habitat is defined by
the following coordinates: 41–00 N. lat.,
69–05 W. long.; 41–45 N. lat, 69–45 W.
long; 42–10 N. lat., 68–31 W. long.; 41–
38 N. lat., 68–13 W. long.. The Cape Cod
Bay critical habitat is defined by the
following coordinates: 42–04.8 N. lat.,
70–10 W. long.; 42–12 N. lat., 70–15 W.
long.; 42–12 N. lat., 70–30 W. long.; 41–
46.8 N. lat., 70–30 W. long.
(B) Ships, surfaced subs, and aircraft
shall report any North Atlantic right
whale sightings (if the whale is
identifiable as a right whale) off the
northeastern U.S. to Patrol and
Reconnaissance Wing
(COMPATRECONWING). The report
shall include the time of sighting, lat/
long, direction of movement (if
apparent) and number and description
of the whale(s).
(C) Vessels or aircraft that observe
whale carcasses shall record the
location and time of the sighting and
report this information as soon as
possible to the cognizant regional
environmental coordinator. All whale
strikes must be reported. This report
shall include the date, time, and
location of the strike; vessel course and
speed; operations being conducted by
the vessel; weather conditions,
visibility, and sea state; description of
the whale; narrative of incident; and
indication of whether photos/videos
were taken. Navy personnel are
encouraged to take photos whenever
possible.
(D) Specific mitigation measures
related to activities occurring within the
critical habitat include the following:
(1) Vessels shall avoid head-on
approaches to North Atlantic right
whale(s) and shall maneuver to
maintain at least 457 m (500 yd) of
separation from any observed whale if
deemed safe to do so. These
requirements do not apply if a vessel’s
safety is threatened, such as when
change of course would create an
imminent and serious threat to person,
vessel, or aircraft, and to the extent
vessels are restricted in the ability to
maneuver.
(2) When transiting within the critical
habitat or associated area of concern,
vessels shall use extreme caution and
operate at a safe speed so as to be able
to avoid collisions with North Atlantic
right whales and other marine
mammals, and stop within a distance
appropriate to the circumstances and
conditions.
(3) Speed reductions (adjustments) are
required when a whale is sighted by a
vessel or when the vessel is within 9 km
(5 NM) of a reported new sighting less
than one week old.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
(4) Ships transiting in the Cape Cod
Bay and Great South Channel critical
habitats shall obtain information on
recent whale sightings in the vicinity of
the critical habitat. Any vessel operating
in the vicinity of a North Atlantic right
whale shall consider additional speed
reductions as per Rule 6 of International
Navigational Rules.
§ 216.245 Requirements for monitoring
and reporting.
(a) The Navy is required to cooperate
with the NMFS, and any other Federal,
state or local agency monitoring the
impacts of the activity on marine
mammals.
(b) As outlined in the AFAST
Stranding Communication Plan, the
Navy must notify NMFS immediately
(or as soon as clearance procedures
allow) if the specified activity identified
in § 216.240(b) is thought to have
resulted in the mortality or injury of any
marine mammals, or in any take of
marine mammals not identified in
§ 216.240(c).
(c) The Navy must conduct all
monitoring and/or research required
under the Letter of Authorization
including abiding by the letter of the
AFAST Monitoring Plan, which requires
the Navy to implement, at a minimum,
the monitoring activities summarized in
Table 1 to subpart V to this part (and
described in more detail in the AFAST
Monitoring Plan, which may be viewed
at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
permits/incidental.htm).
(d) Report on Monitoring required in
sub-paragraph (c) of this section—The
Navy shall submit a report annually on
September 1 describing the
implementation and results (through
June 1 of the same year) of the
monitoring required in paragraph c,
above. Standard marine species sighting
forms shall be used by the Navy to
standardize data collection and data
collection methods will be standardized
across ranges to allow for comparison in
different geographic locations.
(e) IEER exercises—A yearly report
detailing the number of exercises along
with the hours of associated marine
mammal survey and associated marine
mammal sightings, number of times
employment was delayed by marine
mammal sightings, and the number of
total detonated charges and self-scuttled
charges shall be submitted to NMFS.
(f) MFAS/HFAS exercises—The Navy
shall submit an After Action Report to
the Office of Protected Resources,
NMFS, within 120 days of the
completion of any Major Training
Exercise (SEASWITI, IAC, COMPTUEX,
JTFEX, but not Group Sails). For other
ASW and MIW exercises, the Navy shall
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
submit a yearly summary report. These
reports shall, at a minimum, include the
following information:
(1) The estimated number of hours of
sonar operation, subdivided by source
type;
(2) The total number of hours of
observation effort (including
observation time when sonar was not
operating), if obtainable;
(3) All marine mammal sightings (at
any distance—not just within a
particular distance) to include, when
possible, and if not classified:
(i) Species.
(ii) Number of animals sighted.
(iii) Geographic location of marine
mammal sighting.
(iv) Distance of animal from any ship
with observers.
(v) Whether animal is fore, aft, port,
or starboard.
(vi) Direction of animal movement in
relation to boat (towards, away,
parallel).
(vii) Any observed behaviors of
marine mammals.
(4) The status of any sonar sources
(what sources were in use) and whether
or not they were powered down or shut
down as a result of the marine mammal
observation.
(5) The platform that the marine
mammals were initially sighted from.
(g) AFAST Comprehensive Report—
The Navy shall submit to NMFS a draft
report that analyzes and summarizes all
of the multi-year marine mammal
information gathered during all training
for which individual reports are
required in § 216.145 (d–f). This report
shall be submitted at the end of the
fourth year of the rule (November 2012),
covering activities that have occurred
through June 1, 2012.
(h) The Navy shall respond to NMFS
comments on the draft comprehensive
report if NMFS provides the Navy with
comments on the draft report within 3
months of receipt. The report shall be
considered final after the Navy has
addressed NMFS’ comments, or three
months after the submittal of the draft
if NMFS does not comment by then.
(i) Comprehensive National Sonar
Report—By June, 2014, the Navy shall
submit a draft National Report that
analyzes, compares, and summarizes the
active sonar data gathered from the
watchstanders and pursuant to the
implementation of the Monitoring Plans
for AFAST, the Hawaii Range Complex
(HRC), the Southern California (SOCAL)
Range Complex, the Marianas Range
Complex, and the Northwest Training
Range.
(j) The Navy shall respond to NMFS
comments on the draft comprehensive
report if NMFS provides the Navy with
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
comments on the draft report within 3
months of receipt. The report will be
considered final after the Navy has
addressed NMFS’ comments, or three
months after the submittal of the draft
if NMFS does not comment by then.
§ 216.246 Applications for Letters of
Authorization.
To incidentally take marine mammals
pursuant to these regulations, the Navy
conducting the activity identified in
§ 216.240(a) must apply for and obtain
either an initial Letter of Authorization
in accordance with §§ 216.247 or a
renewal under § 216.248.
§ 216.247
Letter of Authorization.
(a) A Letter of Authorization, unless
suspended or revoked, will be valid for
a period of time not to exceed the period
of validity of this subpart, but must be
renewed annually subject to annual
renewal conditions in § 216.248.
(b) Each Letter of Authorization shall
set forth:
(1) Permissible methods of incidental
taking;
(2) Means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on the
species, its habitat, and on the
availability of the species for
subsistence uses (i.e., mitigation); and
(3) Requirements for mitigation,
monitoring and reporting.
(c) Issuance and renewal of the Letter
of Authorization shall be based on a
determination that the total number of
marine mammals taken by the activity
as a whole will have no more than a
negligible impact on the affected species
or stock of marine mammal(s).
§ 216.248 Renewal of Letters of
Authorization and adaptive management.
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
(a) A Letter of Authorization issued
under § 216.106 and § 216.147 for the
activity identified in § 216.140(c) will be
renewed annually upon:
(1) Notification to NMFS that the
activity described in the application
submitted under § 216.246 will be
undertaken and that there will not be a
substantial modification to the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
described work, mitigation or
monitoring undertaken during the
upcoming 12 months;
(2) Receipt of the monitoring reports
and notifications within the indicated
timeframes required under § 216.245(b–
j); and
(3) A determination by the NMFS that
the mitigation, monitoring and reporting
measures required under § 216.244 and
the Letter of Authorization issued under
§§ 216.106 and 216.247, were
undertaken and will be undertaken
during the upcoming annual period of
validity of a renewed Letter of
Authorization.
(b) Adaptive Management—Based on
new information, NMFS may modify or
augment the existing mitigation
measures if new data suggests that such
modifications would have a reasonable
likelihood of reducing adverse effects to
marine mammals and if the measures
are practicable. Similarly, NMFS may
coordinate with the Navy to modify or
augment the existing monitoring
requirements if the new data suggest
that the addition of a particular measure
would likely fill in a specifically
important data gap. The following are
some possible sources of new and
applicable data:
(1) Results from the Navy’s
monitoring from the previous year
(either from the AFAST Study Area or
other locations);
(2) Results from specific stranding
investigations (either from the AFAST
Study Area or other locations, and
involving coincident MFAS/HFAS
training or not involving coincident use)
or NMFS’ long term prospective
stranding investigation discussed in the
preamble to this proposed rule;
(3) Results from general marine
mammal and sound research (funded by
the Navy or otherwise).
(c) If a request for a renewal of a Letter
of Authorization issued under
§§ 216.106 and 216.248 indicates that a
substantial modification to the
described work, mitigation or
monitoring undertaken during the
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
60831
upcoming season will occur, or if NMFS
utilizes the adaptive management
mechanism addressed in (b) above to
modify or augment the mitigation or
monitoring measures, the NMFS shall
provide the public a period of 30 days
for review and comment on the request.
Review and comment on renewals of
Letters of Authorization would be
restricted to:
(1) New cited information and data
indicating that the determinations made
in this document are in need of
reconsideration, and
(2) Proposed changes to the mitigation
and monitoring requirements contained
in these regulations or in the current
Letter of Authorization.
(c) A notice of issuance or denial of
a renewal of a Letter of Authorization
will be published in the Federal
Register.
§ 216.249 Modifications to Letters of
Authorization.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section, no substantive
modification (including withdrawal or
suspension) to the Letter of
Authorization by NMFS, issued
pursuant to §§ 216.106 and 216.247 and
subject to the provisions of this subpart,
shall be made until after notification
and an opportunity for public comment
has been provided. For purposes of this
paragraph, a renewal of a Letter of
Authorization under § 216.248, without
modification (except for the period of
validity), is not considered a substantive
modification.
(b) If the Assistant Administrator
determines that an emergency exists
that poses a significant risk to the wellbeing of the species or stocks of marine
mammals specified in § 216.240(b), a
Letter of Authorization issued pursuant
to §§ 216.106 and 216.247 may be
substantively modified without prior
notification and an opportunity for
public comment. Notification will be
published in the Federal Register
within 30 days subsequent to the action.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.023
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
60832
60833
[FR Doc. E8–23617 Filed 10–10–08; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
VerDate Aug<31>2005
16:47 Oct 10, 2008
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\14OCP2.SGM
14OCP2
EP14OC08.024
sroberts on PROD1PC70 with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 / Proposed Rules
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 73, Number 199 (Tuesday, October 14, 2008)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 60754-60833]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E8-23617]
[[Page 60753]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 216
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; U.S. Navy's Atlantic Fleet Active
Sonar Training (AFAST); Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 73, No. 199 / Tuesday, October 14, 2008 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 60754]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 216
[Docket No. 0080724897-8900-01]
RIN 0648-AW90
Taking and Importing Marine Mammals; U.S. Navy's Atlantic Fleet
Active Sonar Training (AFAST)
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the U.S. Navy (Navy) for
authorization to take marine mammals incidental to training activities
conducted off the U.S. Atlantic Coast and in the Gulf of Mexico for the
period of January 2009 through January 2014. Pursuant to the Marine
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is proposing regulations to govern
that take and requesting information, suggestions, and comments on
these proposed regulations.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than November
13, 2008.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by 0648-AW90, by any one
of the following methods:
Electronic Submissions: Submit all electronic public
comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal https://www.regulations.gov.
Hand delivery or mailing of paper, disk, or CD-ROM
comments should be addressed to Michael Payne, Chief, Permits,
Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver
Spring, MD 20910-3225.
Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted to https://www.regulations.gov without
change. All Personal Identifying Information (for example, name,
address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly
accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or
otherwise sensitive or protected information.
NMFS will accept anonymous comments Enter N/A in the required
fields, if you wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic
comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or
Adobe PDF file formats only.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jolie Harrison, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 713-2289, ext. 166.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Availability
A copy of the Navy's application may be obtained by writing to the
address specified above (See ADDRESSES), telephoning the contact listed
above (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the Internet
at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. The Navy's
Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) for AFAST was published on
February 15, 2008, and may be viewed at https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
permits/incidental.htm. NMFS is participating in the development of the
Navy's EIS as a cooperating agency under NEPA.
Background
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) to allow, upon request,
the incidental, but not intentional taking of marine mammals by U.S.
citizens, who engage in a specified activity (other than commercial
fishing) during periods of not more than five consecutive years each if
certain findings are made and regulations are issued or, if the taking
is limited to harassment, notice of a proposed authorization is
provided to the public for review.
Authorization shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will
have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or
stock(s) for subsistence uses, and if the permissible methods of taking
and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting
of such taking are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in
50 CFR 216.103 as:
``an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.''
The National Defense Authorization Act of 2004 (NDAA) (Pub. L. 108-
136) removed the ``small numbers'' and ``specified geographical
region'' limitations and amended the definition of ``harassment'' as it
applies to a ``military readiness activity'' to read as follows
(Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA):
(i) any act that injures or has the significant potential to
injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A
Harassment]; or
(ii) any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of
natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to
a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or
significantly altered [Level B Harassment].
Summary of Request
On February 4, 2008, NMFS received an application from the Navy
requesting authorization for the take of individuals of 40 species of
marine mammals incidental to upcoming Navy training activities,
maintenance, and research, development, testing, and evaluation (RDT&E)
activities to be conducted within the AFAST Study Area, which extends
east from the Atlantic Coast of the U.S. to 45[deg] W. long. and south
from the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Coasts to approximately 23[deg] N.
lat., but not encompassing the Bahamas (see Figure 1-1 in the Navy's
Application), over the course of 5 years. These training activities are
classified as military readiness activities. The Navy states, and NMFS
concurs, that these training activities may incidentally take marine
mammals present within the AFAST Study Area by exposing them to sound
from mid-frequency or high frequency active sonar (MFAS/HFAS) or to
employment of the improved extended echo ranging (IEER) system. The
IEER consists of an explosive source sonobuoy (AN/SSQ-110A) and an air
deployable active receiver (ADAR) sonobuoy (AN/SSQ-101). The Navy
requests authorization to take individuals of 40 species of marine
mammals by Level B Harassment. Further, though they do not anticipate
it to occur, the Navy requests authorization to take, by injury or
mortality, up to 10 beaked whales over the course of the 5-yr
regulations.
Background of Navy Request
The purpose of the Navy's proposed action is to provide mid- and
high-frequency active sonar and IEER system training for U.S. Navy
Atlantic Fleet ship, submarine, and aircraft crews, as well as to
conduct RDT&E activities to support the requirements of the Fleet
Readiness Training Plan (FRTP) and stay proficient in anti-submarine
warfare (ASW) and mine warfare (MIW) skills. The FRTP is the Navy's
training cycle that requires naval forces to build up in preparation
for operational deployment and to maintain a high level of proficiency
and readiness while deployed. All phases of the FRTP training cycle are
needed to meet Title 10 requirements.
[[Page 60755]]
The Navy's need for training and RDT&E is found in Title 10 of the
United States Code (U.S.C.), Section 5062 (10 U.S.C. 5062). Title 10
U.S.C. 5062 requires the Navy to be ``organized, trained, and equipped
primarily for prompt and sustained combat incident to operations at
sea.'' The current and emerging training and RDT&E activities addressed
in the AFAST Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)/Overseas
Environmental Impact Statement (OEIS) are conducted in fulfillment of
this legal requirement.
The RDT&E activities addressed in the AFAST EIS/OEIS are those
RDT&E activities that are substantially similar to training, involving
existing systems or systems with similar operating parameters.
Description of Specified Activities
Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW) Training
The Navy explains that potential adversary nations are investing
heavily in submarine technology, including designs for nuclear attack
submarines, strategic ballistic missile submarines, and modern diesel
electric submarines. In addition, the modern diesel electric submarine
is the most cost-effective platform for the delivery of several types
of weapons, including torpedoes, long-range antiship cruise missiles,
land attack missiles, and a variety of antiship mines. Since submarines
are inherently covert and can operate independently of escort vessels,
submarines can be used to conduct intrusive operations in sensitive
areas and can be inserted early in the mission without being detected.
The inability to detect a hostile submarine before it can launch a
missile or a torpedo is a critical vulnerability that puts U.S. forces
and merchant mariners at risk and, ultimately, threatens U.S. national
security.
Because Navy personnel ultimately fight as trained, a training
environment that matches the conditions of actual combat is necessary.
Sailors must also train using the combat tools (e.g., active sonar)
that would be used during a conflict. A complicating factor facing the
Navy today is the nature of the littoral waters where submarines can
operate. These littoral regions are frequently confined, congested
water and air space, which makes identification of allies, adversaries,
and neutral parties more challenging than in deeper waters. Since an
adversary equipped with modern, quiet submarines has the potential to
deny all Department of Defense (DoD) forces access to strategic areas
of the world, the value of active sonar training has broad effects for
all DoD forces.
Mine Warfare (MIW) Training
The use of naval mines is one of the simplest ways for enemies to
damage ships and disrupt shipping lanes. Over the past 60 years, at
least 14 U.S. ships, including two in the last decade alone, have been
damaged or sunk by mines as a result of relatively small-scale mine
laying operations. Furthermore, since more than 90 percent of military
equipment used in international operations travels by sea, mines have
the potential to either delay land and sea military operations by
denying access to shallow-water areas, or prevent the delivery of
military equipment altogether.
Today, the Navy can expect to encounter a wide spectrum of naval
mines, from traditional, low technology mines, to technologically
advanced systems. For instance, mines can have irregular shapes, sound-
absorbent coatings, and nonmagnetic material composition, which
increase their resistance to countermeasures and reduce their
maintenance requirements. This means that mines can stay active in the
water longer, are harder to find and are more difficult to neutralize
(disarm with the use of countermeasures). More advanced mines are
designed with remote controls, improved sensors, and counter
countermeasures that further complicate efforts to identify, classify,
and neutralize them. In addition to improved mine technology, the
underwater acoustic conditions often present in shallow waters require
the use of specialized technology to successfully detect, avoid, and
neutralize mines (DON, 2006a).
Training on MIW sonar is crucial because mines are a proven and
cost-effective technology that is continually improving to make them
more lethal, reliable, and difficult to detect. Because mines do not
emit sound, active sonar technology, rather than passive, provides the
warfighter with the capability to quickly and accurately detect,
classify, and neutralize mines in small, crowded, shallow-water
environments. These MIW capabilities are essential to ensuring the
U.S.'s maritime dominance and protecting the Navy's ability to operate
on both land and sea, including delivery of military equipment.
As indicated above, the Navy has requested MMPA authorization to
take marine mammals incidental to training activities in the AFAST
Study Area that would generate sound in the water at or above levels
that NMFS has determined will likely result in take (see Acoustic Take
Criteria Section), either through the use of MFAS/HFAS or the
employment of the IEER system, which includes explosive sonobuoys.
Below we discuss the types of sound sources the Navy would utilize and
the specific exercise types they would use them in.
Acoustic Sources Used for ASW and MIW Exercises in AFAST
There are two types of sonars, passive and active:
Passive sonars only listen to incoming sounds and, since
they do not emit sound energy in the water, lack the potential to
acoustically affect the environment.
Active sonars generate and emit acoustic energy
specifically for the purpose of obtaining information concerning a
distant object from the received and processed reflected sound energy.
Modern sonar technology includes a multitude of sonar sensor and
processing systems. In concept, the simplest active sonars emit omni-
directional pulses (``pings'') and time the arrival of the reflected
echoes from the target object to determine range. More sophisticated
active sonar can emit an omni-directional ping and then rapidly scan a
steered receiving beam to provide directional, as well as range,
information. Even more advanced sonars transmit multiple preformed
beams and listen to echoes from several directions simultaneously to
provide efficient detection of both direction and range.
The tactical sonars to be deployed during testing and training in
the AFAST Study Area are designed to detect submarines and mines in
tactical training scenarios. These tasks require the use of the sonar
mid-frequency range (1 kilohertz [kHz] to 10 kHz) predominantly, as
well as a few sources in the high frequency range (above 10 kHz). For
this document we will refer to the collective high and mid-frequency
sonar sources as MFAS/HFAS. A narrative description of the types of
acoustic sources used in ASW and MIW training exercises is included
below. Table 1 (below) summarizes the nominal characteristics of the
acoustic sources used in the modeling to predict take of marine mammals
as well as the estimated annual operation time. Acoustic systems that
typically operate at frequencies above 200kHz were not analyzed because
they are outside the upper hearing limits of almost all marine mammals
and attenuate rapidly due to their extremely high frequencies.
In addition, systems that were found to have similar acoustic
output
[[Page 60756]]
parameters (i.e., frequency, power, deflection angles) were compared.
The system with the largest acoustic footprint was modeled as
representative of those similar systems that have a smaller acoustic
footprint. An example of this representative modeling is the AN/AQS-22
for the AN/AQS-13.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14OC08.000
Surface Ship Sonars--A variety of surface ships operate the AN/SQS-
53 and AN/SQS-56 hull-mounted MFAS during ASW sonar training exercises,
currently including 10 guided missile cruisers (CG) (AN/SQS-53), 26
guided missile destroyers (DDG) (AN/SQS-53), and 18 fast frigates (FFG)
(AN/SQS 56) on the east coast.
About half of the U.S. Navy ships do not have any onboard tactical
sonar systems. Within the AFAST Study Area, these two types of hull-
mounted sonar sources account for the majority of the estimated impacts
to marine mammals. The AN/SQS-53 hull-mounted sonar, which has a
nominal source level of 235 decibels (dB) re 1 [mu]Pa and transmits at
a center frequency 3.5 kHz, is the Navy's most powerful sonar source
used in ASW exercises in the AFAST Study Area.
Hull-mounted sonars occasionally operate in a mode called
``Kingfisher'', which is designed to better detect smaller objects. The
Kingfisher mode uses the same source level and frequency as normal
search modes, however, it uses a different waveform (designed for small
objects), a shorter pulse length (< 1 sec), a higher pulse repetition
rate (due to the short ranges),
[[Page 60757]]
and the ping is not omnidirectional, but directed forward.
Submarine Sonars--Tactical submarines (i.e., 29 nuclear powered
attack submarines (SSN) on the east coast) equipped with BQQ-5 or BQQ-
10 hull-mounted MFA sonars, are used to detect and target enemy
submarines and surface ships. A submarine's mission revolves around its
stealth; therefore, MFAS are used very infrequently since the pinging
of the MFAS also identifies the location of the submarine. Note that
the BQQ-10 is the more predominant system, and that the system is
identified throughout the remainder of this document with the
understanding that the BQQ-5 and BQQ-10 are similar in those
operational parameters with a potential to affect marine mammals. In
addition, Seawolf Class attack submarines, Virginia Class attack
submarines, Los Angeles Class attack submarines, and Ohio Class nuclear
guided missile submarines also have the AN/BQS-15, a sonar that uses
both mid- and high-frequency for under-ice navigation and mine-hunting.
Aircraft Sonar Systems--Aircraft sonar systems that would operate
in the AFAST Study Area include sonobuoys (AN/SSQ-62 and AN/SSQ-110A)
and dipping sonar (AN/AQS-13 or AN/AQS-22).
Sonobuoys, deployed by both helicopter and fixed-wing
Maritime Patrol aircraft (MPA), are expendable devices that are either
tonal (active), impulsive (explosive), or listening (passive). The Navy
uses a tonal sonobuoy called a Directional Command-Activated sonobuoy
System (DICASS AN/SQQ-62) and a sonobuoy system called an IEER system,
which consists of an explosive source sonobuoy (AN/SSQ-110A) and a
passive receiver sonobuoy (AN/SSQ-101). The Navy also uses a passive
sonobuoy called a Directional Frequency Analysis and Recording (DIFAR).
Passive listening sonobuoys such as DIFAR (AN/SSQ-53) are deployed from
helicopters or maritime patrol aircraft and do not emit active sonar.
These systems are used for the detection and tracking of submarine
threats.
Dipping active/passive sonars, present on helicopters, are
recoverable devices that are lowered via a cable to detect or maintain
contact with underwater targets. The Navy uses the AN/AQS-13 and AN/
AQS-22 dipping sonars. Helicopters can be based ashore or aboard a
ship.
Torpedoes--Torpedoes are the primary ASW weapons used by surface
ships, aircraft, and submarines. The guidance systems of these weapons
can be autonomous or electronically controlled from the launching
platform through an attached wire. The autonomous guidance systems are
acoustically based. They operate either passively by listening for
sound generated by the target, or actively by pinging the target and
using the echoes for guidance. All torpedoes to be used during ASW
activities are recoverable and nonexplosive. The majority of torpedo
firings occurring during AFAST activities are air slugs (dry fire) or
shapes (i.e., solid masses resembling the weight and shape of a
torpedo).
Acoustic Device Countermeasures (ADC)--Several types of
countermeasure devices could be deployed during Fleet training
exercises, including the Acoustic Device Countermeasure MK-1, MK-2, MK-
3, MK-4, and the AN/SLQ-25A (NIXIE). Countermeasure devices act as
decoys to avert localization and torpedo attacks. Countermeasures may
be towed or free floating sources.
Training Targets--ASW training targets are used to simulate target
submarines. They are equipped with one or more of the following
devices: (1) Acoustic projectors emanating sounds to simulate submarine
acoustic signatures, (2) echo repeaters to simulate the characteristics
of the echo of a particular sonar signal reflected from a specific type
of submarine, and (3) magnetic sources to trigger magnetic detectors.
The Navy uses the Expendable Mobile Acoustic Training Target (EMATT)
and the MK-30 acoustic training targets (recovered) during ASW sonar
training exercises.
Types of ASW and MIW Exercises in the AFAST Study Area
ASW and MIW training is conducted to meet deployment certification
requirements as directed in the FRTP. The U.S. Navy Atlantic Fleet
meets these requirements by conducting training activities prior to
deployment of forces. The FRTP requires Basic Unit Level Training
(ULT), Intermediate, and Sustainment Training. The Navy meets these
requirements during Independent ULT, Coordinated ULT, and Strike Group
Training. At the beginning of the cycle, basic combat skills are
learned and practiced during basic Independent ULT activities, which
include training and sonar maintenance activities that each individual
unit is required to accomplish in order to become certified prior to
deploying or to maintain proficiency. Basic skills are then refined
during Coordinated ULT activities, which concentrate on warfare team
training and initial multiunit operations. During this phase, vessels
and aircraft begin to develop warfare skills in coordination with other
units while continuing to maintain unit proficiency. Strike Group
Training continues to develop and refine warfare skills and command and
control procedures using progressively more difficult, complex, and
large scale exercises conducted at an increasing tempo. This training
provides the warfighter with the skills necessary to function as part
of a coordinated fighting force in a hostile environment with the
capacity to accomplish multiple missions.
Additionally, RDT&E activities are conducted to develop new
technologies and to ensure their effectiveness prior to implementation.
Maintenance activities are conducted pier side and during transit to
training exercise locations. Active sonar maintenance is required to
ensure the sonar system is operating properly before engaging in the
training exercise or when the sonar systems are suspected of performing
below optimal levels.
Because the Navy conducts many different types of Independent ULT,
Coordinated ULT, Strike Group training, maintenance, and RDT&E active
sonar events, the Navy grouped similar events to form representative
scenarios. Note that specific training event names and other details do
occasionally change as required to meet the current operational needs.
Table 2 lists the types of ASW, MIW, and maintenance exercises and
indicates: The nature of the exercise, the areas the exercises are
conducted in and the area they span, the average duration of an
exercise, the average number of exercises/per year, and the sound
sources that are used in the exercises.
Table 1 indicates the total number of hours for each source type
anticipated for each year for each exercise type.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 60758]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14OC08.001
[[Page 60759]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14OC08.002
[[Page 60760]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14OC08.003
[[Page 60761]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14OC08.004
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
[[Page 60762]]
The Navy's AFAST EIS and LOA application were designed specifically
to cover active sonar training because the need for operational
flexibility, a variety of training scenarios, as well as proximity to
multiple ports, airfields, and bases along the eastern seaboard in
these exercises has long necessitated that the exercises be conducted
outside of the boundaries of any one Operating Areas (OPAREA).
Alternately, exercises utilizing explosive detonations are typically
conducted within a particular OPAREA, and as such are being addressed
separately within EISs and LOA requests for the various applicable
OPAREAs. With the exception of the Extended Echo Ranging and Improved
Extended Echo Ranging (IEER) system, the AFAST proposed authorization
does not contain any explosive sources, only MFAS and HFAS. The IEER is
included in AFAST because it is most often used in ASW exercises. The
IEER Systems are air-launched ASW systems used in conducting ``large
area'' searches for submarines. These systems are made up of airborne
avionics ASW acoustic processing and sonobuoy types that are deployed
in pairs. The IEER System's active sonobuoy component, the AN/SSQ-110A
Sonobuoy, would generate a ``ping'' (small detonation, as opposed to a
sonar signal) and the passive AN/SSQ-101 ADAR Sonobuoy would ``listen''
for the return echo of the ping that has been bounced off the surface
of a submarine. These sonobuoys are designed to provide underwater
acoustic data necessary for naval aircrews to quickly and accurately
detect submerged submarines. The expendable and commandable sonobuoy
pairs are dropped from a fixed-wing aircraft into the ocean in a
predetermined pattern (array) with a few buoys covering a very large
area. Upon command from the aircraft, the bottom payload is released to
sink to a designated operating depth. A second command is required from
the aircraft to cause the second payload to release and detonate
generating a ``ping''. There is only one detonation in the pattern of
buoys at a time.
Additional information on the Navy's proposed activities may be
found in the LOA Application and the Navy's AFAST DEIS.
AFAST Study Area
Figure 1-1 in the Navy's application, which may be viewed at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm, depicts the AFAST
Study Area, which extends east from the Atlantic Coast of the U.S. to
45[deg] W. long. and south from the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Coasts
to approximately 23[deg] N. lat., but not encompassing the Bahamas (see
Figure 1-1 in the Navy's Application). The Navy's Atlantic Fleet trains
in a series of OPAREAs along the U.S. East Coast and in the Gulf of
Mexico. Due to the size of the battle space needed for effective
conduct of activities, training and testing also occur seaward of these
OPAREAs. The OPAREAs include the Northeast OPAREA, the Virginia Capes
(VACAPES) OPAREA, the Cherry Point (CHPT) OPAREA, the Jacksonville/
Charleston (JAX/CHASN) OPAREA, and the Gulf of Mexico (GOMEX) OPAREA.
The locations of the OPAREAs and the shoreward/seaward boundary of the
Study Area are depicted in Figure 1-1 of the Navy's application. Note
that the Northeast and Gulf of Mexico OPAREAs encompass a series of
OPAREAs. The Northeast OPAREA includes the Boston, Atlantic City, and
Narragansett Bay OPAREAs. The GOMEX OPAREAs includes the Pensacola,
Panama City, Corpus Christi, New Orleans, and Key West OPAREAs. For the
purposes of this document, an OPAREA includes the existing OPAREA, as
well as adjacent shoreward and seaward areas. Table 3 summarizes the
typical number of events per year by OPAREA.
[[Page 60763]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14OC08.005
For the purposes of the proposed action that is the subject of this
Letter of Authorization (LOA) request, active sonar activities would
occur year-round throughout the Study Area. Active sonar activities
would occur in locations that maximize active sonar opportunities and
meet applicable operational requirements associated with a specific
active sonar activity. Below we provide additional detail (beyond
Tables 2 and 3), where available (i.e., the advance detail is available
and the information is not classified), regarding where certain active
sonar training, research, development, test, and evaluation (RDT&E),
and maintenance activities would occur.
ASW Training Areas
ASW activities for all platforms could occur within and adjacent to
existing East Coast OPAREAS beyond 22.2 km (12 NM) with the exception
of sonar dipping activities. However, most ASW training involving
submarines or submarine targets would occur in waters greater than 183
m (600 ft) deep due to safety concerns about running aground at
shallower depths. ASW active sonar activities occurring in specific
locations are discussed below.
Helicopter ASW ULT Areas--This activity would be conducted in the
waters of the East Coast OPAREAs typically near fleet concentration
areas while embarked on a surface ship. Helicopter ASW ULT events are
also conducted by helicopters deployed from shore-based Jacksonville,
Florida, units. These helicopter units use established sonar dipping
areas offshore Mayport (Jacksonville), Florida, which are located in
territorial waters and within the southeast North Atlantic right whale
(NARW) critical habitat. This is the only area where helicopter ASW ULT
could occur within 22 km (12 NM) of shore.
Southeastern Anti-Submarine Warfare Integrated Training (SEASWITI)
Areas--This training exercise generally occurs in deep water off the
coast of Jacksonville, Florida.
Group Sail Areas--These events typically take place within and
seaward of the VACAPES, CHPT, and JAX/CHASN OPAREAs.
Submarine Command Course (SCC) Operations Areas--This training
exercise typically occurs in the JAX/CHASN and Northeast OPAREAs in
deep ocean areas.
Strike Group Training Areas--These events typically take place
within and seaward of the VACAPES, CHPT, and JAX/CHASN OPAREAs,
although an event could occasionally be conducted in the GOMEX OPAREA.
Torpedo Exercise (TORPEX) Areas--TORPEXs can occur anywhere within
and adjacent to East Coast and GOMEX OPAREAs. The exception is in the
Northeast OPAREA where the North Atlantic right whale critical habitat
is located. TORPEX areas that meet current operational requirements for
proximity to torpedo and target recovery
[[Page 60764]]
support facilities in the Northeast were established during previous
consultations. Therefore, TORPEX activities in the northeast North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat are limited to these established
areas. Most torpedo activities would occur near torpedo recovery
support facilities in the Northeast or GOMEX OPAREAs.
MIW Training Areas
MIW Training could occur in territorial or non-territorial waters.
Independent and Coordinated MIW ULT activities would be conducted
within and adjacent to the Pensacola and Panama City OPAREAs in the
northern Gulf of Mexico and off the east coast of Texas in the Corpus
Christi OPAREA. The Squadron Exercise (RONEX) or GOMEX Exercise would
be conducted in both deep and shallow water training areas.
Object Detection/Navigational Training Areas--Surface Ship training
would be conducted primarily in the shallow water port entrance and
exit lanes for Norfolk, Virginia, and Mayport, Florida. The transit
lane servicing Mayport, Florida crosses through the southeast North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat. Submarine training would occur
primarily in the established submarine transit lanes entering/exiting
Groton, Connecticut; Norfolk, Virginia; and Kings Bay, Georgia. The
transit lane servicing Kings Bay, Georgia crosses through the southeast
North Atlantic right whale critical habitat.
Maintenance Areas
Maintenance activities could occur in homeports located in
territorial waters, or in the open ocean during transit in non-
territorial waters.
RDT&E Areas
For RDT&E activities included in this analysis, active sonar
activities occur in similar locations as representative training
events.
National Marine Sanctuaries
At present, the Navy does not conduct active sonar activities in
the Stellwagen Bank, USS Monitor, Gray's Reef, Flower Garden Banks, and
Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuaries. The Navy would, as
appropriate, comply with the National Marine Sanctuaries Act and any
applicable regulations if it is determined that an active sonar
activity may occur in or near these sanctuaries, and would ensure that
naval activities be carried out in a manner that avoids to the maximum
extent practicable any adverse impacts on sanctuary resources and
qualities. Although activities in the Sanctuaries are not planned or
anticipated, NMFS' analysis, for purposes of the MMPA considers the
effects on marine mammals of the Navy's conducting activities in the
biologically important areas that occur in or near Sanctuaries.
North Atlantic Right Whale (NARW) Critical Habitat
NMFS designated three areas in June 1994 as critical habitat for
the western North Atlantic population of the North Atlantic right
whale. They include the following:
1. Coastal Florida and Georgia (Sebastian Inlet, FL to the Altamaha
River, GA),
2. Great South Channel (east of Cape Cod), and
3. Massachusetts Bay and Cape Cod Bay.
The Navy proposes to conduct two types of activities in the NARW
critical habitat. Approximately 84 of the 115 helicopter dipping sonar
exercises (2-4 hours each) conducted annually in the CHASN/JAX OPAREA
would occur in the designated near-shore training area, which fans out
approximately 10 miles from Mayport. Part of the near-shore shore
training area overlaps the NARW critical habitat. However,
historically, only maintenance of helicopter dipping sonars occured
(approximately 30 events) in the portion of the training area that
overlaps with NARW critical habitat. Tactical training with helicopter
dipping sonar does not typically occur in the NARW critical habitat
area at any time of the year. The critical habitat area is used on
occasion for post maintenance operational checks and equipment testing
due to its proximity to shore. In addition, the Navy would conduct
approximately 40 ship object detection/navigational sonar training
exercises (1-2 hours each) and 57 submarine object detection/
navigational sonar training exercises (1-2 hours each) annually while
entering/exiting port at Mayport, FL and Kings Bay, GA, respectively
(within approximately 1 mile of the shore). These two activities could
occur year round. No other active sonar activities would occur in the
southeast critical habitat.
In the northeastern critical habitat, the Navy would conduct TORPEX
activities. These activities would be conducted in August, September,
and October as prescribed in a prior Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7 consultation with NMFS. Water depths in this area are less
than the optimal depth for most ASW activities.
In summary, currently active sonar training does not occur in North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat with the exception of object
detection and navigation off shore Mayport, Florida and Kings Bay,
Georgia; helicopter Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW) offshore Mayport,
Florida; and torpedo exercises (TORPEXs) in the northeast critical
habitat during August, September, and October.
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activities
There are 43 marine mammal species with possible or confirmed
occurrence in the AFAST Study Area. As indicated in Table 4, there are
36 cetacean species (7 mysticetes and 29 odontocetes), six pinnipeds,
and one sirenian (manatee). Six marine mammal species listed as
federally endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and under
the jurisdiction of NMFS occur in the AFAST Study Area: The North
Atlantic right whale, humpback whale, sei whale, fin whale, blue whale,
and sperm whale. Manatees are managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service and will not be addressed further here.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 60765]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP14OC08.006
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
[[Page 60766]]
The Navy has compiled information on the abundance, behavior,
status and distribution, and vocalizations of marine mammal species in
the AFAST Study Area waters from peer reviewed literature, the Navy
Marine Resource Assessments, NMFS Stock Assessment Reports, and marine
mammal surveys using acoustics or visual observations from aircraft or
ships. This information may be viewed in the Navy's LOA application
and/or the Navy's EIS for AFAST (see Availability). Additional
information is available in NMFS Stock Assessment Reports, which may be
viewed at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/species.htm.
Neither the beluga whale nor ringed seals have stocks designated in
the Northwest Atlantic Ocean or the Gulf of Mexico. The St. Lawrence
estuary is at the southern limit of the distribution of the beluga
whale (Lesage and Kingsley, 1998). Beluga distribution does not include
the Gulf of Mexico or the southeastern Atlantic Coast and they are
considered extralimital in the Northeast. The ringed seal has a
circumpolar distribution throughout the Arctic Ocean, Hudson Bay, and
Baltic and Bering seas (Reeves et al., 2002b) and is expected only as
far south as Newfoundland (Frost and Lowry, 1981). Based on their rare
occurrence in the AFAST study area, the Navy and NMFS do not anticipate
any take of ringed seals or beluga whales, and, therefore, they are not
addressed further in this document.
Important Areas
Because the consideration of areas where marine mammals are known
to selectively breed or calve/pup are important to both the negligible
impact finding necessary for the issuance of an MMPA authorization and
the need for NMFS to put forth the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and other areas of similar significance, we are
emphasizing known important reproductive and feeding areas within this
section.
Little is known about the breeding and calving behaviors of many of
the marine mammals that occur in the AFAST Study Area. For rorquals
(humpback whale, minke whale, Bryde's whale, sei whale, fin whale, and
blue whale) and sperm whales, mating is generally thought to occur in
tropical and sub-tropical waters between mid-winter and mid-summer in
deep off-shore waters. Delphinids (Melon-headed Whale, Killer Whale,
Pygmy Killer Whale, False Killer Whale, Pilot Whale, Common Dolphin,
Atlantic Spotted Dolphin, Clymene Dolphin, Pantropical Spotted Dolphin,
Spinner Dolphin, Striped Dolphin, Rough-toothed Dolphin, Common
Bottlenose Dolphin, Risso's Dolphin, Fraser's Dolphin, Atlantic White-
sided Dolphin, White-beaked Dolphin) may mate within any area of their
distribution throughout the year. For pinnipeds, mating and pupping
typically occurs in coastal waters near northeast rookeries. With one
notable exception, no specific breeding or calving/pupping areas have
been identified in the AFAST Study Area for the species that occur
there. However, critical habitat has been designated, pursuant to the
Endangered Species Act (ESA), for the North Atlantic right whale.
North Atlantic Right Whale
Most North Atlantic right whale sightings follow a well-defined
seasonal migratory pattern through several consistently utilized
habitats (Winn et al., 1986). It should be noted, however, that some
individuals may be sighted in these habitats outside the typical time
of year and that migration routes are poorly known (there may be a
regular offshore component). The population migrates as two separate
components, although some whales may remain in the feeding grounds
throughout the winter (Winn et al., 1986; Kenney et al., 2001).
Pregnant females and some juveniles migrate from the feeding grounds to
the calving grounds off the southeastern United States in late fall to
winter. The cow-calf pairs return northward in late winter to early
spring. The majority of the right whale population leaves the feeding
grounds for unknown habitats in the winter but returns to the feeding
grounds coinciding with the return of the cow-calf pairs. Some
individuals as well as cow-calf pairs can be seen through the fall and
winter on the feeding grounds with feeding being observed (e.g., Sardi
et al., 2005).
During the spring through early summer, North Atlantic right whales
are found on feeding grounds off the northeastern United States and
Canada. Individuals may be found in Cape Cod Bay in February through
April (Winn et al., 1986; Hamilton and Mayo, 1990) and in the Great
South Channel east of Cape Cod in April through June (Winn et al.,
1986; Kenney et al., 1995). Right whales are found throughout the
remainder of summer and into fall (June through November) on two
feeding grounds in Canadian waters (Gaskin, 1987 and 1991), with peak
abundance in August, September, and early October. The majority of
summer/fall sightings of mother/calf pairs occur east of Grand Manan
Island (Bay of Fundy), although some pairs might move to other unknown
locations (Schaeff et al., 1993). Jeffreys Ledge appears to be
important habitat for right whales, with extended whale residences;
this area appears to be an important fall feeding area for right whales
and an important nursery area during summer (Weinrich et al., 2000).
The second feeding area is off the southern tip of Nova Scotia in the
Roseway Basin between Browns, Baccaro, and Roseway banks (Mitchell et
al., 1986; Gaskin, 1987; Stone et al., 1988; Gaskin, 1991). The Cape
Cod Bay and Great South Channel feeding grounds are formally designated
as critical habitats under the ESA (Silber and Clapham, 2001).
During the winter (as early as November and through March), North
Atlantic right whales may be found in coastal waters off North
Carolina, Georgia, and northern Florida (Winn et al., 1986). The waters
off Georgia and northern Florida are the only known calving ground for
western North Atlantic right whales; it is formally designated as a
critical habitat under the ESA. Calving occurs from December through
March (Silber and Clapham, 2001). On 1 January 2005, the first observed
birth on the calving grounds was reported (Zani et al., 2005). The
majority of the population is not accounted for on the calving grounds,
and not all reproductively active females return to this area each year
(Kraus et al., 1986a).
The coastal waters of the Carolinas are suggested to be a migratory
corridor for the right whale (Winn et al., 1986). The Southeast U.S.
Coast Ground, consisting of coastal waters between North Carolina and
northern Florida, was mainly a winter and early spring (January-March)
right whaling ground during the late 1800s (Reeves and Mitchell, 1986).
The whaling ground was centered along the coasts of South Carolina and
Georgia (Reeves and Mitchell, 1986). An examination of sighting records
from all sources between 1950 and 1992 found that wintering right
whales were observed widely along the coast from Cape Hatteras, North
Carolina, to Miami, Florida (Kraus et al., 1993). Sightings off the
Carolinas were comprised of single individuals that appeared to be
transients (Kraus et al., 1993). These observations are consistent with
the hypothesis that the coastal waters of the Carolinas are part of a
migratory corridor for the right whale (Winn et al., 1986). Knowlton et
al. (2002) analyzed sightings data collected in the mid-Atlantic from
northern Georgia to southern New England and found that
[[Page 60767]]
the majority of right whale sightings occurred within approximately 56
km (30 NM) from shore. Until better information is available on the
right whale's migratory corridor, it has been recommended that
management considerations are needed for the coastal areas along the
mid-Atlantic migratory corridor within 65 km (35 NM) from shore
(Knowlton, 1997).
Critical habitat for the North Atlantic population of the North
Atlantic right whale exists in portions of the JAX/CHASN and Northeast
OPAREAs (Figures 4-1 and 4-2 of the Navy's Application). The following
three areas occur in U.S. waters and were designated by NMFS as
critical habitat in June 1994 (NMFS, 2005):
Coastal Florida and Georgia (Sebastian Inlet, Florida, to
the Altamaha River, Georgia),
The Great South Channel, east of Cape Cod, and
Cape Cod and Massachusetts Bays.
The northern critical habitat areas serve as feeding and nursery
grounds, while the southern area from the mid-Georgia coast extending
southward along Florida serves as calving grounds. The waters off
Georgia and northern Florida are the only known calving ground for
western North Atlantic right whales. A large portion of this habitat
lies within the coastal waters of the JAX/CHASN OPAREA. The physical
features correlated with the distribution of right whales in the
southern critical habitat area provide an optimum environment for
calving. For example, the bathymetry of the inner and nearshore middle
shelf area minimizes the effect of strong winds and offshore waves,
limiting the formation of large waves and rough water. The average
temperature of critical habitat waters is cooler during the time right
whales are present due to a lack of influence by the Gulf Stream and
cool freshwater runoff from coastal areas. The water temperatures may
provide an optimal balance between offshore waters that are too warm
for nursing mothers to tolerate, yet not too cool for calves that may
only have minimal fatty insulation. On the calving grounds, the
reproductive females and calves are expected to be concentrated near
the critical habitat in the JAX/CHASN OPAREA from December through
April.
Humpback Whale
In the North Atlantic Ocean, humpbacks are found from spring
through fall on feeding grounds that are located from south of New
England to northern Norway (NMFS, 1991). The Gulf of Maine is one of
the principal summer feeding grounds for humpback whales in the North
Atlantic. The largest numbers of humpback whales are present from mid-
April to mid-November. Feeding locations off the northeastern United
States include Stellwagen Bank, Jeffreys Ledge, the Great South
Channel, the edges and shoals of Georges Bank, Cashes Ledge, Grand
Manan Banks, the banks on the Scotian Shelf, the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
and the Newfoundland Grand Banks (CETAP, 1982; Whitehead, 1982; Kenney
and Winn, 1986; Weinrich et al., 1997). Distribution in this region has
been largely correlated to prey species and abundance, although
behavior and bottom topography are factors in foraging strategy (Payne
et al., 1986; Payne et al., 1990b). Humpbacks typically return to the
same feeding areas each year. Feeding most often occurs in relatively
shallow waters over the inner continental shelf and sometimes in deeper
waters. Large multi-species feeding aggregations (including humpback
whales) have been observed over the shelf break on the southern edge of
Georges Bank (CETAP, 1982; Kenney and Winn, 1987) and in shelf break
waters off the U.S. mid-Atlantic coast (Smith et al., 1996).
Sperm Whale
The region of the Mississippi River Delta (Desoto Canyon) has been
recognized for high densities of sperm whales and appears to represent
an important calving and nursery area for these animals (Townsend,
1935; Collum and Fritts, 1985; Mullin et al., 1994a; Wursig et al.,
2000; Baumgartner et al., 2001; Davis et al., 2002; Mullin et al.,
2004; Jochens et al., 2006). Sperm whales typically exhibit a strong
affinity for deep waters beyond the continental shelf, though in the
area of the Mississippi Delta they also occur on the outer continental
shelf break.
Marine Mammal Density Estimates
Density estimates for cetaceans were either modeled for each region
(Northeast, Southeast, and GOMEX) using available line-transect survey
data or derived in order of preference: (1) Through spatial models
using line-transect survey data provided by NMFS; (2) using abundance
estimates from Mullin and Fulling (2003), Fulling et al. (2003), and/or
Mullin and Fulling (2004); (3) or based on the cetacean abundance
estimates found in the most current NOAA stock assessment report (SAR)
(Waring et al., 2007). The Navy derived the densities the following way
for each area:
Northeast OPAREAs: The traditional line-transect methods
used in the preliminary Northeast NODE (DON, 2006c) and abundance
estimates from the North Atlantic Right Whale Consortium (NARWC, 2006).
Density estimates for pinnipeds in these OPAREAs were derived from
abundance estimates found in the NOAA stock assessment report (Waring
et al., 2007) or from the scientific literature (Barlas, 1999).
Southeast OPAREAs: Abundance estimates found in the NOAA
stock assessment report (Waring et al., 2007) or in Mullin and Fulling
(2003).
Gulf of Mexico OPAREAs: Abundance estimates found in the
NOAA stock assessment report (Waring et al., 2007) based on Mullin and
Fulling (2004).
Using the indicated data, the Navy was able to estimate densities
for most species, by OPAREA (and sometimes in greater detail--like for
the area around Mayport) and by season.
The detailed density estimate methods and results may be viewed in
the Navy OPAREA Density Estimates (NODE) for the Northeast OPAREAS
report (DON, 2007e), the NODE for the Southeast OPAREAS report (DON,
2007f), and the NODE for the GOMEX OPAREA report (DON, 2007g), which
are available at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm.
NMFS has also posted a summary of the density estimates on our Web
site: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm.
Brief Background on Sound
An understanding of the basic properties of underwater sound is
necessary to comprehend many of the concepts and analyses presented in
this document. A summary is included below.
Sound is a wave of pressure variations propagating through a medium
(for the sonar considered in this proposed rule, the medium is marine
water). Pressure variations are created by compressing and relaxing the
medium. Sound measurements can be expressed in two forms: intensity and
pressure. Acoustic intensity is the average rate of energy transmitted
through a unit area in a specified direction and is expressed in watts
per square meter (W/m\2\). Acoustic intensity is rarely measured
directly, it is derived from ratios of pressures; the standard
reference pressure for underwater sound is 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa); for
airborne sound, the standard reference pressure is 20 [mu]Pa
(Richardson et al., 1995).
Acousticians have adopted a logarithmic scale for sound
intensities, which is denoted in decibels (dB). Decibel measurements
represent the ratio between a measured pressure value
[[Page 60768]]
and a reference pressure value (in this case 1 [mu]Pa or, for airborne
sound, 20 [mu]Pa.). The logarithmic nature of the scale means that each
10 dB increase is a ten-fold increase in power (e.g., 20 dB is a 100-
fold increase, 30 dB is a 1,000-fold increase). Humans perceive a 10-dB
increase in noise as a doubling of sound level, or a 10 dB decrease in
noise as a halving of sound level. The term ``sound pressure level''
implies a decibel measure and a reference pressure that is used as the
denominator of the ratio. Throughout this document, NMFS uses 1
microPascal (denoted re: 1[mu]Pa) as a standard reference pressure
unless noted otherwise.
It is important to note that decibels underwater and decibels in
air are not the same and cannot be directly compared. To estimate a
comparison between sound in air and underwater, because of the
different densities of air and water and the different decibel
standards (i.e., reference pressures) in water and air, a sound with
the same intensity (i.e., power) in air and in water would be
approximately 63 dB quieter in air. Thus a sound that is 160 dB loud
underwater would have the same approximate effective intensity as a
sound that is 97 dB loud in air.
Sound frequency is measured in cycles per second, or Hertz
(abbreviated Hz), and is analogous to musical pitch; high-pitched
sounds contain high frequencies and low-pitched sounds contain low
frequencies. Natural sounds in the ocean span a huge range of
frequencies: from earthquake noise at 5 Hz to harbor porpoise clicks at
150,000 Hz (150 kHz). These sounds are so low or so high in pitch that
humans cannot even hear them; acousticians call these infrasonic
(typically below 20 Hz) and ultrasonic (typically above 20,000 Hz)
sounds, respectively. A single sound may be made up of many different
frequencies together. Sounds made up of only a small range of
frequencies are called ``narrowband'', and sounds with a broad range of
frequencies are called ``broadband''; explosives are an example of a
broadband sound source and tactical sonars are an example of a
narrowband sound source.
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based
on available behavioral data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked
potential (AEP) techniques, anatomical modeling, and other data,
Southall et al. (2007) designate ``functional hearing groups'' for
marine mammals and estimate the lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing of the groups. Further, the frequency range in which
each groups hearing is estimated as being most sensitive is represented
in the flat part of the M-weighting functions developed for each group.
More specific data is available for certain species (Table 13a and b).
The functional groups and the associated frequencies are indicated
below:
Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes):
functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and
22 kHz;
Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and
bottlenose whales): functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
High frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises,
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species
of cephalorhynchids): functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz;
Pinnipeds in Water: functional hearing is estimated to
occur between approximately 75 Hz and 75 kHz, with the greatest
sensitivity between approximately 700 Hz and 20 kHz.
Because ears adapted to function underwater are physiologically
different from human ears, comparisons using decibel measurements in
air would still not be adequate to describe the effects of a sound on a
whale. When sound travels away from its source, its loudness decreases
as the distance traveled (propagates) by the sound increases. Thus, the
loudness of a sound at its source is higher than the loudness of that
same sound a kilometer distant. Acousticians often refer to the
loudness of a sound at its source (typically measured one meter from
the source) as the source level and the loudness of sound elsewhere as
the received level. For example, a humpback whale three kilometers from
an airgun that has a source level of 230 dB may only be exposed to
sound that is 160 dB loud, depending on how the sound propagates (in
this example, it is spherical spreading). As a result, it is important
not to confuse source levels and received levels when discussing the
loudness of sound in the ocean or its impacts on the marine
environment.
As sound travels from a source, its propagation in water is
influenced by various physical characteristics, including water
temperature, depth, salinity, and surface and bottom properties that
cause refraction, reflection, absorption, and scattering of sound
waves. Oceans are not homogeneous and the contribution of each of these
individual factors is extremely complex and interrelated. The physical
characteristics that determine the sound's speed through the water will
change with depth, season, geographic location, and with time of day
(as a result, in actual sonar operations, crews will measure oceanic
conditions, such as sea water temperature and depth, to calibrate
models that determine the path the sonar signal will take as it travels
through the ocean and how strong the sound signal will be at a given
range along a particular transmission path). As sound travels through
the ocean, the intensity associated with the wavefront diminishes, or
attenuates. This decrease in intensity is referred to as propagation
loss, also commonly called transmission loss.
Metrics Used in This Document
This section includes a brief explanation of the two sound
measurements (sound pressure level (SPL) and sound exposure level
(SEL)) frequently used in the discussions of acoustic effects in this
document.
SPL
Sound pressure is the sound force per unit area, and is usually
measured in micropascals ([mu]Pa), where 1 Pa is the pressure resulting
from a force of one newton exerted over an area of one square meter.
SPL is expressed as the ratio of a measured sound pressure and a
reference level. The commonly used reference pressure level in
underwater acoustics is 1 [mu]Pa, and the units for SPLs are dB re: 1
[mu]Pa.
SPL (in dB) = 20 log (pressure / reference pressure)
SPL is an instantaneous measurement and can be expressed as the
peak, the peak-peak, or the root mean square (rms). Root mean square,
which is the square root of the arithmetic average of the squared
instantaneous pressure values, is typically used in discussions of the
effects of sounds on vertebrates and all references to SPL in this
document refer to the root mean square. SPL does not take the duration
of a sound into account. SPL is the applicable metric used in the risk
continuum, which is used to estimate behavioral harassment takes (see
Level B Harassment Risk Function (Behavioral Harassment) Section).
SEL
SEL is an energy metric that integrates the squared instantaneous
sound pressure over a stated time interval. The units for SEL are dB
re: 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s.
[[Page 60769]]
SEL = SPL + 10 log (duration in seconds)
As applied to tactical sonar, the SEL includes both the SPL of a
sonar ping and the total duration. Longer duration pings and/or pings
with higher SPLs will have a higher SEL. If an animal is exposed to
multiple pings, the SEL in each individual ping is summed to calculate
the total SEL. The total SEL depends on the SPL, duration, and number
of pings received. The thresholds that NMFS uses to indicate at what
received level the onset of temporary threshold shift (TTS) and
permanent threshold shift (PTS) in hearing are likely to occur are
expressed in SEL.
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals
Exposure to MFAS/HFAS
The Navy has requested authorization for the take of marine mammals
that may occur incidental to training activities in the AFAST Study
Area utilizing MFAS/HFAS or the IEER system, which includes an
explosive sonobuoy. The Navy has analyzed the potential impacts to
marine mammals from AFAST, including ship strike, entanglement in or
direct strike by expended materials, ship noise, and others, and in
consultation with NMFS as a cooperating agency for the AFAST EIS, has
determined that take of marine mammals incidental to these non-acoustic
components of AFAST is unlikely (see the Navy's LOA application and
March addendum to the application) and, therefore, has not requested
authorization for take of marine mammals that might occur incidental to
these non-acoustic components. In this document, NMFS analyzes the
potential effects on marine mammals from exposure to MFAS/HFAS and
underwater detonations from the IEER.
For the purpose of MMPA authorizations, NMFS' effects assessments
serve three primary purposes: (1) To put forth the permissible methods
of taking within the context of MMPA Level B Harassment (behavioral
harassment), Level A Harassment (injury), and mortality (i.e., identify
the number and types of take that will occur); (2) to determine whether
the specified activity will have a negligible impact on the affected
species or stocks of marine mammals (based on the likelihood that the
activity will adversely affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival); and (3) to determine whether
the specified activity will have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (however,
there are no subsistence communities that would be affected in the
AFAST Study Area, so this determination is inapplicable for AFAST).
More specifically, for activities involving active tactical sonar
or underwater detonations, NMFS' analysis will identify the probability
of lethal responses, physical trauma, sensory impairment (permanent and
temporary threshold shifts and acoustic masking), physiological
responses (particular stress responses), behavioral disturbance (that
rises to the level of harassment), and social responses that would be
classified as behavioral harassment or injury and/or would be likely to
adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates
of recruitment or survival. In this section, we will focus
qualitatively on the different ways that MFAS/HFAS and underwater
explosive detonations (IEER) may affect marine mammals (some of which
NMFS would not classify as harassment). Then, in the Estimated Take of
Marine Mammals Section, NMFS will relate the potential effects to
marine mammals from MFAS/HFAS and underwater detonation of explosives
to the MMPA regulatory definitions of Level A and Level B Harassment
and attempt to quantify those effects.
In its April 14, 2008, Biological Opinion of the U.S. Navy's
proposal to conduct four training exercises in the Cherry Point,
Virginia Capes, and Jacksonville Range Complexes NMFS presented a
conceptual model of the potential responses of endangered and
threatened species upon being exposed to active sonar and the pathways
by which those responses might affect the fitness of individual animals
that have been exposed, which may then affect the reproduction and/or
survival of those individuals. Literature supporting the framework,
with examples drawn from many taxa (both aquatic and terrestrial) was
included in the ``Application of this Approach'' and ``Response
Analyses'' sections of that document (available at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm). This conceptual framework
may also be used to describe the responses and pathways for non-
endangered and non-threatened species and is included in the Biological
Opinion of the U.S. Navy's proposal to conduct four training exercises
in the Cherry Point, Virginia Capes, and Jacksonville Range Complexes.
Direct Physiological Effects
Based on the literature, there are two basic ways that MFAS/HFAS
might directly result in physical trauma or damage: noise-induced loss
of hearing sensitivity (more commonly-called ``threshold shift'') and
acoustically mediated bubble growth. Separately, an animal's behavioral
reaction to an acoustic exposure might lead to physiological effects
that might ultimately lead to injury or death, which is discussed later
in the Stranding section.
Threshold Shift (Noise-Induced Loss of Hearing)
When animals exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must
be louder for an animal to recognize them) following exposure to a
sufficiently intense sound, it is referred to as a noise-induced
threshold shift (TS). An animal can experience temporary threshold
shift (TTS) or permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (i.e., there is recovery), occurs in specific
frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a temporary loss of
hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can
be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's hearing sensitivity
might be reduced by only 6 dB or reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent
(i.e., there is no recovery), but also occurs in a specific frequency
range and amount as mentioned above for TTS.
The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role
in inducing auditory TSs: Effects to sensory hair cells in the inner
ear that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical
environment within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the
middle ear, displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased
blood f